24
ISSUED FOR TENDER JUNE 09, 2015 COMM. No.: 15033 Architectural Consultant Structural / Mechanical / Electrical Consultant A001 SPECIFICATIONS A002 SPECIFICATIONS A003 SPECIFICATIONS A004 SPECIFICATIONS A101 SITE PLAN A102 SITE DETAILS A201 FLOOR PLAN A201M MEZZANINE PLAN A202 ROOF PLAN A203 ROOF DETAILS A204 EQUIPMENT PLAN A205 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A301 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A302 BUILDING SECTIONS A401 WALL SECTIONS A402 WALL SECTIONS A501 DETAILS A601 STAIR PLANS, SECTIONS, AND DETAILS A701 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A702 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A703 INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES A901 SCHEDULES A902 SCHEDULES S101 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS S102 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS S103 SCHEDULES AND TYPICAL DETAILS S104 TYPICAL DETAILS S105 TYPICAL DETAILS S201 FOUNDATION PLAN S202 FOUNDATION SECTIONS S203 FOUNDATION SECTIONS S301 ROOF & MEZZANINE FRAMING PLANS S302 MEZZANINE SECTIONS S303 ROOF SECTIONS S401 WALL ELEVATIONS S402 WALL ELEVATIONS E101 SITE PLAN E201 POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN E202 LIGHTING PLAN E501 SCHEDULES & DETAILS E502 SCHEDULES & DETAILS E900 SPECIFICATIONS M100 ROOF PLAN M200 FOUNDATION PLAN M201 PLUMBING PLAN M202 COMPRESSED AIR PLAN M300 MAIN FLOOR & MEZZANINE VENTILATION PLANS M400 DETAILS M500 SCHEDULES M600 SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL STRUCTURAL MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL KAL TIRE SPRUCE GROVE Civil Consultant C01 SITE SERVICING C02 SITE GRADING C03 ROADWAY & REMOVALS CIVIL Suite 300, 9925 - 109 Street Edmonton, Alberta T5K 2J8 TEL: +1-780-466-6555 FAX: +1-780-466-8200

ARCHITECTURAL STRUCTURAL MECHANICAL … · ISSUED FOR TENDER JUNE 09, 2015 COMM. No.: 15033 Architectural Consultant Structural / Mechanical / Electrical Consultant A001 SPECIFICATIONS

  • Upload
    buinhan

  • View
    223

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

IS

SU

ED

F

OR

T

EN

DE

R

JU

NE

09, 2015

CO

MM

. N

o.: 15033

Architectural Consultant Structural / Mechanical / Electrical Consultant

A001 SPECIFICATIONS

A002 SPECIFICATIONS

A003 SPECIFICATIONS

A004 SPECIFICATIONS

A101 SITE PLAN

A102 SITE DETAILS

A201 FLOOR PLAN

A201M MEZZANINE PLAN

A202 ROOF PLAN

A203 ROOF DETAILS

A204 EQUIPMENT PLAN

A205 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

A301 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

A302 BUILDING SECTIONS

A401 WALL SECTIONS

A402 WALL SECTIONS

A501 DETAILS

A601 STAIR PLANS, SECTIONS, AND DETAILS

A701 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

A702 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

A703 INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES

A901 SCHEDULES

A902 SCHEDULES

S101 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS

S102 STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATIONS

S103 SCHEDULES AND TYPICAL DETAILS

S104 TYPICAL DETAILS

S105 TYPICAL DETAILS

S201 FOUNDATION PLAN

S202 FOUNDATION SECTIONS

S203 FOUNDATION SECTIONS

S301 ROOF & MEZZANINE FRAMING PLANS

S302 MEZZANINE SECTIONS

S303 ROOF SECTIONS

S401 WALL ELEVATIONS

S402 WALL ELEVATIONS

E101 SITE PLAN

E201 POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN

E202 LIGHTING PLAN

E501 SCHEDULES & DETAILS

E502 SCHEDULES & DETAILS

E900 SPECIFICATIONS

M100 ROOF PLAN

M200 FOUNDATION PLAN

M201 PLUMBING PLAN

M202 COMPRESSED AIR PLAN

M300 MAIN FLOOR & MEZZANINE

VENTILATION PLANS

M400 DETAILS

M500 SCHEDULES

M600 SPECIFICATIONS

ARCHITECTURAL

STRUCTURAL MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL

KA

L T

IR

E

SP

RU

CE

G

RO

VE

Civil Consultant

C01 SITE SERVICING

C02 SITE GRADING

C03 ROADWAY & REMOVALS

CIVIL

Suite 300, 9925 - 109 Street

Edmonton, Alberta T5K 2J8

TEL: +1-780-466-6555

FAX: +1-780-466-8200

AutoCAD SHX Text
KAL TIRE SPRUCE GROVE

01 11 10 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

’ ’

SECTION 01 33 00 - SUBMITTALS

03 35 00 - CONCRETE FINISHING

04 26 00 - MASONRY UNITS

05 41 10 - WIND BEARING METAL STUD SYSTEMS

05 50 00 - STEEL FABRICATIONS

05 55 29 - METAL STAIRS AND LADDERS

SPECIFICATIONS

A001

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
1.General coordination General coordination .1 Coordinate items listed below with General Conditions of the Coordinate items listed below with General Conditions of the contract .2 Coordinate progress of work, progress schedules, submittals, Coordinate progress of work, progress schedules, submittals, utilities, construction facilities, use of site, and temporary controls. .3 Coordinate project construction activities to ensure efficient and Coordinate project construction activities to ensure efficient and orderly completion of project. .4 Where one part of the work is dependent on other Where one part of the work is dependent on other components, schedule and coordinate construction activities in sequence required to obtain the best results. .5 Where space is limited, coordinate installation of different Where space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. .6Refer to lastest "Kal-Tire Image & Facilities Guide" to be Refer to lastest "Kal-Tire Image & Facilities Guide" to be supplied to contractor from Kal Tire. 2.Administrative procedures Administrative procedures .1 Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of work. Administrative activities shall include the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. Preparation of schedules. 2. Regulatory requirements and permits. Regulatory requirements and permits. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. Progress meetings. 6. Closeout procedures. Closeout procedures. 3.Regulatory requirements Regulatory requirements .1 Comply with regulatory requirements including laws, by-laws, Comply with regulatory requirements including laws, by-laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, orders of authorities having jurisdiction, and other legally enforceable requirements applicable to the project. .2 Apply for, obtain, and pay fees and post notices associated Apply for, obtain, and pay fees and post notices associated with permits, licenses, certificates, and approvals required by regulatory requirements and contract documents based on the contract. .3 Conform to and perform work in accordance with the Alberta Conform to and perform work in accordance with the Alberta Building Code (2006), including all standata in place at time of work. 4.Permits Permits .1 Occupancy permits: 1. Apply for, obtain, and pay for occupancy permits, including Apply for, obtain, and pay for occupancy permits, including partial occupancy permits, where required by authority having jurisdiction. 2. Turn occupancy permit over to owner. Turn occupancy permit over to owner. 5.General installation provisions General installation provisions .1 Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which work is Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which work is performed of each major component. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Confirm all measurements, dimensions, and quantities on site with field measurements and take offs prior to ordering or fabricating components. .2 Comply with manufacturer’s installation instructions and Comply with manufacturer’s installation instructions and s installation instructions and recommendations and requirements in contract documents. .3 Inspect materials immediately upon delivery and prior to Inspect materials immediately upon delivery and prior to installation. Reject damaged or defective items. .4 Provide attachment and connection devices and methods Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing work. Secure work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. .5 Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work. Arrange joints in Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work. Arrange joints in exposed work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to consultant for final decision. .6 Install components during weather conditions and project status Install components during weather conditions and project status that ensure the best possible results. Isolate part of completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. .7 Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests, to minimize necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. .8 Install individual components at standard mounting heights Install individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the industry for the application where mounting heights are not indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the consultant for final decision. .9 Supervise construction activities so that no part of the work, Supervise construction activities so that no part of the work, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during construction. 6.Cutting and remedial work Cutting and remedial work .1 Do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several Do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several parts of the work come together properly. .2 Coordinate work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a Coordinate work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a minimum. .3 Perform cutting and remedial work by specialists familiar with Perform cutting and remedial work by specialists familiar with materials affected and perform in a manner to neither damage nor endanger the work. 7.Samples Samples .1 Sample: cuts or pieces of materials or partial sections of Sample: cuts or pieces of materials or partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components which are physically identical to products proposed for use and which establish minimum standards which the work will be judged. .2 Label samples as to origin and intended use in the work. Label samples as to origin and intended use in the work. 8.Shop drawing and sample submittal requirements Shop drawing and sample submittal requirements .1 Review, stamp, date, and sign shop drawings, product data, Review, stamp, date, and sign shop drawings, product data, and samples, prior to submission. Consultant shall not review submittals without a stamp, date, and signature indicating they have been reviewed by the General Contractor/Construction Manager. Provide electronic copy of submittals. .2 Determine and verify: Determine and verify: 1. Field measurements Field measurements 2. Field construction criteria. Field construction criteria. 3. Quantities Quantities 4. Catalogue numbers and similar data Catalogue numbers and similar data 5. Conformance with contract documents Conformance with contract documents .3 Coordinate submittal with requirements of work and contract Coordinate submittal with requirements of work and contract documents. Individual drawings will not be reviewed until related shop drawing and product data are available. .4 Notify the consultant, in writing on the submittal and at the Notify the consultant, in writing on the submittal and at the time of submission, of deviations from requirements of contract documents. .5 Make submittals sufficiently in advance of date that reviewed Make submittals sufficiently in advance of date that reviewed submittals will be required and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work. Consultant may take maximum 14 calendar days to review shop drawings and submittals. .6 Consultant may make corrections or changes to shop drawings. Consultant may make corrections or changes to shop drawings. The consultant may reject submittals and require them to be resubmitted. .7 Submit shop drawings to the consultant as indicated in the Submit shop drawings to the consultant as indicated in the specification sections. 9.Mock-Ups Mock-Ups .1 Prepare mock-ups for Work specifically requested in Prepare mock-ups for Work specifically requested in specifications. Include for Work of Sections required to provide mock-ups. .2 Construct in locations acceptable to Consultant or as specified Construct in locations acceptable to Consultant or as specified in specific Section. .3 Prepare mock-ups for Consultant's review with reasonable Prepare mock-ups for Consultant's review with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence, to not cause delays in Work. .4 Failure to prepare mock-ups in ample time is not considered Failure to prepare mock-ups in ample time is not considered sufficient reason for extension of Contract Time and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed. .5 If requested, Consultant will assist in preparing schedule fixing If requested, Consultant will assist in preparing schedule fixing dates for preparation. .6 Remove mock-up at conclusion of Work or when acceptable to Remove mock-up at conclusion of Work or when acceptable to Consultant. .7 Mock-ups may remain as part of Work. Mock-ups may remain as part of Work. .8 Specification section identifies whether mock-up may remain as Specification section identifies whether mock-up may remain as part of Work or if it is to be removed and when. 10.Project record documents Project record documents .1 Keep and store record documents in site office apart from Keep and store record documents in site office apart from documents used for construction. Maintain record documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Keep record documents available for inspection by consultant. .2 Keep record project information on one set of full size Keep record project information on one set of full size drawings for each discipline. .3 Use coloured pens or pencils to record information. Use coloured pens or pencils to record information. .4 Record changes and variations from contract drawings Record changes and variations from contract drawings concurrently with construction process. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. .5 Legibly mark project record drawings to record actual Legibly mark project record drawings to record actual construction, including: 1. Measured depths of foundation elements in relation to Measured depths of foundation elements in relation to finished first floor datum. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground or underslab utilities. Reference locations to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction. Reference to visible and accessible features of construction. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes to equipment layout and services. Changes to equipment layout and services. 6. Changes to architectural layout, quantities or specifications Changes to architectural layout, quantities or specifications whether or not covered in addendums or change orders. 11.Operations and maintenance manuals Operations and maintenance manuals .1 Obtain operation and maintenance data from trades. Using this Obtain operation and maintenance data from trades. Using this data, Construction Manager shall prepare and submit two (2) complete bound operation and maintenance manuals (O & M Manuals) and one digital copy of the approved O&M Manual. The operations and maintenance manuals shall contain: 1. Include the following for General Contractor/Contract Include the following for General Contractor/Contract Manager designed systems: i. System design criteria System design criteria ii. System and controls descriptions System and controls descriptions iii. System and controls schematics System and controls schematics iv. Operating instructions Operating instructions .2 Include installation instructions for manufactured products, Include installation instructions for manufactured products, including manufacturer’s printed instructions describing s printed instructions describing manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures. s recommended installation procedures. .3 Operating instructions: manufacturer’s complete printed Operating instructions: manufacturer’s complete printed s complete printed instructions describing proper operation. .4 Maintenance instructions: manufacturer’s complete printed Maintenance instructions: manufacturer’s complete printed s complete printed instructions describing manufacturer’s recommended s recommended maintenance. .5 Suppliers and contractors list: list of contractors and suppliers Suppliers and contractors list: list of contractors and suppliers who supplied and installed equipment, systems, materials or finishes, organized by division and system. Include company name, address, and telephone number. .6 Shop drawings: one copy of final reviewed shop drawings. Shop drawings: one copy of final reviewed shop drawings. .7 Product data: manufacturer’s product data for equipment, Product data: manufacturer’s product data for equipment, s product data for equipment, systems, materials, and finishes. .8 Certifications: include the following: Certifications: include the following: 1. Copies of inspections reports prepared by authorities Copies of inspections reports prepared by authorities having jurisdiction 2. Copies of test reports prepared by independent testing Copies of test reports prepared by independent testing agencies 3. Other certificates required by the contract documents Other certificates required by the contract documents .9 Warranties and bonds: owner’s copy of manufacturer’s Warranties and bonds: owner’s copy of manufacturer’s s copy of manufacturer’s s warranties, maintenance bonds, and service contracts. 12.Final cleaning Final cleaning .1 Perform final cleaning operations prior to request for Perform final cleaning operations prior to request for substantial performance final inspections by the consultant. .2 Use experienced workers or professional cleaners for final Use experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. 3. Remove grease, paint spots, dirt, dust, stains, labels, finger Remove grease, paint spots, dirt, dust, stains, labels, finger prints, and other foreign matter from interior and exterior surfaces; vacuum and dust behind grilles, louvres, and screens; wash floor surfaces not otherwise finished; clean metal doors and frames; clean metal work; clean equipment; clean hardware; clean and polish glass on both sides; clean and polish mirrors. 4. Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to match Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. 5. Replace cracked and broken glass. Replace cracked and broken glass. 6. Ensure that cleaning agents and methods do not remove Ensure that cleaning agents and methods do not remove finishes and permanent protective coatings on surfaces being cleaned. 7. Leave surfaces in perfectly clean and unsoiled condition. Leave surfaces in perfectly clean and unsoiled condition. 1.Shop Drawing: Shop Drawing: .1Contractor shall submit shop drawings to authority as required Contractor shall submit shop drawings to authority as required under individual sections of the specifications. Shop drawings are to be submitted as far in advanced of construction as practical. Ordering, fabrication, or Installation of products is not to proceed until the design authority has completed review of the shop drawings. Shop drawings will not be reviewed for any product that has already been ordered, fabricated or installed. .2Shop drawings are to be signed and sealed by a professional Shop drawings are to be signed and sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the province of Saskatchewan, where required by the individual sections of the specifications. .3Review of shop drawings by the design authority does not relieve Review of shop drawings by the design authority does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility to meet design and performance criteria in all respects. The Contractor is solely responsible for all dimensions, quantities, and coordination. 2.Firestop Systems: Firestop Systems: .1 Contractor shall submit, as far in advance of construction as Contractor shall submit, as far in advance of construction as practical, a ULC (Underwriters' Laboratory of Canada) Design for the following firestop systems, as applicable: .1 Intersections of vertical fire separations with floors, roofs, and Intersections of vertical fire separations with floors, roofs, and fire-rated ceilings; .2 Panel joints of fire-rated tilt panels; Panel joints of fire-rated tilt panels; .3Service penetrations of vertical and horizontal fire separations Service penetrations of vertical and horizontal fire separations or fire-rated assemblies. .2Submitted Designs shall conform fully to the actual construction Submitted Designs shall conform fully to the actual construction assemblies. .3Submitted Designs shall achieve all applicable fire-resistance ratings Submitted Designs shall achieve all applicable fire-resistance ratings required for the firestop systems. .4Firestop systems are not to be installed until the design authority Firestop systems are not to be installed until the design authority has completed review of the submitted Designs. 3.Samples: Samples: .1 Contractor shall submit samples of products, materials, and finishes Contractor shall submit samples of products, materials, and finishes as required under individual sections of the specifications. .2Products, materials, and finishes are not to be ordered or installed Products, materials, and finishes are not to be ordered or installed until the design authority has completed review of the samples. .3Samples will be retained by the design authority unless otherwise Samples will be retained by the design authority unless otherwise agreed. 1.PERFORMANCE/DESIGN CRITERIA PERFORMANCE/DESIGN CRITERIA .1F1-Finishing: Floors having a straightedge value of 8 mm over F1-Finishing: Floors having a straightedge value of 8 mm over 3050 mm with overall F_number of FF 20 x FL 15; floors having an SWI of 4 mm; similar to CSA A23.1 Class A Slab Finishing. .2F3_Finishing: Floors having a straightedge value of 5 mm over F3_Finishing: Floors having a straightedge value of 5 mm over 3050 mm with overall F-number of FF 30 x FL 25; meeting requirements for CSA A23.1 Class C slab finishing. 2.LEVELLING MATERIALS LEVELLING MATERIALS .1Underlayment: Cementitious, self levelling, single component, Underlayment: Cementitious, self levelling, single component, polymer modified underlayment and manufacturer's low VOC recommended primer, for application thicknesses to a minimum feather edge to 13 mm; acceptable materials as follows: .1Sikafloor Level 125, Sika Canada Ltd. Sikafloor Level 125, Sika Canada Ltd. .2Sure-Flo ST, Gemite. Sure-Flo ST, Gemite. .3Ultraplan Easy, MAPEI Canada Inc. Ultraplan Easy, MAPEI Canada Inc. 3.SEALER/DENSIFIER COMPOUNDS SEALER/DENSIFIER COMPOUNDS .1Type: 1, Sodium silicate, permanent penetrating sealer and Type: 1, Sodium silicate, permanent penetrating sealer and hardener .1Liquid applied, water based, chemically reactive. Liquid applied, water based, chemically reactive. .2Non-toxic, non-flammable, and anti-dusting have low or Non-toxic, non-flammable, and anti-dusting have low or no VOC. .3Colour: colourless Colour: colourless .4Acceptable Materials: Acceptable Materials: .1Ashford Formula, Curecrete Ashford Formula, Curecrete .2Sealtight Liqui-Hard, W.R. Meadows Sealtight Liqui-Hard, W.R. Meadows .2Water: potable. Water: potable. 4.SEALING COMPOUNDS SEALING COMPOUNDS .1Surface sealer: to CAN/CGSB_25.20, Type 2 _ water based, Surface sealer: to CAN/CGSB_25.20, Type 2 _ water based, clear. .1Surface sealers manufactured or formulated with aromatic Surface sealers manufactured or formulated with aromatic solvents, formaldehyde, halogenated solvents, mercury, lead, hexavelant chromium and their compounds are not acceptable. .2Surface sealer shall be compatible with the hardener and Surface sealer shall be compatible with the hardener and shall be manufactured by hardener manufacturer. .3Surface sealer shall have less than 100g/l of VOC in Surface sealer shall have less than 100g/l of VOC in accordance with SCAQMD Rule #1113. .2Wax: acrylic carnuba wax. Wax: acrylic carnuba wax. 5.CURING COMPOUNDS CURING COMPOUNDS .1Select low VOC, water_based, organic_solvent free curing Select low VOC, water_based, organic_solvent free curing compounds. .1Concrete Curing Compounds: maximum VOC limit 100 g/L Concrete Curing Compounds: maximum VOC limit 100 g/L in accordance with SCAQMD Rule #1113 6.MIXES MIXES .1Mixing, ratios and application in accordance with manufacturers Mixing, ratios and application in accordance with manufacturers instructions. 7.ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES .1Joint Filler Strips: Joint Filler Strips: .1Floor Isolation Joints: ASTM D1751, bituminous impregnated Floor Isolation Joints: ASTM D1751, bituminous impregnated fibreboard, or ASTM D1752, cork or self-expanding cork, 13 mm thick minimum. .2Edge Joint Filler: ASTM D1751, bituminous impregnated Edge Joint Filler: ASTM D1751, bituminous impregnated fibreboard, 13 mm thick minimum. .2Control Joint Filler: Control Joint Filler: .1Two component, epoxy-urethane, load bearing, self levelling Two component, epoxy-urethane, load bearing, self levelling sealant. .1Acceptable Material: Acceptable Material: .1Loadflex, Sika Canada Loadflex, Sika Canada 8.Prepare floor surface in accordance with CSA A23.1 and verify that slab Prepare floor surface in accordance with CSA A23.1 and verify that slab surfaces are ready to receive work and elevations are as instructed by manufacturer. 9.REPAIRS REPAIRS .1Inspect surfaces for defects immediately after removal of Inspect surfaces for defects immediately after removal of forms. Repair or patch defects within 48 hours of removal of forms with cure repairs same as new concrete with Consultants permission. .2Defective Areas: where patches are allowed, repair and patch Defective Areas: where patches are allowed, repair and patch areas to match surrounding areas in texture and colour. 10.FINISHING FORMED SURFACES FINISHING FORMED SURFACES .1Requirements listed below apply to normal structural concrete; Requirements listed below apply to normal structural concrete; refer to Section 03 30 00 for additional requirements for formed exposed architectural concrete. .2Unspecified Finish: Provide following finishes as applicable when Unspecified Finish: Provide following finishes as applicable when finish of formed surfaces is not specifically indicated: .1Unexposed Surfaces: Unexposed Surfaces: .1Rough form finish for concrete not exposed to view. Rough form finish for concrete not exposed to view. .2Smooth form finish for concrete to receive membrane Smooth form finish for concrete to receive membrane waterproofing. .2Exposed Surfaces: Exposed Surfaces: .1Smooth form finish for concrete surfaces exposed to Smooth form finish for concrete surfaces exposed to view. .3Rough Form Finish: Leave surfaces with texture imparted by Rough Form Finish: Leave surfaces with texture imparted by forms; patch tie holes and defects; remove fins longer than 6 mm high. .4Smooth Form Finish: Coordinate as necessary to secure form Smooth Form Finish: Coordinate as necessary to secure form construction using smooth, hard, uniform surfaces with number of seams kept to a minimum, uniformly spaced in an orderly pattern; patch tie holes and defects; completely remove fins. .5Related Unformed Finish: Strike-off concrete smooth and finish Related Unformed Finish: Strike-off concrete smooth and finish with using texture matching adjacent formed surfaces at tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces; continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces. 11.FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS .1Finish floors and slabs in accordance with CSA A23.1 and ACI Finish floors and slabs in accordance with CSA A23.1 and ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, re_straightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces; do not wet concrete surfaces. .2Unspecified: Provide following finishing classes as applicable Unspecified: Provide following finishing classes as applicable when finishing requirements for floors is not specifically indicated: .1Exterior Slabs: F1-Finishing Class with a broom finish. Exterior Slabs: F1-Finishing Class with a broom finish. .2Interior Slabs: F3-Finishing Class with a trowelled finish. Interior Slabs: F3-Finishing Class with a trowelled finish. .3Float (Initial) Finishing: Float (Initial) Finishing: .1Consolidate surface with power driven floats or by hand Consolidate surface with power driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. .2Re_straighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Re_straighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. .3Repeat float passes and re_straightening until surface is Repeat float passes and re_straightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. .4Apply float finishing to surfaces indicated and receiving Apply float finishing to surfaces indicated and receiving trowel finishing. .4Trowel (Final) Finishing: Trowel (Final) Finishing: .1Commence trowel finishing after all bleed water has Commence trowel finishing after all bleed water has disappeared and when the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to prevent the working of excess mortar to the surface. .2Apply first trowelling and consolidate concrete by hand or Apply first trowelling and consolidate concrete by hand or power_driven trowel after applying float finishing; continue trowelling passes and re_straighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance; repair or smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor covering. .3Apply a trowel finishing to surfaces indicated, exposed to Apply a trowel finishing to surfaces indicated, exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin_film_finish coating system. .4Finish surfaces to the tolerances indicated above. Finish surfaces to the tolerances indicated above. .5Broom Finishing: Broom Finishing: .1Apply a broom finishing to exterior concrete platforms, Apply a broom finishing to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. .2Slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fibre Slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fibre bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route immediately after float finishing. .3Coordinate required final finishing with Consultant before Coordinate required final finishing with Consultant before application. 12.APPLICATION: GENERAL APPLICATION: GENERAL .1After floor treatment is dry, seal control joints and joints at After floor treatment is dry, seal control joints and joints at junction with vertical surfaces with sealant. .2Apply floor treatment in accordance with Sealer manufacturer's Apply floor treatment in accordance with Sealer manufacturer's written instructions. .3Clean overspray. Clean sealant from adjacent surfaces. Clean overspray. Clean sealant from adjacent surfaces. .4Cure concrete in accordance with manufacturers recommended Cure concrete in accordance with manufacturers recommended procedures. .5Requirement of 7 day wet cure for all interior slabs to remain Requirement of 7 day wet cure for all interior slabs to remain exposed 13.APPLICATION: LIQUID APPLIED FLOOR HARDENER APPLICATION: LIQUID APPLIED FLOOR HARDENER .1Apply liquid floor hardener in accordance with manufacturer's Apply liquid floor hardener in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions after initial floating. .2Cure concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommended Cure concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommended instructions. 1.Materials and installation shall meet or exceed: Materials and installation shall meet or exceed: a.CSA A371-94, Masonry Construction for Buildings. CSA A371-94, Masonry Construction for Buildings. b.CSA A370-94, Connectors for Masonry. CSA A370-94, Connectors for Masonry. 2.Concrete Block Masonry Units:  to CSA A165.1-94 and as follows: Concrete Block Masonry Units:  to CSA A165.1-94 and as follows: a.Classification:  H/15/D/M. Classification:  H/15/D/M. b.Types and Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes Types and Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes and Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes and Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes face and standard units in various sizes face and standard units in various sizes and standard units in various sizes and standard units in various sizes standard units in various sizes standard units in various sizes units in various sizes units in various sizes in various sizes in various sizes various sizes various sizes sizes sizes as indicated on drawings. c.Special Shapes:  as required or indicated on drawings. Special Shapes:  as required or indicated on drawings. 3.CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS .1Standard Concrete Masonry Units: to CAN/CSA A 165.1 and as Standard Concrete Masonry Units: to CAN/CSA A 165.1 and as follows: .1Classification: H/15/B/M (standard) Classification: H/15/B/M (standard) .2Size (Nominal): As indicated on Drawings Size (Nominal): As indicated on Drawings .3Special shapes: provide plain end, bull_nosed and double Special shapes: provide plain end, bull_nosed and double bull_nosed units for exposed corners as indicated on Drawings. Lintels and bond beams are constructed using knock-out lintel units. Provide additional special shapes as indicated. .4Basis-of-Design: Basis-of-Design: .1CCI/Expocrete Concrete Products Ltd CCI/Expocrete Concrete Products Ltd 4.Horizontal Joint Reinforcement: Horizontal Joint Reinforcement: a.Conventional continuous welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, Conventional continuous welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, continuous welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, continuous welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, reinforcing to CSA A370-94, reinforcing to CSA A370-94, to CSA A370-94, to CSA A370-94, CSA A370-94, CSA A370-94, A370-94, A370-94, in ladder configuration. b.Reinforcing Steel Wire: to CSA G30.3-M1983, hot dip galvanized. Reinforcing Steel Wire: to CSA G30.3-M1983, hot dip galvanized. c.Reinforcing Continuous Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Reinforcing Continuous Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Continuous Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Continuous Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Welded Ladder Type: to Welded Ladder Type: to Ladder Type: to Ladder Type: to Type: to Type: to to to CSA A370-94. 6.Connectors: TO CSA A370-94, Rap Tie as manufactured by Ferro Connectors: TO CSA A370-94, Rap Tie as manufactured by Ferro TO CSA A370-94, Rap Tie as manufactured by Ferro Rap Tie as manufactured by Ferro Corporation or equal. a.Corrosion Protection: to CAN3-S304, hot dipped. Corrosion Protection: to CAN3-S304, hot dipped. 5.Mortar: to CSA A179-94, Colour to match block as selected by Mortar: to CSA A179-94, Colour to match block as selected by consultant. 6.Sheet Steel Base Flashings: minimum 0.60mm thick to ASTM A653-96 Sheet Steel Base Flashings: minimum 0.60mm thick to ASTM A653-96 formed as detailed, galvanized with Z275 zinc coating, prefinished 8000 series, colour as selected by consultant. 7.Modified Bitumen Base Flashing: SBS modified sheet membrane, Modified Bitumen Base Flashing: SBS modified sheet membrane, minimum 1.0 mm thick self-adhering type or minimum 3.0 mm thick torch-applied type. 8.Grout: to CSA A179-94 Grout: to CSA A179-94 9.Bonds and Patterns: Stack bond to pattern as indicated on drawings, Bonds and Patterns: Stack bond to pattern as indicated on drawings, tooled joints. 10.Control Joint Fillers: Preformed rubber, neoprene or polyvinylchloride, Control Joint Fillers: Preformed rubber, neoprene or polyvinylchloride, size and profile to suit intended application and as indicated on drawings. 11.Cavity Weeps/Vents: Preformed plastic or galvanized steel, 100 mm Cavity Weeps/Vents: Preformed plastic or galvanized steel, 100 mm long. 12.Insulation inserts as per drawings sim. to Cris Korfil Insulation inserts Insulation inserts as per drawings sim. to Cris Korfil Insulation inserts as supplied by Expocrete Concrete Products. 13.Clear Unit Masonry Sealer: Clear Unit Masonry Sealer: .1Clear coating for concrete unit masonry where no paint is applied. Clear coating for concrete unit masonry where no paint is applied. .2Acceptable Materials: Acceptable Materials: a. Pro-Masonry, Clear Sheen single coat, semi-gloss b. Fabrikem, Fabrishield 763 1.Design steel stud system in accordance with requirements of Alberta Design steel stud system in accordance with requirements of Alberta Building Code, CAN/CSA-S16.1-94 and CSA S136-94. 2.Submit shop drawings stamped and signed by a Professional Engineer Submit shop drawings stamped and signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the Province of Alberta. 1.MATERIALS MATERIALS a.Bolts and nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where Bolts and nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where and nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where and nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where , hotdip galvanized where , hotdip galvanized where hotdip galvanized where hotdip galvanized where galvanized where galvanized where where where noted. b.Prime paint:  oil alkyd type to CAN/CGSB-1.40-M89. Prime paint:  oil alkyd type to CAN/CGSB-1.40-M89. c.Isolation coating:  acid and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to Isolation coating:  acid and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to coating:  acid and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to coating:  acid and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to alkali resistant asphaltic paint to alkali resistant asphaltic paint to resistant asphaltic paint to resistant asphaltic paint to asphaltic paint to asphaltic paint to paint to paint to to to CAN/CGSB-1.108-M89. d.Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade Grade Grade 300W. e.Hollow Structural Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Hollow Structural Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Structural Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Structural Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA In accordance with CAN/CSA In accordance with CAN/CSA accordance with CAN/CSA accordance with CAN/CSA with CAN/CSA with CAN/CSA CAN/CSA CAN/CSA G40.20/G40.21, Grade 350W, Class C. f.Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), standard weight (Schedule 40), standard weight (Schedule 40), weight (Schedule 40), weight (Schedule 40), (Schedule 40), (Schedule 40), 40), 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. g.Welding materials: to CSA W59. Welding materials: to CSA W59. h.Welding electrodes: to CSA W48 Series. Welding electrodes: to CSA W48 Series. i.Bolts and anchor bolts: to ASTM A307. Bolts and anchor bolts: to ASTM A307. 2.Supply and install all steel components and steel fabrications indicated Supply and install all steel components and steel fabrications indicated on drawings. 3.Thoroughly clean and suitably pretreat steel prior to finishing. Thoroughly clean and suitably pretreat steel prior to finishing. 4.Remove loose mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign matter Remove loose mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign matter using one or more of the following methods: a..1solvent cleaning .1solvent cleaning solvent cleaning b..2wire brushing .2wire brushing wire brushing c..3power wire brushing .3power wire brushing power wire brushing d..4sandblasting .4sandblasting sandblasting 5.Grind smooth sharp projections. Grind smooth sharp projections. 6.Prepare steel to receive Master Painters Institute (MPI) finishes as Prepare steel to receive Master Painters Institute (MPI) finishes as recommended in MPI Manual. 7.Prime paint all fabrications: Prime paint all fabrications: all exposed steel to be shop primed 'grey' 8.FABRICATION FABRICATION .1 Fabricate work square, true, straight and accurate to required Fabricate work square, true, straight and accurate to required size, with joints closely fitted and properly secured. .2 Use self-tapping shake-proof flat headed screws on items Use self-tapping shake-proof flat headed screws on items requiring assembly by screws or as indicated. .3 Where possible, fit and shop assemble work, ready for erection. Where possible, fit and shop assemble work, ready for erection. .4 Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length of each joint. Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length of each joint. File or grind exposed welds smooth and flush. 9.FINISHES FINISHES .1 Galvanizing: Hot dip galvanize items as indicated in accordance Galvanizing: Hot dip galvanize items as indicated in accordance with applicable standard following: .1 Products: ASTM A123 Products: ASTM A123 .2 Hardware ASTM A153/A153M Hardware ASTM A153/A153M .2 Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. .3 Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-1.181. Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-1.181. 10.ISOLATION COATING ISOLATION COATING .1 Isolate aluminum from following components, by means of Isolate aluminum from following components, by means of bituminous paint: .1 Dissimilar metals except stainless steel, zinc, or white Dissimilar metals except stainless steel, zinc, or white bronze of small area. .2 Concrete, mortar and masonry. Concrete, mortar and masonry. .3 Wood. Wood. 11.SHOP PAINTING SHOP PAINTING .1 Apply one shop coat of primer "grey" to metal items, with Apply one shop coat of primer "grey" to metal items, with exception of galvanized or concrete encased items. .2 Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by manufacturer. Paint Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by manufacturer. Paint on dry surfaces, free from rust, scale, grease. Do not paint when temperature is lower than 7 degrees C. .3 Clean surfaces to be field welded; do not paint. 12.ANGLE LINTELS ANGLE LINTELS .1 Steel angles: galvanized, sizes indicated for openings. Provide Steel angles: galvanized, sizes indicated for openings. Provide 150 mm minimum bearing at ends. .2 Weld or bolt back-to-back angles to profiles as indicated. Weld or bolt back-to-back angles to profiles as indicated. .3 Finish: shop painted. Finish: shop painted. 13.ERECTION ERECTION .1 Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified otherwise. .2 Erect metalwork square, plumb, straight, and true, accurately Erect metalwork square, plumb, straight, and true, accurately fitted, with tight joints and intersections. .3 Provide suitable means of anchorage acceptable to Consultant Provide suitable means of anchorage acceptable to Consultant such as dowels, anchor clips, bar anchors, expansion bolts and shields, and toggles. .4 Finish exposed fastening devices to match and to be Finish exposed fastening devices to match and to be compatible with material through which they pass. .5 Provide components for building by other sections in Provide components for building by other sections in accordance with shop drawings and schedule. .6 Make field connections with bolts to CSA-S16, or weld. Make field connections with bolts to CSA-S16, or weld. .7 Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates. .8 Touch-up rivets, field welds, bolts and burnt or scratched Touch-up rivets, field welds, bolts and burnt or scratched surfaces after completion of erection with primer. .9 Touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc rich primer where Touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc rich primer where burned by field welding. 14.PIPE BOLLARDS PIPE BOLLARDS .1 Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe. Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe. .2Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Support and Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Support and brace bollards in position in footing excavations until concrete has been placed and cured. .3 Fill bollards solidly with concrete, rounding top surface. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, rounding top surface. 15.CLEANING CLEANING .1Perform cleaning after installation to remove construction and Perform cleaning after installation to remove construction and accumulated environmental dirt. .2 Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, rubbish, tools and equipment barriers. 1.MATERIALS MATERIALS .1 Carbon Steel: Carbon Steel: .1 Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade 300W. .2 Hollow Structural Sections (HSS): In accordance with Hollow Structural Sections (HSS): In accordance with CAN/CSA G40.20/G40.21, Grade 350W, Class C. .3 Steel plate: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade 260 W. Steel plate: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade 260 W. .4 Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight, schedule Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight, schedule 40 seamless black. .5 Steel tubing: to ASTM A500, round, 6 mm wall thickness, Steel tubing: to ASTM A500, round, 6 mm wall thickness, sizes and dimensions as indicated. .2 Welding materials: to CSA W59. .3 Welding electrodes: to CSA W48 Series. .4 Bolts: to ASTM A307. .5 High strength bolts: to ASTM A325M. 2.PIPE/TUBING BALUSTRADES PIPE/TUBING BALUSTRADES .1 Construct balusters and handrails from steel pipe. Construct balusters and handrails from steel pipe. .2 Cap and weld exposed ends of balusters and handrails. Cap and weld exposed ends of balusters and handrails. .3 Terminate at abutting wall with end flange. Terminate at abutting wall with end flange. .4 Fabricate railings in accordance with NAAMM AMP 521 to finish Fabricate railings in accordance with NAAMM AMP 521 to finish as follows: .1 Fabrication Tolerance: Fabricate steel to one half the Fabrication Tolerance: Fabricate steel to one half the normal tolerance as specified in the CISC/AISC Code of Standard Practice Section 10. .2 Welds Ground Smooth: Fabricator shall grind welds of Welds Ground Smooth: Fabricator shall grind welds of exposed steel smooth; make groove welds flush to the surfaces each side and be within +1.5 mm, -0 mm of plate thickness. .3 Contour and blend of welds where fillet welds are ground Contour and blend of welds where fillet welds are ground contoured, or blended, oversize welds as required and grind to provide a smooth transition and to match profile on accepted sample. .4 Continuous weld where noted of uniform size and profile. Continuous weld where noted of uniform size and profile. .5 Minimize weld show through at locations where welding on Minimize weld show through at locations where welding on the far side of an exposed connection occurs, grind distortion and marking of the steel to a smooth profile with adjacent material. .6 Maintain a uniform gap of 3 mm ± 0.8 mm at copes Maintain a uniform gap of 3 mm ± 0.8 mm at copes and blocks. .7 Maintain a uniform gap tolerance of 3 mm ± 0.8 mm at Maintain a uniform gap tolerance of 3 mm ± 0.8 mm at connections. .8 Fabricate exposed steel so that piece marks are fully Fabricate exposed steel so that piece marks are fully hidden in the final structure or made with media to permit full removal after erection. .9 Deliver steel with no mill marks (stencilled, stamped, Deliver steel with no mill marks (stencilled, stamped, raised) in exposed locations; cut off mill material to appropriate lengths where possible; fill or grind to a surface finish consistent with the accepted sample where cutting is not possible. .10 Grind edges of sheared, punched or flame-cut steel to Grind edges of sheared, punched or flame-cut steel to match accepted sample. .11 Rolled members shall be fully shaped in the shop and tied Rolled members shall be fully shaped in the shop and tied during shipping to prevent stress relieving; distortion of the web or stem, and of outstanding flanges or legs of angles will be visibly acceptable to the Consultant when viewed from a distance of 6100 mm under any lighting condition; tolerances for the vertical and horizontal walls of rectangular HSS members after rolling shall be ±13 mm. .12 Seal weld open ends of round and rectangular hollow Seal weld open ends of round and rectangular hollow structural section with 10 mm closure plates; provide continuous, sealed welds at angle to gusset plate connections and similar locations where exposed steel is exposed to weather. .5 Fabricate work square, true straight and accurate to required Fabricate work square, true straight and accurate to required size, with joints closely fitted and properly secured. .6 Where work of other Sections is attached to work of this Where work of other Sections is attached to work of this section, prepare work by drilling and tapping holes as required facilitating installation of such work. 3.ACCESS LADDERS ACCESS LADDERS .1 Provide premanufactured or manufacture on site as indicated. Provide premanufactured or manufacture on site as indicated. .2 Construct access ladders in accordance with Alberta OH&S Construct access ladders in accordance with Alberta OH&S safety codes. .3 Fixed Ladder Extension Safety Post: Fixed Ladder Extension Safety Post: .1 Adjustable spring balanced safety post with adjustable Adjustable spring balanced safety post with adjustable mounting brackets to fit ladder-rung spacing. .2 Ladder extension equipped with automatic self-lock when Ladder extension equipped with automatic self-lock when fully extended; upward and downward movement controlled by stainless steel spring balance mechanism. .3 Acceptable Material: Acceptable Material: .1 Bilco Ladder Up Safety Post Bilco Ladder Up Safety Post .4 Non-Slip Rung Finishes: Coat top of each rung with Non-Slip Rung Finishes: Coat top of each rung with abrasive material metallically bonded to rung by a proprietary process; acceptable materials, IKG Borden Mebac or W. S. Molnar Company SLIP-NOT. 4.ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES .1 Handrails and Wall Brackets: Tubular steel, 38 mm Ø pipe rail Handrails and Wall Brackets: Tubular steel, 38 mm Ø pipe rail with rod and mounting flange as detailed on Drawing. .2 Sealant: in accordance with Section 07 92 00 – Sealants. Sealant: in accordance with Section 07 92 00 – Sealants. Sealants. .3 Stair Nosing Strips: extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6, filled Stair Nosing Strips: extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6, filled with virgin aluminum oxide and silicon carbide abrasive granules in epoxy binder. .1 Colour: As directed by Consultant. Colour: As directed by Consultant. .2 Size: 75 mm wide x 6 mm thick x length of tread. Size: 75 mm wide x 6 mm thick x length of tread. .3 Acceptable Materials: Acceptable Materials: .1 Style 9511, American Safety Tread Co. Inc., Telephone: (800) 245-4881 5.FINISHES FINISHES .1 Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanizing with zinc coating 600 g/m2 Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanizing with zinc coating 600 g/m2 to CAN/CSA-G164. .2 Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. .3 Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-1.181. Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-1.181. .4 Painting: in accordance with Section 09 91 00 – Painting. Painting: in accordance with Section 09 91 00 – Painting. Painting. 6.SHOP PAINTING SHOP PAINTING .1 Clean surfaces in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Clean surfaces in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council Manual Volume 2. .2 Apply one coat of shop primer except interior surfaces of Apply one coat of shop primer except interior surfaces of pans. .3 Apply two coats of primer of different colours to parts Apply two coats of primer of different colours to parts inaccessible after final assembly. .4 Use primer as prepared by manufacturer without thinning or Use primer as prepared by manufacturer without thinning or adding admixtures. aint on dry surfaces, free from rust, scale, grease, do not paint when temperature is below 7 degrees C. .5 Do not paint surfaces to be field welded. Do not paint surfaces to be field welded. 7.FABRICATION FABRICATION .1 Fabricate stairs in accordance with NAAMM AMP 510. Fabricate stairs in accordance with NAAMM AMP 510. .2 Fabricate railings in accordance with NAAMM AMP 521. Fabricate railings in accordance with NAAMM AMP 521. .3 Weld connections where possible, otherwise bolt connections. Weld connections where possible, otherwise bolt connections. Countersink exposed fastenings, cut off bolts flush with nuts. Make exposed connections of same material, colour and finish as base material on which they occur. .4 Accurately form connections with exposed faces flush; mitres Accurately form connections with exposed faces flush; mitres and joints tight. Make risers of equal height. .5 Grind or file exposed welds and steel sections smooth. Grind or file exposed welds and steel sections smooth. .6 Shop fabricate stairs in sections as large and complete as Shop fabricate stairs in sections as large and complete as practicable. .7 Insulate dissimilar materials to prevent electrolysis arising from Insulate dissimilar materials to prevent electrolysis arising from metal to metal contact or metal to masonry or concrete contact; use bituminous paint or other acceptable method acceptable to Consultant. 8.PREPARATION PREPARATION .1 Provide anchorage devices and fasteners to other Sections Provide anchorage devices and fasteners to other Sections where necessary for securing metal stairs to in place construction; include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through-bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors. .2 Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal stairs. .3 Field check and verify that structural framing, enclosures, weld Field check and verify that structural framing, enclosures, weld plates, blocking, and that size and location of pockets are placed in accordance with reviewed shop drawings. .4 Report discrepancies to Consultant, and recommend corrective Report discrepancies to Consultant, and recommend corrective action by responsible parties. .5 Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. .6 Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates and instructions for installation. 9.INSTALLATION OF STAIRS INSTALLATION OF STAIRS .1 Install in accordance with NAAMM, Metal Stair Manual. Install in accordance with NAAMM, Metal Stair Manual. .2 Install plumb and true in exact locations, using welded Install plumb and true in exact locations, using welded connections wherever possible to provide rigid structure. Provide anchor bolts, bolts and plates for connecting stairs to structure. .3 Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates. .4 Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified otherwise. .5 Touch up shop primer to bolts, welds, and burned or scratched Touch up shop primer to bolts, welds, and burned or scratched surfaces at completion of erection. 10.CLEANING CLEANING .1 Perform cleaning as soon as possible after installation to Perform cleaning as soon as possible after installation to remove construction and accumulated environmental dirt. .2 Remove protective coverings and clean metal work using Remove protective coverings and clean metal work using cleaning solutions and methods to suit the metal and its finish at completion of work. .3 Protect adjacent materials and finishes from damage or Protect adjacent materials and finishes from damage or discolouring during cleaning. .4 Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, rubbish, tools and equipment barriers. 11.LADDER SCHEDULE LADDER SCHEDULE .1 Roof Access Ladder: .1 Construct access ladders in accordance with Alberta OH&S Construct access ladders in accordance with Alberta OH&S safety codes. .2 Side Rails: Nominal 50 mm x 10 mm and as indicated on Side Rails: Nominal 50 mm x 10 mm and as indicated on Drawing A204 .3 Rungs: Nominal 32 mm diameter rungs shouldered and Rungs: Nominal 32 mm diameter rungs shouldered and welded at 300 mm O/C maximum, rungs starting at 300 mm maximum above lower entry level or roof surface, finished with acceptable non-slip tread surface. .4 Ladder Mounts: Nominal 50 mm x 13 mm brackets at Ladder Mounts: Nominal 50 mm x 13 mm brackets at maximum spacing of 3050 mm with support at the top of the side rails, and centreline of rungs at 150 mm from the wall face. .5 Safety Extension: Install telescoping ladder extension to top Safety Extension: Install telescoping ladder extension to top two ladder rungs in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions for roofs penetrating roof access hatches. .6 Usage Classification: Service Usage Classification: Service .7 Finish: Painted as specified in Section 09 91 00 or Finish: Painted as specified in Section 09 91 00 or Galvanized for exterior locations. 1.Dimension board lumber: to CAN/CSA 0141-91 and graded in Dimension board lumber: to CAN/CSA 0141-91 and graded in accordance with current National Lumber Grades Authority (NLGA) Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber. a.Moisture Content: maximum 19% at time of installation. Moisture Content: maximum 19% at time of installation. b.Surface Finish: S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S Surface Finish: S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S Finish: S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S Finish: S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S receiving finishes, S2S or S4S receiving finishes, S2S or S4S finishes, S2S or S4S finishes, S2S or S4S S2S or S4S S2S or S4S or S4S or S4S S4S S4S for members not receiving finishes. 2.Canadian Softwood Plywood: to CSA 0151-M1978. Canadian Softwood Plywood: to CSA 0151-M1978. 3.Douglas Fir Plywood: to CSA 0121-M1978. Douglas Fir Plywood: to CSA 0121-M1978. 4.Pressure Preservative Treated Wood: in accordance with Pressure Preservative Treated Wood: in accordance with CAN/CSA 080 Series-M89 and as follows: 5.Nails, spikes and staples: Nails, spikes and staples: a.Use common spiral nails and spikes except where indicated Use common spiral nails and spikes except where indicated common spiral nails and spikes except where indicated common spiral nails and spikes except where indicated spiral nails and spikes except where indicated spiral nails and spikes except where indicated nails and spikes except where indicated nails and spikes except where indicated and spikes except where indicated and spikes except where indicated spikes except where indicated spikes except where indicated except where indicated except where indicated where indicated where indicated indicated indicated otherwise. b.Use hot dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, Use hot dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, hot dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, hot dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, finished steel for exposed exterior work, finished steel for exposed exterior work, steel for exposed exterior work, steel for exposed exterior work, for exposed exterior work, for exposed exterior work, exposed exterior work, exposed exterior work, exterior work, exterior work, work, work, highly humid interior areas, pressure - preservative and humid interior areas, pressure - preservative and humid interior areas, pressure - preservative and interior areas, pressure - preservative and interior areas, pressure - preservative and areas, pressure - preservative and areas, pressure - preservative and pressure - preservative and pressure - preservative and - preservative and - preservative and preservative and preservative and and and fire-retardant treated lumber. 6.Bolt, nut, washer, screw and pin type fasteners: hot dip galvanized Bolt, nut, washer, screw and pin type fasteners: hot dip galvanized finish to CSA G164-M92. 7.Wood Furring and Blocking: Provide all furring and blocking as required. Wood Furring and Blocking: Provide all furring and blocking as required. 8.All carpentry in contact with concrete or masonry is to be treated with All carpentry in contact with concrete or masonry is to be treated with a preservative. 9.The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication, supply, and installation of the rough carpentry as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 10.S4S maximum 19% moisture. S4S maximum 19% moisture. 11.CSA 0141-1970 U.L.G.A. standard grading rules. CSA 0141-1970 U.L.G.A. standard grading rules. 12.All materials standard or better. Plywood, Douglas Fire plywood. All materials standard or better. Plywood, Douglas Fire plywood. 13.Non - Load bearing wood stud: S.P.F. #2 or better. Non - Load bearing wood stud: S.P.F. #2 or better. 14.Load bearing wood studs, PSL and LVL framing members, wood "I" joist Load bearing wood studs, PSL and LVL framing members, wood "I" joist including connectiona dn fasteners: See structural specifications. 15.Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111. Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111. 1.The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication, supply and installation of the finish carpentry as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 2.S4S maximum 12% moisture. S4S maximum 12% moisture. 3.AWMAC custom grade. AWMAC custom grade. 4.Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111. Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111. 1.All millwork will be supplied by the owner and Install by the All millwork will be supplied by the owner and Install by the Contractor. 1.Granular Insulation:  asbestos free vermiculite or perlite granular fill, Granular Insulation:  asbestos free vermiculite or perlite granular fill, water repellent, rot and vermin proof, fire resistant flame/fuel/smoke rating of 0/0/0. 2.Install insulation after masonry materials are dry. Install insulation after masonry materials are dry. 3.Install insulation to maintain sound rating to building elements and Install insulation to maintain sound rating to building elements and spaces. 4.Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 5.Fill completely with insulation, the concrete block cores. Fill completely with insulation, the concrete block cores. 6.Plug all holes in wall through which insulation may escape, using glass Plug all holes in wall through which insulation may escape, using glass fibre mesh. 7.Caulk and seal around all door or window openings, electric outlets, Caulk and seal around all door or window openings, electric outlets, pipes and all other openings. 8.Pour directly into the wall from the bag or from a hopper placed on Pour directly into the wall from the bag or from a hopper placed on top of the wall. 9.The height of pour shall not exceed 6 m or one storey height, The height of pour shall not exceed 6 m or one storey height, whichever is less. 10.Place temporary signs in all rooms on face of insulated wall warning all Place temporary signs in all rooms on face of insulated wall warning all trades to use caution to prevent loss of insulation if cutting into the wall. 1.6 mil polyethylene sheet materials conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, 6 mil polyethylene sheet materials conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, continuously applied to interior face of exterior stud walls and interior partitions where operating temperatures of adjacent spaces could result in condensation. 2.Overlap and seal all joints with butyl caulk. Return into door and Overlap and seal all joints with butyl caulk. Return into door and 3.window opening and continuously seal to perimeter of opening. window opening and continuously seal to perimeter of opening. 1.6 mil polyethylene sheet materials conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, 6 mil polyethylene sheet materials conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, applied under slabs on grade over compacted granular fill. Overlap joints 6" and seal with tape. 2.Tape and seal around service penetrations, columns, grade beams, and Tape and seal around service penetrations, columns, grade beams, and footings. Tape and seal at perimeter foundation wall. 3.Repair all damage and punctures before slab is poured. Repair all damage and punctures before slab is poured. 1.Plastic sheet membranes to provide a vapour permeable air/water Plastic sheet membranes to provide a vapour permeable air/water barrier with an air leakage not greater than 0.02L(s*m2) measured at an air pressure difference of 75 Pa. .1Acceptable products: Tyvek Commercial Wrap or equal. Acceptable products: Tyvek Commercial Wrap or equal. 2.Installation: membrane must be fastened through sheathing to studs. All Installation: membrane must be fastened through sheathing to studs. All joints must be continuously sealed and taped. 1.Wall Type W1, W6, W7, W13 and all exterior masonry walls per plan: Wall Type W1, W6, W7, W13 and all exterior masonry walls per plan: .1Exterior Primer - General Paint Epotilt Primer 70-004 - A high Exterior Primer - General Paint Epotilt Primer 70-004 - A high quality, water reducible, latex coating. An exterior sealer with exceptional adhesion qualities that resist s alkali on concrete and masonry up to pH 13.0 .2Paint - General Paint Elasto-wall 70-040-1 - A high build, Paint - General Paint Elasto-wall 70-040-1 - A high build, weather resistant elastomeric coating for exterior concrete. Elasto-wall exhibits excellent durability and long term flexibility bridging hairline cracks, while providing excellent UV resistance and protection from wind driven rain. 1.The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication, supply and installation of metal siding as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 2.Fabrication Drawings: Submit shops drawings showing product, Fabrication Drawings: Submit shops drawings showing product, thickness, dimensions, fastening systems and joints. Field measure prior to fabrication. 3.All joints to be shop-fabricated. All joints to be shop-fabricated. 4.Materials: Horizontal cladding (Decorative Band): Westman Steel AWR 36 Materials: Horizontal cladding (Decorative Band): Westman Steel AWR 36 (36" coverage) 26 Gauge. .1Colour: International Orange QC 8234 Colour: International Orange QC 8234 5.Contractor must submit cladding samples for written approval to a Kal Contractor must submit cladding samples for written approval to a Kal Tire project manager. 1.General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure 2.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: .1Flex Membranes International. Flex Membranes International. .2GAF Materials Corporation. GAF Materials Corporation. .3Hickman, W. P. Systems, Inc. Hickman, W. P. Systems, Inc. .4Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell International Inc. .5IKO. IKO. .6Johns Manville. Johns Manville. .7Malarkey Roofing Products. Malarkey Roofing Products. .8Siplast, Inc. Siplast, Inc. .9Soprema. Soprema. .10U.S. Intec; a division of BMCA. U.S. Intec; a division of BMCA. 3.Alberta Roofing Contractors Association Ltd (ARCA) Alberta Roofing Contractors Association Ltd (ARCA) .1Roofing Application Standards Manual. Roofing Application Standards Manual. 4.Warranty Warranty .1Roofing Membrane Manufacturer: Provide manufacturer's warranty Roofing Membrane Manufacturer: Provide manufacturer's warranty stating that they will repair or replace defective roofing (including labour) and base flashing materials that do not remain watertight, that splits, tears, or separates at the seams or from the substrate within the specified warranty period and as follows: .1Warranty Period: 10 years Standard Warranty, starting from Warranty Period: 10 years Standard Warranty, starting from Substantial Performance for the Project. .2Name of Warrantee: Warrantor shall issue a written and signed Name of Warrantee: Warrantor shall issue a written and signed warranty identifying the owner's name as the warrantee, and stating that executed work will remain in place and be free of any defects in materials and workmanship for the stated warranty period. .2Special Warranty: In addition, provide an ARCA five (5) year Special Warranty: In addition, provide an ARCA five (5) year Warranty Certificate starting from the date of Substantial Performance. 5.Compatibility between components of roofing system is essential. Provide Compatibility between components of roofing system is essential. Provide written declaration to Consultant stating that materials and components, as assembled in system, meet this requirement. 6.Products Products .1Roofing Membrane Sheet: ASTM D6164, Grade 2, Type I or II, Roofing Membrane Sheet: ASTM D6164, Grade 2, Type I or II, or II, SBS-modified asphalt sheet (reinforced with polyester fabric) smooth surfaced; suitable for application method specified. .2Roofing Membrane Cap Sheet: ASTM D6164, Grade G, Type [l] or Roofing Membrane Cap Sheet: ASTM D6164, Grade G, Type [l] or [II], polyester-reinforced, SBS-modified asphalt sheet; granular surfaced; suitable for application method specified. .3BASE-SHEET MATERIALS BASE-SHEET MATERIALS .1Backer Sheet: ASTM D4601, Type II, asphalt-impregnated and Backer Sheet: ASTM D4601, Type II, asphalt-impregnated and coated, lass-fiber sheet, dusted with fine mineral surfacing on both sides. .2Liquid Applied Flashing: A liquid and fabric reinforced flashing Liquid Applied Flashing: A liquid and fabric reinforced flashing system created with a stitchbonded polyester scrim and a two-component, moisture cured, elastomeric, liquid applied flashing material, consisting of an asphalt extended urethane base material and an activator. .4AUXILIARY ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS AUXILIARY ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS .1General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing membrane. .2Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312, Type [III] [lV]. Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312, Type [III] [lV]. .3Mastic Sealant: As required by Manufacturer. Mastic Sealant: As required by Manufacturer. .4Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion-resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening roofing membrane components to substrate, tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength, and provided by the roofing system manufacturer. .5Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C208, Type ll, Grade 1, Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C208, Type ll, Grade 1, cellulosic-fiber insulation board. .5COATING MATERIALS COATING MATERIALS .1Roof Coating: Acrylic elastomer emulsion coating, formulated Roof Coating: Acrylic elastomer emulsion coating, formulated for use on bituminous roof surfaces and complying with ASTM D6083. ROOF INSULATION .1Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C578, Type Vl, 1.8 Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C578, Type Vl, 1.8 lb/cu. ft. (29 kg/cu. M) .2Provide insulation package with R Value greater than 19. Provide insulation package with R Value greater than 19. .7BALLAST BALLAST .1Aggregate Ballast: Washed, crushed stone or smooth stone that Aggregate Ballast: Washed, crushed stone or smooth stone that will withstand weather exposure without significant deterioration and will not contribute to membrane degradation; of the following size: .1Size: ASTM D448, Size 2, ranging in size from 1-1/2 to Size: ASTM D448, Size 2, ranging in size from 1-1/2 to ranging in size from 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inches (38 to 63 mm). 1.Flashing to be minimum 24ga. Prefinished Colour: Contractor must Flashing to be minimum 24ga. Prefinished Colour: Contractor must submit cladding samples for written approval to a Kal Tire project manager. 2.All joints must be standing seam. Caulk all seams and joints. All joints must be standing seam. Caulk all seams and joints. 3.Limit metal flashing lengths to 10'-0". Limit metal flashing lengths to 10'-0". 4.Extend cap flashing down over roofing membrane a minimum of 3". Extend cap flashing down over roofing membrane a minimum of 3". 5.Provide concealed continuous cleat on exterior side of parapet, fastened Provide concealed continuous cleat on exterior side of parapet, fastened 6.Secure flashing on roof side with screws and watertight washers through Secure flashing on roof side with screws and watertight washers through slotted or oversized holes at 2'-0" o.c. 7.Slope flashing on continuous wood blocking towards roof, as indicated Slope flashing on continuous wood blocking towards roof, as indicated on drawings. 1.Cementitious Spray Fireproofing: Factory mixed, asbestos free, Cementitious Spray Fireproofing: Factory mixed, asbestos free, cementitious material with aggregate, non-fibrous, blended for uniform texture. 2.Sheet Flashing Membrane Sheet Flashing Membrane .1Description: self-adhesive waterproofing membrane composed of Description: self-adhesive waterproofing membrane composed of an SBS modified bitumen. modified bitumen. 3.Components: Components: .1Elastomeric bitumen:Mix of selected bitumen and SBS Elastomeric bitumen:Mix of selected bitumen and SBS Mix of selected bitumen and SBS polymer. .2Properties: Properties: .1Thickness:1.0 mm min. Thickness:1.0 mm min. 1.0 mm min. .2Water vapour permeance (ng/m2sPa.):<1.6 Water vapour permeance (ng/m2sPa.):<1.6 <1.6 .3Prefabricated membrane: Complies with CAN/CGSB-37.56-M, Prefabricated membrane: Complies with CAN/CGSB-37.56-M, 9th Draft .4Acceptable Material: Acceptable Material: .1Colophene ICF, Soprema. Colophene ICF, Soprema. .2MEL-ROL, W.R. Meadows MEL-ROL, W.R. Meadows .3Blueskin WP 200, Bakor Blueskin WP 200, Bakor .4Aquabarrier FP, IKO, Aquabarrier FP, IKO, .5Bituthene 3000, W.R.Grace Bituthene 3000, W.R.Grace 4.Accessories Accessories .1Membrane Primer Membrane Primer .1Description: Water-based single component proprietary for Description: Water-based single component proprietary for membrane used. 5.Interface with Adjacent Systems Interface with Adjacent Systems .1Coordination between all installers of each component of Coordination between all installers of each component of membrane is essential to ensure continuity of system and that junctions between the various components are effectively sealed. .2Verify with manufacturers and all tradesmen involved with Verify with manufacturers and all tradesmen involved with installation procedures of building products incorporated into membrane elements including, but not limited to, various membranes, coatings and sealants. 6.Examination and Preparation of Surfaces Examination and Preparation of Surfaces .1Do not proceed with work until conditions are in accordance Do not proceed with work until conditions are in accordance with manufacturers instructions. .2Ensure surfaces are smooth, dry, clean and free of ice and Ensure surfaces are smooth, dry, clean and free of ice and debris as per manufacturer's recommendations. .3Do not install materials in conditions of snow or rain. Do not install materials in conditions of snow or rain. .4Verify the compatibility of membrane components with curing Verify the compatibility of membrane components with curing compounds, coatings, or other materials which are already installed on the surfaces to be treated. 7.Method of Execution Method of Execution .1Perform Work on a continuous basis as surface and weather Perform Work on a continuous basis as surface and weather conditions allow. .2Protect adjoining surfaces against damage that could result Protect adjoining surfaces against damage that could result from the waterproofing installation. 8.Primer Application Primer Application .1Apply primer coating at the rate recommended by Apply primer coating at the rate recommended by manufacturer. Primer is temperature sensitive and must be temperature sensitive and must be installed at temperature recommended by manufacturer. 1.The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication of all special items included as shown on the drawings. 2.Roof Hatch: Bilco Type "S", Maxam Metal Products Model Max-14, or Roof Hatch: Bilco Type "S", Maxam Metal Products Model Max-14, or approved equal. 3.Ladder-up safety post: Bilco, Model LU-2 Ladder-up safety post: Bilco, Model LU-2 1.Provide firestopping to meet or exceed requirements of the Alberta Provide firestopping to meet or exceed requirements of the Alberta Building Code and as specified in this Section. 2.Submit manufacturer's product data for materials and systems. Include Submit manufacturer's product data for materials and systems. Include manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. Data shall indicate conformance with requirements of this Section, including ULC or Warnock Hersey system number. 3.Firestopping systems: as listed under ULC Guide 40 U19 - "Firestop Firestopping systems: as listed under ULC Guide 40 U19 - "Firestop Systems" or as listed in WH Listings under "Through-Penetration Firestopping Systems". 4.Install tested firestopping systems in accordance with manufacturer's Install tested firestopping systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in strict conformance with tested systems. 5.Refer to Drawings for standard Firestopping System Details and Notes. Refer to Drawings for standard Firestopping System Details and Notes. 1.The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for caulking of exterior doors and window frames and anywhere gaps occur in exterior surfaces (caulk both sides). Caulking around items penetrating exterior walls not defined (i.e., grilles, louvers, pipes and conduit). Caulking of tilt-up panels, exterior side only. 2.Materials: Materials: .1 Loadflex (as manufactured by Sternson) (or approved equal) for Loadflex (as manufactured by Sternson) (or approved equal) for joints in concrete slabs. .2Vertical caulking (tilt-up joints): high performance, low modulus, Vertical caulking (tilt-up joints): high performance, low modulus, one-component, moisture-cured, polyurethane-based non-sag elastomeric sealant. Pecora Dynatrol II, Tremco Dymonic FC, Sika Sikaflex, or approved equal. Colour to be selected by Architect from manufacture's standard range. .3Back up material - closed cell polyethylene foam joint backing. Back up material - closed cell polyethylene foam joint backing. Polyethylene backing rod to all joints in tilt-up wall panels. .4ULF approved caulking as indicated to all fire-rated walls. ULF approved caulking as indicated to all fire-rated walls. 1.Hollow metal work shall include: Hollow metal work shall include: .1Pressed steel door frames. Pressed steel door frames. .2Hollow metal doors. Hollow metal doors. .3 Pressed metal window lites c/w Georgian wire glass. Pressed metal window lites c/w Georgian wire glass. .4 Security Plates welded to designated exterior doors (see Hardware Security Plates welded to designated exterior doors (see Hardware Schedule). .5Drip flashing at door head. Drip flashing at door head. 2.Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings: .1Submit shop drawings, showing details of hollow metal work, Submit shop drawings, showing details of hollow metal work, including frame schedules and hardware details to Consultant for approval prior to fabrication. Submit shop drawings showing sizes, material, gauge, hardware preparation and reinforcing for approval by Consultant. .2Approved Manufacturers: Approved Manufacturers: .1S.W. Fleming Ltd. S.W. Fleming Ltd. .2Shanahans. Shanahans. 3.Hollow Metal Doors: Hollow Metal Doors: .1Materials: D-Series steel doors. All materials shall be formed from Materials: D-Series steel doors. All materials shall be formed from cold rolled and stretcher leveled sheet steel stock of gauges as specified below, or cold rolled stretcher leveled stock having Stelco "Colourbond" or Dofasco "Satincoate" applied coating. .2Fabrication: Slab Type Doors (Flush Doors) to be constructed of not Fabrication: Slab Type Doors (Flush Doors) to be constructed of not lighter than No. 20 gauge. Exterior sheets to be rigidly connected. All hollow metal doors to have no horizontal or vertical seam lines on faces. .3Interior doors shall be reinforced, stiffened, and sound-deadened Interior doors shall be reinforced, stiffened, and sound-deadened with impregnated Kraft Honeycomb Structural Core completely filling the inside of the door and laminated to the inside faces of panels. Exterior insulated hollow metal doors shall have polyurethane insulation in their core. .4All doors to have vertical mechanical interlocking seams on hinge All doors to have vertical mechanical interlocking seams on hinge and lock edges. Doors shall be provided with 1.6mm (14 gauge) top and bottom channels spot-welded within the door. .5Full height welded security plate to all exterior metal doors. Full height welded security plate to all exterior metal doors. .6All doors to be prepared to receive hardware. All doors shall be All doors to be prepared to receive hardware. All doors shall be mortised and reinforced. Reinforcing plates for hinges and strikes to be drilled and tapped for machine screws according to template hardware. Reinforcing for hinge, lock and closer shall be minimum 3.5mm steel plate. Other reinforcing as required. 4.Door Frames: Door Frames: .1Materials: Cold rolled steel stock, shop primed after fabrication or Materials: Cold rolled steel stock, shop primed after fabrication or having Stelco "Colourbond" or Dofasco "Satincoate" applied coating before fabrication. 16 gauge. Corners shall be mitered, welded and sanded to a smooth finish. Frames shall have minimum 3.5mm steel plate hinge, strike, and closer reinforcing. 5.Other hardware reinforcing as required. Other hardware reinforcing as required. 1.Rolling Fire Doors: ULC labeled rolling fire doors, minimum fire rating as Rolling Fire Doors: ULC labeled rolling fire doors, minimum fire rating as per door schedule, chain hoist operation, automatic closing activated by fusible link on each side of fire separation, complete with all required hardware including guides, galvanized steel hoods, tan "FinalCoat" finish. 2.Acceptable products: Cookson Simple Test fire door or approved equal. Acceptable products: Cookson Simple Test fire door or approved equal. 3.Shop Drawing: Submit shop drawings showing details of track anchorage, Shop Drawing: Submit shop drawings showing details of track anchorage, fixing methods, doors sizes, hardware, etc. to the Architect for approval prior to fabrication. 4.Installation to be by an authorized representative of the manufacturer. Installation to be by an authorized representative of the manufacturer. Door to be drop tested and witnessed for normal operation after installation. 1.Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing details of track Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing details of track anchorage, fixing methods, doors sizes, hardware, etc. to the Architect for approval prior to fabrication and/or erection. 2.Materials: Materials: .1Approved manufacturers: Steel Craft Door Products Ltd., Thermacore Approved manufacturers: Steel Craft Door Products Ltd., Thermacore Overhead doors .1Steel Craft series TD134 or approved equal Steel Craft series TD134 or approved equal .2Steel sheet: commercial grade to ASTM A526-71, with Steel sheet: commercial grade to ASTM A526-71, with galvanized zinc coating, ASTM A525-80A designation G90. .3Door sections: Insulated doors 1.75" thick: minimum R16 Door sections: Insulated doors 1.75" thick: minimum R16 polyurethane insulation core with prefinished white steel skin each side. 3.Accessories and Hardware: Accessories and Hardware: .1High-lift, Standard-lift or low-lift doors with chain hoists shall High-lift, Standard-lift or low-lift doors with chain hoists shall have pusher springs on the end of the back track. Vertical-lift doors without chain hoists shall have bumper springs. .2Heavy-duty aluminum vinyl weather-stripping to jamb and lintel. Heavy-duty aluminum vinyl weather-stripping to jamb and lintel. Neoprene astragal with PVC retainer to door bottom. .3All doors to have solid cold-rolled shafts. All doors to have solid cold-rolled shafts. .4Spring counterbalance: heavy duty oil-tempered wire torsion springs Spring counterbalance: heavy duty oil-tempered wire torsion springs on continuous ball bearing cross header shaft. Cable drums to be die-cast, high-strength, connected to door with galvanized aircraft=quality cable with minimum 7-1 safety factor. .5Locking by interior-mounted spring-loaded slide bolt lock engaging Locking by interior-mounted spring-loaded slide bolt lock engaging in track. .6Rollers: full-floating hardened steel ball-bearing, size to suit track. Rollers: full-floating hardened steel ball-bearing, size to suit track. .7Track: 3" heavy duty hardware. Vertical tracks to be minimum Track: 3" heavy duty hardware. Vertical tracks to be minimum 16ga. Galvanized steel, tapered and mounted for wedge-type closing. Horizontal tracks to be minimum 14ga. Galvanized steel. Vertical tracks to be continuous angle-mounted and fully adjustable for sealing door to jamb. Horizontal tracks to be reinforced with C-channel. .8Unless otherwise indicated on the door schedule, doors 10'-0" high Unless otherwise indicated on the door schedule, doors 10'-0" high or higher and/or over 10'-0" wide shall have a reduction gear chain hoists. .9Doors shall be standard-lift, high-lift, or vertical lift as indicated Doors shall be standard-lift, high-lift, or vertical lift as indicated on the drawing. If drawing indicates insufficient headroom for standard-lift, low-lift doors shall be provided, whether specifically designated or not. .10Glazing shall be 1/2" sealed unit full view sections (see Door Type Glazing shall be 1/2" sealed unit full view sections (see Door Type Elevations). .11Cycle springs to be rated for 50,000 Cycle springs to be rated for 50,000 4.Installation: Installation: .1Install work plumb, square, level, free from warp, twist and Install work plumb, square, level, free from warp, twist and superimposed loads. .2Secure work in required position. Do not restrict thermal movement. Secure work in required position. Do not restrict thermal movement. .3Install hardware in accordance with templates. Install hardware in accordance with templates. .4Adjust Operable parts for Function Adjust Operable parts for Function 5.Warranty: 12 months parts and labour from completion of door Warranty: 12 months parts and labour from completion of door installation. 6.MANUAL DOOR OPERATION (Doors 10x10 and Under or 100sq. ft.) MANUAL DOOR OPERATION (Doors 10x10 and Under or 100sq. ft.) .1 Manual Push up operation. Manual Push up operation. 7.MANUAL DOOR OPERATION (Doors 10x12, 12x12, and 12x14) MANUAL DOOR OPERATION (Doors 10x12, 12x12, and 12x14) .1 Chain hoist: side mounted unit complete with hot dip galvanized Chain hoist: side mounted unit complete with hot dip galvanized continuous steel chain. Gear reduction of 3:1. .2Mount chain hoist @ "Driver's Side" of all bay doors. Mount chain hoist @ "Driver's Side" of all bay doors. 1.Scope: of Work: The contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and Scope: of Work: The contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication, supply and installation of aluminum storefront as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 2.Submittals - Shop Drawings Submittals - Shop Drawings .1Prior to fabrication submit shop drawings showing door and storefront Prior to fabrication submit shop drawings showing door and storefront elevations, all required details, door and storefront dimensions, sections, caulking joints with their sizes and specifications for this system, r-value, materials, required hardware, and installation requirements. .1Door system shall be Aluminex 160T series Institutional - Insulated with Door system shall be Aluminex 160T series Institutional - Insulated with ability for painting or anodizing with two colours. .2The door shall be compatible with the thermally broken framing by The door shall be compatible with the thermally broken framing by Aluminex. .3Aluminum framing shall be thermally broken, by dual application of high Aluminum framing shall be thermally broken, by dual application of high strength casting resin and mechanical de-bridging. .4The door aluminum profiles nominal dimensions shall be as follows: The door aluminum profiles nominal dimensions shall be as follows: .1Grame metal thickness: 3mm/0.12" min. Grame metal thickness: 3mm/0.12" min. .2Glazing stop metal thickness 1.3mm/0.05" min. Glazing stop metal thickness 1.3mm/0.05" min. .3Depth of frame 51mm/2" Depth of frame 51mm/2" .4Face width of stiles 89mm/3.5" Face width of stiles 89mm/3.5" .5Face width of rails 152mm/6" Face width of rails 152mm/6" .1Storefront system shall be Aluminex 1140 series Storefront system shall be Aluminex 1140 series 5.Performance Performance .1Storefront System Storefront System .1General Performance: Aluminum-framed systems shall withstand the General Performance: Aluminum-framed systems shall withstand the effects of the following performance requirements without exceeding performance criteria or failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction: .1Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings including, but not limited to, story drift and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. .2Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction .2Delegated Design: Design aluminum-framed systems, including Delegated Design: Design aluminum-framed systems, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. .3Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings .2Door System Door System .1Temperature Index, depending on glass section shall remain in the Temperature Index, depending on glass section shall remain in the range of I=54 to 64 .2U-value of the assembly shall remain in the 0.39 to 0.45 range U-value of the assembly shall remain in the 0.39 to 0.45 range dependent on glass selection. .3Structural load capacity minimum requirements shall not be less than Structural load capacity minimum requirements shall not be less than 1200 N/270 lbs when tested by the dual moment load, where passing a 45 degree lever arm rotation angle is considered as the mock-up failure. .4Air Infiltration - applicable to single acting offset pivot or butt hung Air Infiltration - applicable to single acting offset pivot or butt hung doors. ASTM E 283 air infiltration test standard. 6.Materials Materials .1Door System Door System .1Extruded aluminum shall be AA 6063 T5, Fy=110 MPa/16 KSI, alloy Extruded aluminum shall be AA 6063 T5, Fy=110 MPa/16 KSI, alloy and temper. .2Storefront System Storefront System .1Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. .2Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209. .3Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B221 Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B221 .4Extruded Structural Pipes and Tubes: ASTM B429. Extruded Structural Pipes and Tubes: ASTM B429. .5Structural Profiles: ASTM B308/B308M Structural Profiles: ASTM B308/B308M 1.Submit a hardware schedule showing quantity, type and location of all Submit a hardware schedule showing quantity, type and location of all items finish hardware to be supplied for each door shown on the door schedule. 2.After completion of all construction work, certify all items of hardware After completion of all construction work, certify all items of hardware have been adjusted and are working properly and that all hardware on fire rated (labeled) doors conform to the 3.requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories of Canada and all other requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories of Canada and all other applicable codes. 4.Keying and Keying Control: Keying and Keying Control: .1Provide factory prepared keying to 6 pin system. Master Key with Provide factory prepared keying to 6 pin system. Master Key with two sub-master systems to be prepared and provided at the completion of the project. 5.Products: Products: .1External Hinges: Stanley BB191, 114.3 mm x 101.6 NRP, Finish 32, External Hinges: Stanley BB191, 114.3 mm x 101.6 NRP, Finish 32, or McKinney TA314-45" NRP, Finish 32. Stanley BB199 or McKinney TA386 on doors larger than 914mm/3'-0" wide .2 Internal Hinges: Stanley BB179, 114.3 mm x 101.6, Finish 32, or Internal Hinges: Stanley BB179, 114.3 mm x 101.6, Finish 32, or McKinney TA714-45"x4", Finish 32. Stanley BB168 or McKinney TA786 on doors larger than 914 mm/3'-0" wide. .3Latches, locksets, and cylinders: Schlage 6-pin, D Series, Keyway Latches, locksets, and cylinders: Schlage 6-pin, D Series, Keyway 70mm backset, bright stainless steel, finish 629, lock function per plans. .4Internal & External Locksets / Passage Sets: Schlage AL Internal & External Locksets / Passage Sets: Schlage AL Series,Saturn Lever Design. Hardware to be disabled accessible unless otherwise noted. .5Deadbolt: Schlage 6-pin, B series, 1" steel alloy deadbolt, keyed Deadbolt: Schlage 6-pin, B series, 1" steel alloy deadbolt, keyed outside thumbturn inside, finish 629, locate per plans. .6Security Plates: 50 mm wide x 2134 mm x 10 gauge welded to Security Plates: 50 mm wide x 2134 mm x 10 gauge welded to door, finished to match door. Provide on all exterior hollow metal doors. .7Push/Pulls at aluminum entry doors: ELMES G25-01-023-L400 (to Push/Pulls at aluminum entry doors: ELMES G25-01-023-L400 (to match rest of development). Push/Pulls at washroom doors: .181Ax4"x16" push plates, 4607-1 pulls, finish C32. 81Ax4"x16" push plates, 4607-1 pulls, finish C32. .8Stops: Wall and Floor Stops: Gallery Finish 32. Note: Anchor Stops: Wall and Floor Stops: Gallery Finish 32. Note: Anchor doorstops with heavy-duty expansion shield to concrete floor or into solid backing in walls. Provide wall stops wherever feasible. .9Kick Plates: Gallery Metal, Finsih 32, 12" x door width less 2". Kick Plates: Gallery Metal, Finsih 32, 12" x door width less 2". .10Thresholds: (non-slip finish) Thresholds: (non-slip finish) .1Accessible entrance doors: Pemko 272A or approved equal. Accessible entrance doors: Pemko 272A or approved equal. .2All other exterior doors: Pemko 179A with vinyl insert, or All other exterior doors: Pemko 179A with vinyl insert, or approved equal. .3Interior doors where required: Pemko 171A or approved equal. Interior doors where required: Pemko 171A or approved equal. Provide thresholds at transitions from bare concrete floors to a finished flooring product, and at all doors in fire separations at bare concrete floors. .11Weather-stripping: Weather-stripping: .1Pemko Silicon seal or approved equal. Pemko Silicon seal or approved equal. .2Pemko vinyl door bottom seal 222AV. All exterior doors are Pemko vinyl door bottom seal 222AV. All exterior doors are fully weather-stripped. Weather-stripping to interior doors as per Door Schedule. .12Exterior hollow metal door top caps: rigid vinyl, Pemko 377V or Exterior hollow metal door top caps: rigid vinyl, Pemko 377V or approved equal. Drip caps: clear anodized aluminum, Pemko 346V or approved equal. Provide on all exterior hollow metal doors and frames. .13Closers: Closers: .1Exterior: LCN 4114 "Barrier Free" compression-stop closer. Exterior: LCN 4114 "Barrier Free" compression-stop closer. .2Interior: LCN 4113 "Barrier Free". Interior: LCN 4113 "Barrier Free". .14Panic Device: Von Duprin 22 Series Mortise Lock Device as Panic Device: Von Duprin 22 Series Mortise Lock Device as scheduled. .15Provide silencers (bumpers) on all mandoors. Provide silencers (bumpers) on all mandoors. .16All double doors to have flush bolts, Gallery 401 or approved equal. All double doors to have flush bolts, Gallery 401 or approved equal. 1.Conform to fire rated requirements as applicable to hardware for labeled Conform to fire rated requirements as applicable to hardware for labeled or rated doors and frames. a.Comply with requirements of the Alberta Building Code. Comply with requirements of the Alberta Building Code. b.The Hardware Schedule will establish the quality standards, The Hardware Schedule will establish the quality standards, Hardware Schedule will establish the quality standards, Hardware Schedule will establish the quality standards, Schedule will establish the quality standards, Schedule will establish the quality standards, will establish the quality standards, will establish the quality standards, establish the quality standards, establish the quality standards, the quality standards, the quality standards, quality standards, quality standards, standards, standards, finishes, manufacturers and functions. All hardware to be supplied manufacturers and functions. All hardware to be supplied manufacturers and functions. All hardware to be supplied and functions. All hardware to be supplied and functions. All hardware to be supplied functions. All hardware to be supplied functions. All hardware to be supplied All hardware to be supplied All hardware to be supplied hardware to be supplied hardware to be supplied to be supplied to be supplied be supplied be supplied supplied supplied as specified in finish hardware groups to match existing building specified in finish hardware groups to match existing building specified in finish hardware groups to match existing building in finish hardware groups to match existing building in finish hardware groups to match existing building finish hardware groups to match existing building finish hardware groups to match existing building hardware groups to match existing building hardware groups to match existing building groups to match existing building groups to match existing building to match existing building to match existing building match existing building match existing building existing building existing building building building standard. 2.Samples: Submit 300 mm x 300 mm sized samples of each type of Samples: Submit 300 mm x 300 mm sized samples of each type of glass, clearly labelled with manufacturer's name and glass type. Reference glass types to those scheduled and specified herein. 3.Insulating glass units shall be certified by the Insulated Glass Insulating glass units shall be certified by the Insulated Glass Manufacturers Association of Canada (IGMAC). 4.Provide a written, transferable warranty signed and issued in the name Provide a written, transferable warranty signed and issued in the name of the Owner stating that sealed insulating glass units will be free of condensation for a period of 5 years from date of Substantial Performance. 5.Clear Float Glass - Product: glazing quality. Clear Float Glass - Product: glazing quality. 6.Clear Tempered Safety Glass - Product: clear glazing as follows: Clear Tempered Safety Glass - Product: clear glazing as follows: a.Type: 2 - Tempered. Type: 2 - Tempered. b.Class: B - Float Glass. Class: B - Float Glass. c.Category: II - 540 J impact resistance. Category: II - 540 J impact resistance. 7.Wired Safety Glass Product:  to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M90 and as follows: Wired Safety Glass Product:  to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M90 and as follows: a..1Type:  1 - polished both sides, transparent. .1Type:  1 - polished both sides, transparent. Type:  1 - polished both sides, transparent. b..2Wire Mesh Style:  Georgan. .2Wire Mesh Style:  Georgan. Wire Mesh Style:  Georgan. 8.Low Emissivity (Low E Glass-Where so indicated in the Insulating Glass Low Emissivity (Low E Glass-Where so indicated in the Insulating Glass Schedule or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, provide primary glass products with a low emissivity coating as follows: .1Solarban 60 to all sealed units. Solarban 60 to all sealed units. 9.Insulating Glass Units- Provide sealed insulating glass units in Insulating Glass Units- Provide sealed insulating glass units in accordance with CAN/CGSB-12.8-M90, in configurations. 10.Setting Blocks: neoprene, 80 durometer hardness, 100 mm long x 10 Setting Blocks: neoprene, 80 durometer hardness, 100 mm long x 10 mm thick x 6 mm high. 11.Spacer Shims: neoprene, 80 durometer hardness, 75 mm long x Spacer Shims: neoprene, 80 durometer hardness, 75 mm long x minimum 6 mm thick. Do not use metal, plastic, or wood shims. 12.Glazing Splines and Gaskets: manufacturer's standard dry neoprene Glazing Splines and Gaskets: manufacturer's standard dry neoprene glazing splines and gaskets. Provide keyed type for fixed glazing stops and keyed or roll-in type for removable glazing retaining devices. Except where otherwise specified, colour shall match frame colour. 13.Glazing Tape: preformed butyl tape, 10 - 15 durometer hardness, with Glazing Tape: preformed butyl tape, 10 - 15 durometer hardness, with integral neoprene shim, 80 durometer hardness, paper release, black colour, 0.150 mm thick x 0.375 mm wide. 14.Set glass on setting blocks, spaced as recommended by glass Set glass on setting blocks, spaced as recommended by glass manufacturer. Provide at least one setting block at quarter points from each corner. 15.Use spacers and shims in accordance with glass manufacturer's Use spacers and shims in accordance with glass manufacturer's recommendations. 16.Identify glazed openings immediately following glass installation, using Identify glazed openings immediately following glass installation, using liquid shoe wax in a sponge topped bottle or similar easy-to-remove product. 17.Size and heat strengthen of temper glass units to withstand wind loads Size and heat strengthen of temper glass units to withstand wind loads to Alberta Building Code requirements and positive and negative live loads acting normal to plane of glass. 18.Tempered Glass to min. 7'-0" above floor level (typical). Tempered Glass to min. 7'-0" above floor level (typical). 19.Rated glass for doors to be FireLite Plus Rated glass for doors to be FireLite Plus Unit TypeComponentGlass TypeMinimum ComponentGlass TypeMinimum Glass TypeMinimum Minimum Thickness Exterior WindowsExterior LiteClear Float with 6 mm Exterior LiteClear Float with 6 mm Clear Float with 6 mm 6 mm Low-E on 2nd surface (Tempered where required) Air Space12 mm 12 mm Interior LiteClear Float6 mm Clear Float6 mm 6 mm Exterior DoorsExterior LiteClear Float (Tempered) with 6 mm Exterior LiteClear Float (Tempered) with 6 mm Clear Float (Tempered) with 6 mm 6 mm and SidlitesLow-E on 2nd surface Low-E on 2nd surface Air Space12 mm 12 mm Interior LiteClear Tempered Safety Glass6 mm Clear Tempered Safety Glass6 mm 6 mm Interior GlazingSingle GlazedClear Tempered Safety Glass or Wired6 mmSingle GlazedClear Tempered Safety Glass or Wired6 mmClear Tempered Safety Glass or Wired6 mm6 mmSafety Glass as indicated on drawings REFER TO DRAWINGS. 1.Mirrors, Silvered: to CAN/CGSB-12.5-M86 and as follows: Mirrors, Silvered: to CAN/CGSB-12.5-M86 and as follows: .1 Type: 1A - Float glass, for normal use. .2 Tint: Clear. .3 Edges: Flat polished edge. Seal edges to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of backing. .4 Size: as indicated on drawings. 2.Mirror Mastic: Adhesive setting compound produced specifically for Mirror Mastic: Adhesive setting compound produced specifically for setting of mirrors by spot application, compatible with glass coating and as recommended by mirror manufacturer. 3.INSTALLATION INSTALLATION .1Wall Mounted Mirror Installation, Generally: Wall Mounted Mirror Installation, Generally: .1Install mirrors in accordance with mirror manufacturer's Install mirrors in accordance with mirror manufacturer's instructions. .2Mount mirrors in-place to avoid distorting reflected images. Mount mirrors in-place to avoid distorting reflected images. .2Mastic Installation: Mastic Installation: .1Inspect surface over which mirror is to be mounted. Comply Inspect surface over which mirror is to be mounted. Comply with mastic manufacturer's installation directions for preparation of mounting surface including coating with mastic manufacturer's special bond coating where applicable. .2Apply mastic in spots to comply with mastic manufacturers Apply mastic in spots to comply with mastic manufacturers directions for coverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirror and mounting surface. .3 Hardware Installation: .1 Provide permanent means of structural support at bottom edge Provide permanent means of structural support at bottom edge of mirror. .2 Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surface with Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surface with mechanical fasteners with anchors or inserts. .3 Place a felt or plastic pad between mirror and metal or plastic Place a felt or plastic pad between mirror and metal or plastic clips to prevent spalling of mirror edges. .4 Mirror Installation: .1 After mastic is applied, align mirror and press into place while After mastic is applied, align mirror and press into place while at the same time maintaining a minimum air space of 4 mm for air circulation between back of mirror and mounting surface. .2 Install clips along top of mirror during mastic curing period. Install clips along top of mirror during mastic curing period. 1.The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication of walls and ceilings as shown on the drawings. All exterior steel studs and studs of 400mm o.c.). All joists ceiling framing: minimum 20ga. (maximum 400mm o.c.) Ply vapour barrier: minimum 6 mil. Insulation: as specified in plans. All drywall: 12mm x 1200 mm x 2400 mm minimum. (15.8 mm ceiling) Erect straight, plumb and level rigid and at a proper plane. Use full length pieces where practical. Make joints tight, accurately aligned and rigidly secured. Miter and fit corners accurately, free from rough edges. 2.Provide Type C or X drywall where specified. Provide moisture-resistant Provide Type C or X drywall where specified. Provide moisture-resistant gypsum board (Westroc Aquaguard or equal) in all washrooms and janitor's rooms. 3.All Exterior light gauge steel framing members are to be G90 All Exterior light gauge steel framing members are to be G90 galvanized. 4.Provide double nested deflection ceiling tracks for all partitions subject Provide double nested deflection ceiling tracks for all partitions subject to deflection of structural elements over. Fasten gypsum of gypsum board and ceiling over. 5.Submittals: Provide engineer-sealed shop drawings for all loadbearing Submittals: Provide engineer-sealed shop drawings for all loadbearing and exterior steel stud framing, all ceiling joists, and all nonoadbearing steel stud framing over 12'-0" high. 6.Acoustical Ceilings: Armstrong Cortega #769A, 24"x48"x9/16", fissured Acoustical Ceilings: Armstrong Cortega #769A, 24"x48"x9/16", fissured tile, white, square edge, Donn DX grid, flame spread rating 25 or less. 7.Acceptable Manufacturers: Acceptable Manufacturers: .1CertainTeed, telephone: 800-661-3120. CertainTeed, telephone: 800-661-3120. .2CGC Inc., telephone: 800-663-1055 CGC Inc., telephone: 800-663-1055 .3Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc., telephone: 800-387-6823 Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc., telephone: 800-387-6823 8.Standard Board: to ASTM C36/C36M regular and fire resistant, thickness Standard Board: to ASTM C36/C36M regular and fire resistant, thickness as indicated, 1200 mm wide x maximum practical length, ends square cut, tapered edges. .1Acceptable Materials: Acceptable Materials: -Sheetrock (firecode), CGC Inc. Sheetrock (firecode), CGC Inc. -Toughrock Gypsum Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Toughrock Gypsum Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Gypsum Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Gypsum Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Georgia-Pacific Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc. -ProRoc Wallboard (Type X), CertainTeed ProRoc Wallboard (Type X), CertainTeed 9.Sag Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396, ceiling board manufactured Sag Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396, ceiling board manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular type gypsum board, for horizontally installed applications: .1Thickness: As indicated. Thickness: As indicated. .2Long Edges: Tapered. Long Edges: Tapered. .3Location: Ceiling surfaces. Location: Ceiling surfaces. .4Acceptable materials: Acceptable materials: -CGC Sheetrock Interior Ceiling Board CGC Sheetrock Interior Ceiling Board -Georgia Pacific CD Ceiling Board Georgia Pacific CD Ceiling Board -CertainTeed ProRoc Interior Ceiling Board CertainTeed ProRoc Interior Ceiling Board 10.Mould resistant board: to ASTM C1396/C1396M and as follows: Mould resistant board: to ASTM C1396/C1396M and as follows: .1 Type: regular. Type: regular. .2 Size: 1200 mm x maximum practical length. Size: 1200 mm x maximum practical length. .3 Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. .4 Acceptable materials: Acceptable materials: .1 Fiberock Aqua-Tough, CGC Inc. .2 ProRoc M2Tech Moisture & Mould Resistant Gypsum Board, CertainTeed. .3 ToughRock Mold-Guard, Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc. 11.Wall sheathing board: to ASTM C1396/C1396M and as follows: Wall sheathing board: to ASTM C1396/C1396M and as follows: .1 Type: regular. Type: regular. .2 Size: 1200 mm x maximum practical length. Size: 1200 mm x maximum practical length. .3 Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. .4 Edges: square. Edges: square. .5 Acceptable materials: Acceptable materials: .1 Dens-Glass Gold, Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc. Dens-Glass Gold, Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc. .2 GlasRoc Exterior Sheathing, Certain Teed. GlasRoc Exterior Sheathing, Certain Teed. .3 Securock Glass Mat Sheathing, CGC Inc. Securock Glass Mat Sheathing, CGC Inc. 12.Non-loadbearing Steel Framing General: Non-loadbearing Steel Framing General: .1Steel sheet components shall comply with ASTM C645 requirements for Steel sheet components shall comply with ASTM C645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated. 13.NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS: NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS: .1 NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO CAN/CSA - S136 - 94 NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO CAN/CSA - S136 - 94 "COLD FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND ASTM A653 "STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF STEEL SHEET, ZINC COATED (GALVANIZED) BY THE HOT DIP PROCESS, STRUCTURAL (PHYSICAL) QUALITY. .2ALL COLD FORMED STEEL STUDS AND TRACKS ARE TO POSSESS THE FOLLOWING ALL COLD FORMED STEEL STUDS AND TRACKS ARE TO POSSESS THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM STRENGTHS: 14.EACH STUD SHALL BEAR FULLY INTO THE TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK, AND BE ATTACHED EACH STUD SHALL BEAR FULLY INTO THE TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK, AND BE ATTACHED TO EACH SIDE USING MINIMUM #6 SELF DRILLING SCREWS. 15.WALL ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH MINIMUM 2 ROWS OF LATERAL STUD WALL ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH MINIMUM 2 ROWS OF LATERAL STUD BRACING, OR AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16.EACH STUD AND TRACK SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO EACH STUD AND TRACK SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO INDICATE BASE STEEL THICKNESS. 17.Suspension System Components: Suspension System Components: .1Tie wire to comply with ASTM A641/A641M zinc coated, soft annealed 1.21 mm Tie wire to comply with ASTM A641/A641M zinc coated, soft annealed 1.21 mm min diam. .2Hangar wire to ASTM A641/A641M zinc-coated, soft annealed minimum 3.77 Hangar wire to ASTM A641/A641M zinc-coated, soft annealed minimum 3.77 mm diam. .3Carrying Channels Carrying Channels -Channels to ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa Channels to ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa to ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa to ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa from steel, minimum 228 MPa from steel, minimum 228 MPa steel, minimum 228 MPa steel, minimum 228 MPa minimum 228 MPa minimum 228 MPa 228 MPa 228 MPa MPa MPa yield strength and a 1.37 mm base steel thickness. .4Furring Members: Furring Members: -Channels: minimum 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. Channels: minimum 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. minimum 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. minimum 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. base steel, 19.1 mm min. base steel, 19.1 mm min. steel, 19.1 mm min. steel, 19.1 mm min. 19.1 mm min. 19.1 mm min. mm min. mm min. min. min. depth, 12.7 mm wide flanges. 18.Hat-shaped, rigid furring channels: min. 0.455 mm thick base steel, 22.2 min depth, Hat-shaped, rigid furring channels: min. 0.455 mm thick base steel, 22.2 min depth, 12.7 mm flanges. 19.Slip-Type Head Joints: Slip-Type Head Joints: .1Deflection track: 32 mm flange, steel sheet top track manufactured to prevent Deflection track: 32 mm flange, steel sheet top track manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodated depth of studs. 20.Single Long-Leg Track: 50.8 mm deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated Single Long-Leg Track: 50.8 mm deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction-fit into top track and with continuous bridging located within 305 mm of top of suds to provide lateral bracing. 21.Installation Standard: ASTM C754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing Installation Standard: ASTM C754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing indicated. 22.Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated and support closure and tom make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. 23.Sound-Rated Partitions: install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly Sound-Rated Partitions: install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly indicated. 24.Direct Furring: attach to concrete or masonry at 600 mm o.c. with screws designed Direct Furring: attach to concrete or masonry at 600 mm o.c. with screws designed for masonry attachment or power-driven fasteners. Install continuous insulating strips to isolate furring from un-insulated surfaces. 25.Installation Tolerance: Erect metal studding to tolerance of 1:1000. Install each Installation Tolerance: Erect metal studding to tolerance of 1:1000. Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 3 mm from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing STEEL STUD HEIGHT SCHEDULE Maximum Stud Height (mm) based on lateral pressure of 240 Pa with deflection limit of L/240 Stud Spacing O.C.300400600 300400600 400600 600 Stud Depth (mm) 0.48 mm Steel Design Thickness 64363034303230 363034303230 34303230 3230 92467043704090 467043704090 43704090 4090 102500046704320 500046704320 46704320 4320 152673060205110 673060205110 60205110 5110 0.88 mm Steel Design Thickness 64424039103530 424039103530 39103530 3530 92544050004500 544050004500 50004500 4500 102607055905000 607055905000 55905000 5000 152815074706580 815074706580 74706580 6580 Based upon tests with 13mm gypsum board both sides with screw fasteners spaced at 300 mm o.c. Heights also apply to greater gypsum board thickness and multiple gypsum board layers. 1.Supplied by Owner to be installed by contractor. Supplied by Owner to be installed by contractor. Savoia Canada Thinset: Mapei ultraflex - 50lb grey Grout: Mapei sanded # 47 - Charcoal Anti-fracture membrane required on all joints 1.Resilient Rubber Stair Treads for Stair: Johnsonite V1CFLTR fast lane Resilient Rubber Stair Treads for Stair: Johnsonite V1CFLTR fast lane tread with integrated riser Colour: Black (40) Grip Colour: Silver Grey (55). Provide water resistant adhesive in shop area. 1.Contractor must submit paint draw-down samples for written approval Contractor must submit paint draw-down samples for written approval to a Kal Tire Project Manager prior to commencing painting. 2.Products: Products: .1Qualification of Manufacturer: Use paint products and systems as Qualification of Manufacturer: Use paint products and systems as listed in the Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual. .2Approved Manufacturers: General Paint. Approved Manufacturers: General Paint. 3.Inspection of Surfaces: Inspection of Surfaces: .1Surface Examination: Prior to commencement of work of this Surface Examination: Prior to commencement of work of this section, thoroughly examine surface scheduled to be painted. .2Report in writing to the Contractor and Consultant any condition Report in writing to the Contractor and Consultant any condition adversely affecting this work. Do not proceed with painting work until defects have been corrected and surfaces are acceptable in accordance with the MPI Specification Manual. In particular, note that complete removal of release agents and bond breakers is required for concrete tilt panels. .3Surface Acceptance: Commencement of work shall not be held to Surface Acceptance: Commencement of work shall not be held to imply acceptance of surfaces by the design authority. 4.Schedules: Schedules: .1Materials shall all be minimum Custom Grade. All undercoat and primers Materials shall all be minimum Custom Grade. All undercoat and primers shall be of the same manufacture as the finish paint and recommended by the manufacturer for each paint material. .2Unless explicitly stated otherwise, all of the following items are to be Unless explicitly stated otherwise, all of the following items are to be painted. .3Exterior: Exterior: .1 Concrete Masonry above 4' A.F.F.: 70-004 Epotilt Primer, 70-040 Concrete Masonry above 4' A.F.F.: 70-004 Epotilt Primer, 70-040 Elasto-wall, HP2000 Exterior Latex Semi-Gloss colors per plan. .2 Concrete Masonry to 4' A.F.F.: Self-Primer Industrial Enamel, colors Concrete Masonry to 4' A.F.F.: Self-Primer Industrial Enamel, colors per plan .3 Metal Man Doors, and Frames: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors Metal Man Doors, and Frames: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per plan. .4 Bollards, Miscellaneous Metal: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per Bollards, Miscellaneous Metal: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per plan. .5 Exposed dry sprinkler piping: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per Exposed dry sprinkler piping: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per plan. .4Interior: Interior: .1Exposed Concrete Masonry above 6' A.F.F.: 70-004 Epotilt Primer, Exposed Concrete Masonry above 6' A.F.F.: 70-004 Epotilt Primer, 70-040 Elasto-wall, HP2000 Exterior Latex Semi-Gloss colors per plan. .2Exposed Concrete Masonry to 6' A.F.F. Self-Primer Industrial Enamel, Exposed Concrete Masonry to 6' A.F.F. Self-Primer Industrial Enamel, colors per plan. .3Metal Doors and Frames: Custom Grade Int. 5.3B (semigloss). Metal Doors and Frames: Custom Grade Int. 5.3B (semigloss). .4Drywall: Premium Grade Int. 9.2A Latex (semigloss). Drywall: Premium Grade Int. 9.2A Latex (semigloss). .5Building Columns: Custom Grade Int. 5.1B (gloss) (paint only where Building Columns: Custom Grade Int. 5.1B (gloss) (paint only where indicated on drawings). .6Handrails, Guards, Bollards, Miscellaneous Metal: Premium Grade Int. Handrails, Guards, Bollards, Miscellaneous Metal: Premium Grade Int. 5.1B (gloss). .7Structural Steel: Custom Grade Int. 5.1 D Structural Steel: Custom Grade Int. 5.1 D .8Steel Ceiling: Custom Grade Int. 5.1D. Steel Ceiling: Custom Grade Int. 5.1D. .5KAL TIRE TO APPROVE ALL PAINT DRAW-DOWNS PRIOR TO KAL TIRE TO APPROVE ALL PAINT DRAW-DOWNS PRIOR TO APPLICATION. 5.See drawing A301 for exterior colours and interior elevations for interior See drawing A301 for exterior colours and interior elevations for interior colours. 1.Interior Signage: Interior Signage: .1The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication of all special items included as shown on the drawings. on the drawings. .2Interior Door Signage (as indicated on Door Schedule): Interior Door Signage (as indicated on Door Schedule): .12"x8" Plates, 1/16" engraved lamacoid, tape-applied, Helvetica 2"x8" Plates, 1/16" engraved lamacoid, tape-applied, Helvetica typestyle, white text, black background, as manufactured by George H. Hewitt Co. Ltd., or approved equal. .3Exterior signs: Exterior signs: .1Exterior signage will be under separate permit. Consult Kal Tire Exterior signage will be under separate permit. Consult Kal Tire project manager. 1.The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication of all special items included as shown on the drawings. 2.Toilet Partitions: Prefinished steel, overhead braced, Shanahan's or Toilet Partitions: Prefinished steel, overhead braced, Shanahan's or McGregor Thompson Hardware. 3.Urinal screens: to match toilet partitions, wall-mounted, 18" wide by Urinal screens: to match toilet partitions, wall-mounted, 18" wide by 42" high. 1.Provide backing and blocking for washroom fixtures. See Drawing A703, Provide backing and blocking for washroom fixtures. See Drawing A703, HC Toilet Room 104 details. .1Handicap grab bars as indicated on drawing. Handicap grab bars as indicated on drawing. .2Signs - Lamacoid signage (male/female/disabled). Signs - Lamacoid signage (male/female/disabled). .3wall-mounted lavatories. Mirrors to extend full width of vanities. wall-mounted lavatories. Mirrors to extend full width of vanities. 1.Metal lockers to be supplied by Kal Tire and installed by Contractor. Metal lockers to be supplied by Kal Tire and installed by Contractor. 1.Excavate and prepare the site and building areas in accordance with Excavate and prepare the site and building areas in accordance with the geotechnical report as prepared by GeoPacific Consultants Ltd. 2.The excavation for slabs, footings, pile caps, beams, and walls shall be The excavation for slabs, footings, pile caps, beams, and walls shall be carried to depths shown on the drawings, or as required by the Geotechnical Consultant and the material at those depths shall remain undisturbed. Excavate and remove soft spots where directed by the Geotechnical Consultant. 3.All spaces excavated and not occupied by foundations and other All spaces excavated and not occupied by foundations and other permanent work, shall be back filled with approved material in accordance with compaction requirements as set out in the soils report. No back fill shall be placed during freezing weather or in periods of heavy rain. Care shall be exercised so that finished concrete members are not disturbed, pushed out of line or cracked during back filling. 4.Back Fill Materials: Back Fill Materials: .1 Under Slab Back Fill - free-draining granular material compacted Under Slab Back Fill - free-draining granular material compacted as recommended by the Geotechnical Consultant thickness as recommended by Geotechnical Consultant. 5.Testing: Testing: .1Samples for testing of compaction and density should be taken at Samples for testing of compaction and density should be taken at sufficient intervals to provide specified compaction. The Contractor shall use the services of the soils consultant for testing, and the cost of such services will be borne by the Owner. .2The result of testing must be forwarded to Geotechnical Consultant The result of testing must be forwarded to Geotechnical Consultant for review. 1.Coordinate with Municipal requirements for standard sidewalks, curbs, Coordinate with Municipal requirements for standard sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. 2.Concrete: As specified in Section 03 30 00. Concrete: As specified in Section 03 30 00. .1Minimum Compressive Strength: minimum 30 MPa at 28 days Minimum Compressive Strength: minimum 30 MPa at 28 days .2Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.45 Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.45 .3Nominal aggregate size: 20 - 25 mm Nominal aggregate size: 20 - 25 mm .4Slump Range: 30 - 70 mm Slump Range: 30 - 70 mm .5Air Content Range: 6-8% Air Content Range: 6-8% .6Minimum Cement Content: 3335 kg/m3 Minimum Cement Content: 3335 kg/m3 3.Reinforcing steel: As specified in Section 03 20 00. Reinforcing steel: As specified in Section 03 20 00. 4.Granular base: As specified in Section 31 23 10. Granular base: As specified in Section 31 23 10. 5.Joint filler: 12 mm thick asphalt impregnated fibre board. Joint filler: 12 mm thick asphalt impregnated fibre board. 6.Forms: Plywood and wood formwork; or steel, heavy gauge, prefabricated Forms: Plywood and wood formwork; or steel, heavy gauge, prefabricated to Consultant's approval. 7.PREPARATION PREPARATION .1Verify elevations of sub_grade. Verify elevations of sub_grade. .2Compact sub_grade to 98% standard Proctor density for a depth Compact sub_grade to 98% standard Proctor density for a depth of at least 150 mm below finished sub_grade for concrete sidewalks and curbs. .3Replace any unsuitable materials with pit_run fill and recompact. Replace any unsuitable materials with pit_run fill and recompact. .4Ensure catch basins, manholes, service boxes, drains, etc. are Ensure catch basins, manholes, service boxes, drains, etc. are firmly and properly set to final levels and in correct locations. .5Place and compact granular base as specified in Section 31 23 Place and compact granular base as specified in Section 31 23 10. 8.FORMING FORMING .1Construct wood or metal forms for unsupported concrete edges, Construct wood or metal forms for unsupported concrete edges, to provide straight lines and smooth_flowing curved lines as indicated and in accordance with Section 03 10 00. .2Locate joint filler where paving abuts curbs, walls, and other Locate joint filler where paving abuts curbs, walls, and other vertical surfaces. Joint filler shall be full depth of concrete section. .3Form walks, curbs, gutters to Town of Fairview standards as a Form walks, curbs, gutters to Town of Fairview standards as a minimum. .4Match, repair and patch existing work. Match, repair and patch existing work. .5Reinforce concrete sidewalks, curbs and gutters as indicated in Reinforce concrete sidewalks, curbs and gutters as indicated in the drawings. 9.CONCRETE PLACING CONCRETE PLACING .1Place exterior walks and slabs with a maximum panel dimension Place exterior walks and slabs with a maximum panel dimension of 4000 mm. Joint sidewalk curbs where intersected by the slab joints. .2Divide exterior walks and slabs using 35 mm deep_tooled joints, Divide exterior walks and slabs using 35 mm deep_tooled joints, at a maximum spacing of 2000 mm. .3Provide joints in curbs at a maximum spacing of 3000 mm. Provide joints in curbs at a maximum spacing of 3000 mm. .4Broom finish and provide identification to Town standards. Broom finish and provide identification to Town standards. .5Use winter concreting methods in accordance with CSA A23.l-04 Use winter concreting methods in accordance with CSA A23.l-04 section 7.4.2.5 when the mean daily temperature falls below 5oC. Concrete shall not be considered a seasonal deficiency and shall be installed with heating and hoarding as part of the Contract. 10.BACKFILLING BACKFILLING .1Along all walk edges, as soon as possible after the removal of Along all walk edges, as soon as possible after the removal of forms, backfill with approved material and compact to 95% standard Proctor density. .2Where landscaping occurs, leave backfilling 150 mm below Where landscaping occurs, leave backfilling 150 mm below concrete surface to allow for topsoil. 11.MINIMUM REINFORCING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FOR SIDEWALKS MINIMUM REINFORCING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FOR SIDEWALKS SLAB THICKNESSSIDEWALK REINFORCING SIDEWALK REINFORCING 6"10M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM "10M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 7"10M @ 9" EACH WAY BOTTOM "10M @ 9" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10M @ 9" EACH WAY BOTTOM 8"10M @ 8" EACH WAY BOTTOM "10M @ 8" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10M @ 8" EACH WAY BOTTOM 9"10M @ 7" EACH WAY BOTTOM "10M @ 7" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10M @ 7" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10"15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM "15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 12"15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM "15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM GARBAGE ENCLOSURE PAD 8"15M @ 12" EACH WAY TOP AND BOTTOM 15M @ 12" EACH WAY TOP AND BOTTOM
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
JWM
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A001-SPEC.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:54:41 AM 15033SG-A001-SPEC.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:54:41 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:54:41 AM June-09-15 10:54:41 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY

SECTION 06 20 00 - FINISH CARPENTRY

SECTION 06 22 00 - MILLWORK

07 21 11 - GRANULAR INSULATION

SECTION 07 26 00 - VAPOUR RETARDERS

07 26 13 Above-Grade Vapour Retarders

07 26 16 Below-grade Vapour Retarders

SECTION 07 27 00 - AIR BARRIERS

07 27 19 Plastic Sheet Air Barriers

07 27 29 Air Barrier Coatings

SECTION 07 04 00 - PRE-FORMED METAL CLADDING

07 52 00 Modified Bituminous Protected Membrane Roofing

.6

ASTM D448, Size 2,

SECTION 07 60 00 - FLASHING

fastened

to solid blocking at 2'-0" o.c. maximum.

07 65 16 - Modified Bituminous Sheet Flashing

SECTION 07 72 00 - ROOF HATCHES

07 84 00 - Firestopping

07 92 00 - CAULKING

SECTION 08 10 00 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

SECTION 08 33 23 - ROLLING FIRE DOORS

SECTION 08 36 00 - SECTIONAL METAL OVERHEAD DOORS

08 41 13 Aluminum Storefront

3. Door System

SECTION 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE

08 81 00 - Glazing

SPECIFICATIONS

A002

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
1.General coordination General coordination .1 Coordinate items listed below with General Conditions of the Coordinate items listed below with General Conditions of the contract .2 Coordinate progress of work, progress schedules, submittals, Coordinate progress of work, progress schedules, submittals, utilities, construction facilities, use of site, and temporary controls. .3 Coordinate project construction activities to ensure efficient and Coordinate project construction activities to ensure efficient and orderly completion of project. .4 Where one part of the work is dependent on other Where one part of the work is dependent on other components, schedule and coordinate construction activities in sequence required to obtain the best results. .5 Where space is limited, coordinate installation of different Where space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. .6Refer to lastest "Kal-Tire Image & Facilities Guide" to be Refer to lastest "Kal-Tire Image & Facilities Guide" to be supplied to contractor from Kal Tire. 2.Administrative procedures Administrative procedures .1 Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of work. Administrative activities shall include the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. Preparation of schedules. 2. Regulatory requirements and permits. Regulatory requirements and permits. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. Progress meetings. 6. Closeout procedures. Closeout procedures. 3.Regulatory requirements Regulatory requirements .1 Comply with regulatory requirements including laws, by-laws, Comply with regulatory requirements including laws, by-laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, orders of authorities having jurisdiction, and other legally enforceable requirements applicable to the project. .2 Apply for, obtain, and pay fees and post notices associated Apply for, obtain, and pay fees and post notices associated with permits, licenses, certificates, and approvals required by regulatory requirements and contract documents based on the contract. .3 Conform to and perform work in accordance with the Alberta Conform to and perform work in accordance with the Alberta Building Code (2006), including all standata in place at time of work. 4.Permits Permits .1 Occupancy permits: 1. Apply for, obtain, and pay for occupancy permits, including Apply for, obtain, and pay for occupancy permits, including partial occupancy permits, where required by authority having jurisdiction. 2. Turn occupancy permit over to owner. Turn occupancy permit over to owner. 5.General installation provisions General installation provisions .1 Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which work is Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which work is performed of each major component. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Confirm all measurements, dimensions, and quantities on site with field measurements and take offs prior to ordering or fabricating components. .2 Comply with manufacturer’s installation instructions and Comply with manufacturer’s installation instructions and s installation instructions and recommendations and requirements in contract documents. .3 Inspect materials immediately upon delivery and prior to Inspect materials immediately upon delivery and prior to installation. Reject damaged or defective items. .4 Provide attachment and connection devices and methods Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing work. Secure work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. .5 Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work. Arrange joints in Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work. Arrange joints in exposed work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to consultant for final decision. .6 Install components during weather conditions and project status Install components during weather conditions and project status that ensure the best possible results. Isolate part of completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. .7 Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests, to minimize necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. .8 Install individual components at standard mounting heights Install individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the industry for the application where mounting heights are not indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the consultant for final decision. .9 Supervise construction activities so that no part of the work, Supervise construction activities so that no part of the work, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during construction. 6.Cutting and remedial work Cutting and remedial work .1 Do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several Do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several parts of the work come together properly. .2 Coordinate work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a Coordinate work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a minimum. .3 Perform cutting and remedial work by specialists familiar with Perform cutting and remedial work by specialists familiar with materials affected and perform in a manner to neither damage nor endanger the work. 7.Samples Samples .1 Sample: cuts or pieces of materials or partial sections of Sample: cuts or pieces of materials or partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components which are physically identical to products proposed for use and which establish minimum standards which the work will be judged. .2 Label samples as to origin and intended use in the work. Label samples as to origin and intended use in the work. 8.Shop drawing and sample submittal requirements Shop drawing and sample submittal requirements .1 Review, stamp, date, and sign shop drawings, product data, Review, stamp, date, and sign shop drawings, product data, and samples, prior to submission. Consultant shall not review submittals without a stamp, date, and signature indicating they have been reviewed by the General Contractor/Construction Manager. Provide electronic copy of submittals. .2 Determine and verify: Determine and verify: 1. Field measurements Field measurements 2. Field construction criteria. Field construction criteria. 3. Quantities Quantities 4. Catalogue numbers and similar data Catalogue numbers and similar data 5. Conformance with contract documents Conformance with contract documents .3 Coordinate submittal with requirements of work and contract Coordinate submittal with requirements of work and contract documents. Individual drawings will not be reviewed until related shop drawing and product data are available. .4 Notify the consultant, in writing on the submittal and at the Notify the consultant, in writing on the submittal and at the time of submission, of deviations from requirements of contract documents. .5 Make submittals sufficiently in advance of date that reviewed Make submittals sufficiently in advance of date that reviewed submittals will be required and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work. Consultant may take maximum 14 calendar days to review shop drawings and submittals. .6 Consultant may make corrections or changes to shop drawings. Consultant may make corrections or changes to shop drawings. The consultant may reject submittals and require them to be resubmitted. .7 Submit shop drawings to the consultant as indicated in the Submit shop drawings to the consultant as indicated in the specification sections. 9.Mock-Ups Mock-Ups .1 Prepare mock-ups for Work specifically requested in Prepare mock-ups for Work specifically requested in specifications. Include for Work of Sections required to provide mock-ups. .2 Construct in locations acceptable to Consultant or as specified Construct in locations acceptable to Consultant or as specified in specific Section. .3 Prepare mock-ups for Consultant's review with reasonable Prepare mock-ups for Consultant's review with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence, to not cause delays in Work. .4 Failure to prepare mock-ups in ample time is not considered Failure to prepare mock-ups in ample time is not considered sufficient reason for extension of Contract Time and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed. .5 If requested, Consultant will assist in preparing schedule fixing If requested, Consultant will assist in preparing schedule fixing dates for preparation. .6 Remove mock-up at conclusion of Work or when acceptable to Remove mock-up at conclusion of Work or when acceptable to Consultant. .7 Mock-ups may remain as part of Work. Mock-ups may remain as part of Work. .8 Specification section identifies whether mock-up may remain as Specification section identifies whether mock-up may remain as part of Work or if it is to be removed and when. 10.Project record documents Project record documents .1 Keep and store record documents in site office apart from Keep and store record documents in site office apart from documents used for construction. Maintain record documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Keep record documents available for inspection by consultant. .2 Keep record project information on one set of full size Keep record project information on one set of full size drawings for each discipline. .3 Use coloured pens or pencils to record information. Use coloured pens or pencils to record information. .4 Record changes and variations from contract drawings Record changes and variations from contract drawings concurrently with construction process. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. .5 Legibly mark project record drawings to record actual Legibly mark project record drawings to record actual construction, including: 1. Measured depths of foundation elements in relation to Measured depths of foundation elements in relation to finished first floor datum. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground or underslab utilities. Reference locations to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction. Reference to visible and accessible features of construction. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes to equipment layout and services. Changes to equipment layout and services. 6. Changes to architectural layout, quantities or specifications Changes to architectural layout, quantities or specifications whether or not covered in addendums or change orders. 11.Operations and maintenance manuals Operations and maintenance manuals .1 Obtain operation and maintenance data from trades. Using this Obtain operation and maintenance data from trades. Using this data, Construction Manager shall prepare and submit two (2) complete bound operation and maintenance manuals (O & M Manuals) and one digital copy of the approved O&M Manual. The operations and maintenance manuals shall contain: 1. Include the following for General Contractor/Contract Include the following for General Contractor/Contract Manager designed systems: i. System design criteria System design criteria ii. System and controls descriptions System and controls descriptions iii. System and controls schematics System and controls schematics iv. Operating instructions Operating instructions .2 Include installation instructions for manufactured products, Include installation instructions for manufactured products, including manufacturer’s printed instructions describing s printed instructions describing manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures. s recommended installation procedures. .3 Operating instructions: manufacturer’s complete printed Operating instructions: manufacturer’s complete printed s complete printed instructions describing proper operation. .4 Maintenance instructions: manufacturer’s complete printed Maintenance instructions: manufacturer’s complete printed s complete printed instructions describing manufacturer’s recommended s recommended maintenance. .5 Suppliers and contractors list: list of contractors and suppliers Suppliers and contractors list: list of contractors and suppliers who supplied and installed equipment, systems, materials or finishes, organized by division and system. Include company name, address, and telephone number. .6 Shop drawings: one copy of final reviewed shop drawings. Shop drawings: one copy of final reviewed shop drawings. .7 Product data: manufacturer’s product data for equipment, Product data: manufacturer’s product data for equipment, s product data for equipment, systems, materials, and finishes. .8 Certifications: include the following: Certifications: include the following: 1. Copies of inspections reports prepared by authorities Copies of inspections reports prepared by authorities having jurisdiction 2. Copies of test reports prepared by independent testing Copies of test reports prepared by independent testing agencies 3. Other certificates required by the contract documents Other certificates required by the contract documents .9 Warranties and bonds: owner’s copy of manufacturer’s Warranties and bonds: owner’s copy of manufacturer’s s copy of manufacturer’s s warranties, maintenance bonds, and service contracts. 12.Final cleaning Final cleaning .1 Perform final cleaning operations prior to request for Perform final cleaning operations prior to request for substantial performance final inspections by the consultant. .2 Use experienced workers or professional cleaners for final Use experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. 3. Remove grease, paint spots, dirt, dust, stains, labels, finger Remove grease, paint spots, dirt, dust, stains, labels, finger prints, and other foreign matter from interior and exterior surfaces; vacuum and dust behind grilles, louvres, and screens; wash floor surfaces not otherwise finished; clean metal doors and frames; clean metal work; clean equipment; clean hardware; clean and polish glass on both sides; clean and polish mirrors. 4. Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to match Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. 5. Replace cracked and broken glass. Replace cracked and broken glass. 6. Ensure that cleaning agents and methods do not remove Ensure that cleaning agents and methods do not remove finishes and permanent protective coatings on surfaces being cleaned. 7. Leave surfaces in perfectly clean and unsoiled condition. Leave surfaces in perfectly clean and unsoiled condition. 1.Shop Drawing: Shop Drawing: .1Contractor shall submit shop drawings to authority as required Contractor shall submit shop drawings to authority as required under individual sections of the specifications. Shop drawings are to be submitted as far in advanced of construction as practical. Ordering, fabrication, or Installation of products is not to proceed until the design authority has completed review of the shop drawings. Shop drawings will not be reviewed for any product that has already been ordered, fabricated or installed. .2Shop drawings are to be signed and sealed by a professional Shop drawings are to be signed and sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the province of Saskatchewan, where required by the individual sections of the specifications. .3Review of shop drawings by the design authority does not relieve Review of shop drawings by the design authority does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility to meet design and performance criteria in all respects. The Contractor is solely responsible for all dimensions, quantities, and coordination. 2.Firestop Systems: Firestop Systems: .1 Contractor shall submit, as far in advance of construction as Contractor shall submit, as far in advance of construction as practical, a ULC (Underwriters' Laboratory of Canada) Design for the following firestop systems, as applicable: .1 Intersections of vertical fire separations with floors, roofs, and Intersections of vertical fire separations with floors, roofs, and fire-rated ceilings; .2 Panel joints of fire-rated tilt panels; Panel joints of fire-rated tilt panels; .3Service penetrations of vertical and horizontal fire separations Service penetrations of vertical and horizontal fire separations or fire-rated assemblies. .2Submitted Designs shall conform fully to the actual construction Submitted Designs shall conform fully to the actual construction assemblies. .3Submitted Designs shall achieve all applicable fire-resistance ratings Submitted Designs shall achieve all applicable fire-resistance ratings required for the firestop systems. .4Firestop systems are not to be installed until the design authority Firestop systems are not to be installed until the design authority has completed review of the submitted Designs. 3.Samples: Samples: .1 Contractor shall submit samples of products, materials, and finishes Contractor shall submit samples of products, materials, and finishes as required under individual sections of the specifications. .2Products, materials, and finishes are not to be ordered or installed Products, materials, and finishes are not to be ordered or installed until the design authority has completed review of the samples. .3Samples will be retained by the design authority unless otherwise Samples will be retained by the design authority unless otherwise agreed. 1.PERFORMANCE/DESIGN CRITERIA PERFORMANCE/DESIGN CRITERIA .1F1-Finishing: Floors having a straightedge value of 8 mm over F1-Finishing: Floors having a straightedge value of 8 mm over 3050 mm with overall F_number of FF 20 x FL 15; floors having an SWI of 4 mm; similar to CSA A23.1 Class A Slab Finishing. .2F3_Finishing: Floors having a straightedge value of 5 mm over F3_Finishing: Floors having a straightedge value of 5 mm over 3050 mm with overall F-number of FF 30 x FL 25; meeting requirements for CSA A23.1 Class C slab finishing. 2.LEVELLING MATERIALS LEVELLING MATERIALS .1Underlayment: Cementitious, self levelling, single component, Underlayment: Cementitious, self levelling, single component, polymer modified underlayment and manufacturer's low VOC recommended primer, for application thicknesses to a minimum feather edge to 13 mm; acceptable materials as follows: .1Sikafloor Level 125, Sika Canada Ltd. Sikafloor Level 125, Sika Canada Ltd. .2Sure-Flo ST, Gemite. Sure-Flo ST, Gemite. .3Ultraplan Easy, MAPEI Canada Inc. Ultraplan Easy, MAPEI Canada Inc. 3.SEALER/DENSIFIER COMPOUNDS SEALER/DENSIFIER COMPOUNDS .1Type: 1, Sodium silicate, permanent penetrating sealer and Type: 1, Sodium silicate, permanent penetrating sealer and hardener .1Liquid applied, water based, chemically reactive. Liquid applied, water based, chemically reactive. .2Non-toxic, non-flammable, and anti-dusting have low or Non-toxic, non-flammable, and anti-dusting have low or no VOC. .3Colour: colourless Colour: colourless .4Acceptable Materials: Acceptable Materials: .1Ashford Formula, Curecrete Ashford Formula, Curecrete .2Sealtight Liqui-Hard, W.R. Meadows Sealtight Liqui-Hard, W.R. Meadows .2Water: potable. Water: potable. 4.SEALING COMPOUNDS SEALING COMPOUNDS .1Surface sealer: to CAN/CGSB_25.20, Type 2 _ water based, Surface sealer: to CAN/CGSB_25.20, Type 2 _ water based, clear. .1Surface sealers manufactured or formulated with aromatic Surface sealers manufactured or formulated with aromatic solvents, formaldehyde, halogenated solvents, mercury, lead, hexavelant chromium and their compounds are not acceptable. .2Surface sealer shall be compatible with the hardener and Surface sealer shall be compatible with the hardener and shall be manufactured by hardener manufacturer. .3Surface sealer shall have less than 100g/l of VOC in Surface sealer shall have less than 100g/l of VOC in accordance with SCAQMD Rule #1113. .2Wax: acrylic carnuba wax. Wax: acrylic carnuba wax. 5.CURING COMPOUNDS CURING COMPOUNDS .1Select low VOC, water_based, organic_solvent free curing Select low VOC, water_based, organic_solvent free curing compounds. .1Concrete Curing Compounds: maximum VOC limit 100 g/L Concrete Curing Compounds: maximum VOC limit 100 g/L in accordance with SCAQMD Rule #1113 6.MIXES MIXES .1Mixing, ratios and application in accordance with manufacturers Mixing, ratios and application in accordance with manufacturers instructions. 7.ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES .1Joint Filler Strips: Joint Filler Strips: .1Floor Isolation Joints: ASTM D1751, bituminous impregnated Floor Isolation Joints: ASTM D1751, bituminous impregnated fibreboard, or ASTM D1752, cork or self-expanding cork, 13 mm thick minimum. .2Edge Joint Filler: ASTM D1751, bituminous impregnated Edge Joint Filler: ASTM D1751, bituminous impregnated fibreboard, 13 mm thick minimum. .2Control Joint Filler: Control Joint Filler: .1Two component, epoxy-urethane, load bearing, self levelling Two component, epoxy-urethane, load bearing, self levelling sealant. .1Acceptable Material: Acceptable Material: .1Loadflex, Sika Canada Loadflex, Sika Canada 8.Prepare floor surface in accordance with CSA A23.1 and verify that slab Prepare floor surface in accordance with CSA A23.1 and verify that slab surfaces are ready to receive work and elevations are as instructed by manufacturer. 9.REPAIRS REPAIRS .1Inspect surfaces for defects immediately after removal of Inspect surfaces for defects immediately after removal of forms. Repair or patch defects within 48 hours of removal of forms with cure repairs same as new concrete with Consultants permission. .2Defective Areas: where patches are allowed, repair and patch Defective Areas: where patches are allowed, repair and patch areas to match surrounding areas in texture and colour. 10.FINISHING FORMED SURFACES FINISHING FORMED SURFACES .1Requirements listed below apply to normal structural concrete; Requirements listed below apply to normal structural concrete; refer to Section 03 30 00 for additional requirements for formed exposed architectural concrete. .2Unspecified Finish: Provide following finishes as applicable when Unspecified Finish: Provide following finishes as applicable when finish of formed surfaces is not specifically indicated: .1Unexposed Surfaces: Unexposed Surfaces: .1Rough form finish for concrete not exposed to view. Rough form finish for concrete not exposed to view. .2Smooth form finish for concrete to receive membrane Smooth form finish for concrete to receive membrane waterproofing. .2Exposed Surfaces: Exposed Surfaces: .1Smooth form finish for concrete surfaces exposed to Smooth form finish for concrete surfaces exposed to view. .3Rough Form Finish: Leave surfaces with texture imparted by Rough Form Finish: Leave surfaces with texture imparted by forms; patch tie holes and defects; remove fins longer than 6 mm high. .4Smooth Form Finish: Coordinate as necessary to secure form Smooth Form Finish: Coordinate as necessary to secure form construction using smooth, hard, uniform surfaces with number of seams kept to a minimum, uniformly spaced in an orderly pattern; patch tie holes and defects; completely remove fins. .5Related Unformed Finish: Strike-off concrete smooth and finish Related Unformed Finish: Strike-off concrete smooth and finish with using texture matching adjacent formed surfaces at tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces; continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces. 11.FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS .1Finish floors and slabs in accordance with CSA A23.1 and ACI Finish floors and slabs in accordance with CSA A23.1 and ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, re_straightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces; do not wet concrete surfaces. .2Unspecified: Provide following finishing classes as applicable Unspecified: Provide following finishing classes as applicable when finishing requirements for floors is not specifically indicated: .1Exterior Slabs: F1-Finishing Class with a broom finish. Exterior Slabs: F1-Finishing Class with a broom finish. .2Interior Slabs: F3-Finishing Class with a trowelled finish. Interior Slabs: F3-Finishing Class with a trowelled finish. .3Float (Initial) Finishing: Float (Initial) Finishing: .1Consolidate surface with power driven floats or by hand Consolidate surface with power driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. .2Re_straighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Re_straighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. .3Repeat float passes and re_straightening until surface is Repeat float passes and re_straightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. .4Apply float finishing to surfaces indicated and receiving Apply float finishing to surfaces indicated and receiving trowel finishing. .4Trowel (Final) Finishing: Trowel (Final) Finishing: .1Commence trowel finishing after all bleed water has Commence trowel finishing after all bleed water has disappeared and when the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to prevent the working of excess mortar to the surface. .2Apply first trowelling and consolidate concrete by hand or Apply first trowelling and consolidate concrete by hand or power_driven trowel after applying float finishing; continue trowelling passes and re_straighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance; repair or smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor covering. .3Apply a trowel finishing to surfaces indicated, exposed to Apply a trowel finishing to surfaces indicated, exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin_film_finish coating system. .4Finish surfaces to the tolerances indicated above. Finish surfaces to the tolerances indicated above. .5Broom Finishing: Broom Finishing: .1Apply a broom finishing to exterior concrete platforms, Apply a broom finishing to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. .2Slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fibre Slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fibre bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route immediately after float finishing. .3Coordinate required final finishing with Consultant before Coordinate required final finishing with Consultant before application. 12.APPLICATION: GENERAL APPLICATION: GENERAL .1After floor treatment is dry, seal control joints and joints at After floor treatment is dry, seal control joints and joints at junction with vertical surfaces with sealant. .2Apply floor treatment in accordance with Sealer manufacturer's Apply floor treatment in accordance with Sealer manufacturer's written instructions. .3Clean overspray. Clean sealant from adjacent surfaces. Clean overspray. Clean sealant from adjacent surfaces. .4Cure concrete in accordance with manufacturers recommended Cure concrete in accordance with manufacturers recommended procedures. .5Requirement of 7 day wet cure for all interior slabs to remain Requirement of 7 day wet cure for all interior slabs to remain exposed 13.APPLICATION: LIQUID APPLIED FLOOR HARDENER APPLICATION: LIQUID APPLIED FLOOR HARDENER .1Apply liquid floor hardener in accordance with manufacturer's Apply liquid floor hardener in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions after initial floating. .2Cure concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommended Cure concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommended instructions. 1.Materials and installation shall meet or exceed: Materials and installation shall meet or exceed: a.CSA A371-94, Masonry Construction for Buildings. CSA A371-94, Masonry Construction for Buildings. b.CSA A370-94, Connectors for Masonry. CSA A370-94, Connectors for Masonry. 2.Concrete Block Masonry Units:  to CSA A165.1-94 and as follows: Concrete Block Masonry Units:  to CSA A165.1-94 and as follows: a.Classification:  H/15/D/M. Classification:  H/15/D/M. b.Types and Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes Types and Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes and Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes and Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes face and standard units in various sizes face and standard units in various sizes and standard units in various sizes and standard units in various sizes standard units in various sizes standard units in various sizes units in various sizes units in various sizes in various sizes in various sizes various sizes various sizes sizes sizes as indicated on drawings. c.Special Shapes:  as required or indicated on drawings. Special Shapes:  as required or indicated on drawings. 3.CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS .1Standard Concrete Masonry Units: to CAN/CSA A 165.1 and as Standard Concrete Masonry Units: to CAN/CSA A 165.1 and as follows: .1Classification: H/15/B/M (standard) Classification: H/15/B/M (standard) .2Size (Nominal): As indicated on Drawings Size (Nominal): As indicated on Drawings .3Special shapes: provide plain end, bull_nosed and double Special shapes: provide plain end, bull_nosed and double bull_nosed units for exposed corners as indicated on Drawings. Lintels and bond beams are constructed using knock-out lintel units. Provide additional special shapes as indicated. .4Basis-of-Design: Basis-of-Design: .1CCI/Expocrete Concrete Products Ltd CCI/Expocrete Concrete Products Ltd 4.Horizontal Joint Reinforcement: Horizontal Joint Reinforcement: a.Conventional continuous welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, Conventional continuous welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, continuous welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, continuous welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, reinforcing to CSA A370-94, reinforcing to CSA A370-94, to CSA A370-94, to CSA A370-94, CSA A370-94, CSA A370-94, A370-94, A370-94, in ladder configuration. b.Reinforcing Steel Wire: to CSA G30.3-M1983, hot dip galvanized. Reinforcing Steel Wire: to CSA G30.3-M1983, hot dip galvanized. c.Reinforcing Continuous Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Reinforcing Continuous Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Continuous Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Continuous Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Welded Ladder Type: to Welded Ladder Type: to Ladder Type: to Ladder Type: to Type: to Type: to to to CSA A370-94. 6.Connectors: TO CSA A370-94, Rap Tie as manufactured by Ferro Connectors: TO CSA A370-94, Rap Tie as manufactured by Ferro TO CSA A370-94, Rap Tie as manufactured by Ferro Rap Tie as manufactured by Ferro Corporation or equal. a.Corrosion Protection: to CAN3-S304, hot dipped. Corrosion Protection: to CAN3-S304, hot dipped. 5.Mortar: to CSA A179-94, Colour to match block as selected by Mortar: to CSA A179-94, Colour to match block as selected by consultant. 6.Sheet Steel Base Flashings: minimum 0.60mm thick to ASTM A653-96 Sheet Steel Base Flashings: minimum 0.60mm thick to ASTM A653-96 formed as detailed, galvanized with Z275 zinc coating, prefinished 8000 series, colour as selected by consultant. 7.Modified Bitumen Base Flashing: SBS modified sheet membrane, Modified Bitumen Base Flashing: SBS modified sheet membrane, minimum 1.0 mm thick self-adhering type or minimum 3.0 mm thick torch-applied type. 8.Grout: to CSA A179-94 Grout: to CSA A179-94 9.Bonds and Patterns: Stack bond to pattern as indicated on drawings, Bonds and Patterns: Stack bond to pattern as indicated on drawings, tooled joints. 10.Control Joint Fillers: Preformed rubber, neoprene or polyvinylchloride, Control Joint Fillers: Preformed rubber, neoprene or polyvinylchloride, size and profile to suit intended application and as indicated on drawings. 11.Cavity Weeps/Vents: Preformed plastic or galvanized steel, 100 mm Cavity Weeps/Vents: Preformed plastic or galvanized steel, 100 mm long. 12.Insulation inserts as per drawings sim. to Cris Korfil Insulation inserts Insulation inserts as per drawings sim. to Cris Korfil Insulation inserts as supplied by Expocrete Concrete Products. 13.Clear Unit Masonry Sealer: Clear Unit Masonry Sealer: .1Clear coating for concrete unit masonry where no paint is applied. Clear coating for concrete unit masonry where no paint is applied. .2Acceptable Materials: Acceptable Materials: a. Pro-Masonry, Clear Sheen single coat, semi-gloss b. Fabrikem, Fabrishield 763 1.Design steel stud system in accordance with requirements of Alberta Design steel stud system in accordance with requirements of Alberta Building Code, CAN/CSA-S16.1-94 and CSA S136-94. 2.Submit shop drawings stamped and signed by a Professional Engineer Submit shop drawings stamped and signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the Province of Alberta. 1.MATERIALS MATERIALS a.Bolts and nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where Bolts and nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where and nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where and nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where , hotdip galvanized where , hotdip galvanized where hotdip galvanized where hotdip galvanized where galvanized where galvanized where where where noted. b.Prime paint:  oil alkyd type to CAN/CGSB-1.40-M89. Prime paint:  oil alkyd type to CAN/CGSB-1.40-M89. c.Isolation coating:  acid and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to Isolation coating:  acid and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to coating:  acid and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to coating:  acid and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to alkali resistant asphaltic paint to alkali resistant asphaltic paint to resistant asphaltic paint to resistant asphaltic paint to asphaltic paint to asphaltic paint to paint to paint to to to CAN/CGSB-1.108-M89. d.Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade Grade Grade 300W. e.Hollow Structural Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Hollow Structural Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Structural Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Structural Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA In accordance with CAN/CSA In accordance with CAN/CSA accordance with CAN/CSA accordance with CAN/CSA with CAN/CSA with CAN/CSA CAN/CSA CAN/CSA G40.20/G40.21, Grade 350W, Class C. f.Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), standard weight (Schedule 40), standard weight (Schedule 40), weight (Schedule 40), weight (Schedule 40), (Schedule 40), (Schedule 40), 40), 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. g.Welding materials: to CSA W59. Welding materials: to CSA W59. h.Welding electrodes: to CSA W48 Series. Welding electrodes: to CSA W48 Series. i.Bolts and anchor bolts: to ASTM A307. Bolts and anchor bolts: to ASTM A307. 2.Supply and install all steel components and steel fabrications indicated Supply and install all steel components and steel fabrications indicated on drawings. 3.Thoroughly clean and suitably pretreat steel prior to finishing. Thoroughly clean and suitably pretreat steel prior to finishing. 4.Remove loose mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign matter Remove loose mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign matter using one or more of the following methods: a..1solvent cleaning .1solvent cleaning solvent cleaning b..2wire brushing .2wire brushing wire brushing c..3power wire brushing .3power wire brushing power wire brushing d..4sandblasting .4sandblasting sandblasting 5.Grind smooth sharp projections. Grind smooth sharp projections. 6.Prepare steel to receive Master Painters Institute (MPI) finishes as Prepare steel to receive Master Painters Institute (MPI) finishes as recommended in MPI Manual. 7.Prime paint all fabrications: Prime paint all fabrications: all exposed steel to be shop primed 'grey' 8.FABRICATION FABRICATION .1 Fabricate work square, true, straight and accurate to required Fabricate work square, true, straight and accurate to required size, with joints closely fitted and properly secured. .2 Use self-tapping shake-proof flat headed screws on items Use self-tapping shake-proof flat headed screws on items requiring assembly by screws or as indicated. .3 Where possible, fit and shop assemble work, ready for erection. Where possible, fit and shop assemble work, ready for erection. .4 Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length of each joint. Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length of each joint. File or grind exposed welds smooth and flush. 9.FINISHES FINISHES .1 Galvanizing: Hot dip galvanize items as indicated in accordance Galvanizing: Hot dip galvanize items as indicated in accordance with applicable standard following: .1 Products: ASTM A123 Products: ASTM A123 .2 Hardware ASTM A153/A153M Hardware ASTM A153/A153M .2 Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. .3 Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-1.181. Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-1.181. 10.ISOLATION COATING ISOLATION COATING .1 Isolate aluminum from following components, by means of Isolate aluminum from following components, by means of bituminous paint: .1 Dissimilar metals except stainless steel, zinc, or white Dissimilar metals except stainless steel, zinc, or white bronze of small area. .2 Concrete, mortar and masonry. Concrete, mortar and masonry. .3 Wood. Wood. 11.SHOP PAINTING SHOP PAINTING .1 Apply one shop coat of primer "grey" to metal items, with Apply one shop coat of primer "grey" to metal items, with exception of galvanized or concrete encased items. .2 Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by manufacturer. Paint Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by manufacturer. Paint on dry surfaces, free from rust, scale, grease. Do not paint when temperature is lower than 7 degrees C. .3 Clean surfaces to be field welded; do not paint. 12.ANGLE LINTELS ANGLE LINTELS .1 Steel angles: galvanized, sizes indicated for openings. Provide Steel angles: galvanized, sizes indicated for openings. Provide 150 mm minimum bearing at ends. .2 Weld or bolt back-to-back angles to profiles as indicated. Weld or bolt back-to-back angles to profiles as indicated. .3 Finish: shop painted. Finish: shop painted. 13.ERECTION ERECTION .1 Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified otherwise. .2 Erect metalwork square, plumb, straight, and true, accurately Erect metalwork square, plumb, straight, and true, accurately fitted, with tight joints and intersections. .3 Provide suitable means of anchorage acceptable to Consultant Provide suitable means of anchorage acceptable to Consultant such as dowels, anchor clips, bar anchors, expansion bolts and shields, and toggles. .4 Finish exposed fastening devices to match and to be Finish exposed fastening devices to match and to be compatible with material through which they pass. .5 Provide components for building by other sections in Provide components for building by other sections in accordance with shop drawings and schedule. .6 Make field connections with bolts to CSA-S16, or weld. Make field connections with bolts to CSA-S16, or weld. .7 Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates. .8 Touch-up rivets, field welds, bolts and burnt or scratched Touch-up rivets, field welds, bolts and burnt or scratched surfaces after completion of erection with primer. .9 Touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc rich primer where Touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc rich primer where burned by field welding. 14.PIPE BOLLARDS PIPE BOLLARDS .1 Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe. Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe. .2Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Support and Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Support and brace bollards in position in footing excavations until concrete has been placed and cured. .3 Fill bollards solidly with concrete, rounding top surface. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, rounding top surface. 15.CLEANING CLEANING .1Perform cleaning after installation to remove construction and Perform cleaning after installation to remove construction and accumulated environmental dirt. .2 Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, rubbish, tools and equipment barriers. 1.MATERIALS MATERIALS .1 Carbon Steel: Carbon Steel: .1 Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade 300W. .2 Hollow Structural Sections (HSS): In accordance with Hollow Structural Sections (HSS): In accordance with CAN/CSA G40.20/G40.21, Grade 350W, Class C. .3 Steel plate: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade 260 W. Steel plate: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade 260 W. .4 Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight, schedule Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight, schedule 40 seamless black. .5 Steel tubing: to ASTM A500, round, 6 mm wall thickness, Steel tubing: to ASTM A500, round, 6 mm wall thickness, sizes and dimensions as indicated. .2 Welding materials: to CSA W59. .3 Welding electrodes: to CSA W48 Series. .4 Bolts: to ASTM A307. .5 High strength bolts: to ASTM A325M. 2.PIPE/TUBING BALUSTRADES PIPE/TUBING BALUSTRADES .1 Construct balusters and handrails from steel pipe. Construct balusters and handrails from steel pipe. .2 Cap and weld exposed ends of balusters and handrails. Cap and weld exposed ends of balusters and handrails. .3 Terminate at abutting wall with end flange. Terminate at abutting wall with end flange. .4 Fabricate railings in accordance with NAAMM AMP 521 to finish Fabricate railings in accordance with NAAMM AMP 521 to finish as follows: .1 Fabrication Tolerance: Fabricate steel to one half the Fabrication Tolerance: Fabricate steel to one half the normal tolerance as specified in the CISC/AISC Code of Standard Practice Section 10. .2 Welds Ground Smooth: Fabricator shall grind welds of Welds Ground Smooth: Fabricator shall grind welds of exposed steel smooth; make groove welds flush to the surfaces each side and be within +1.5 mm, -0 mm of plate thickness. .3 Contour and blend of welds where fillet welds are ground Contour and blend of welds where fillet welds are ground contoured, or blended, oversize welds as required and grind to provide a smooth transition and to match profile on accepted sample. .4 Continuous weld where noted of uniform size and profile. Continuous weld where noted of uniform size and profile. .5 Minimize weld show through at locations where welding on Minimize weld show through at locations where welding on the far side of an exposed connection occurs, grind distortion and marking of the steel to a smooth profile with adjacent material. .6 Maintain a uniform gap of 3 mm ± 0.8 mm at copes Maintain a uniform gap of 3 mm ± 0.8 mm at copes and blocks. .7 Maintain a uniform gap tolerance of 3 mm ± 0.8 mm at Maintain a uniform gap tolerance of 3 mm ± 0.8 mm at connections. .8 Fabricate exposed steel so that piece marks are fully Fabricate exposed steel so that piece marks are fully hidden in the final structure or made with media to permit full removal after erection. .9 Deliver steel with no mill marks (stencilled, stamped, Deliver steel with no mill marks (stencilled, stamped, raised) in exposed locations; cut off mill material to appropriate lengths where possible; fill or grind to a surface finish consistent with the accepted sample where cutting is not possible. .10 Grind edges of sheared, punched or flame-cut steel to Grind edges of sheared, punched or flame-cut steel to match accepted sample. .11 Rolled members shall be fully shaped in the shop and tied Rolled members shall be fully shaped in the shop and tied during shipping to prevent stress relieving; distortion of the web or stem, and of outstanding flanges or legs of angles will be visibly acceptable to the Consultant when viewed from a distance of 6100 mm under any lighting condition; tolerances for the vertical and horizontal walls of rectangular HSS members after rolling shall be ±13 mm. .12 Seal weld open ends of round and rectangular hollow Seal weld open ends of round and rectangular hollow structural section with 10 mm closure plates; provide continuous, sealed welds at angle to gusset plate connections and similar locations where exposed steel is exposed to weather. .5 Fabricate work square, true straight and accurate to required Fabricate work square, true straight and accurate to required size, with joints closely fitted and properly secured. .6 Where work of other Sections is attached to work of this Where work of other Sections is attached to work of this section, prepare work by drilling and tapping holes as required facilitating installation of such work. 3.ACCESS LADDERS ACCESS LADDERS .1 Provide premanufactured or manufacture on site as indicated. Provide premanufactured or manufacture on site as indicated. .2 Construct access ladders in accordance with Alberta OH&S Construct access ladders in accordance with Alberta OH&S safety codes. .3 Fixed Ladder Extension Safety Post: Fixed Ladder Extension Safety Post: .1 Adjustable spring balanced safety post with adjustable Adjustable spring balanced safety post with adjustable mounting brackets to fit ladder-rung spacing. .2 Ladder extension equipped with automatic self-lock when Ladder extension equipped with automatic self-lock when fully extended; upward and downward movement controlled by stainless steel spring balance mechanism. .3 Acceptable Material: Acceptable Material: .1 Bilco Ladder Up Safety Post Bilco Ladder Up Safety Post .4 Non-Slip Rung Finishes: Coat top of each rung with Non-Slip Rung Finishes: Coat top of each rung with abrasive material metallically bonded to rung by a proprietary process; acceptable materials, IKG Borden Mebac or W. S. Molnar Company SLIP-NOT. 4.ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES .1 Handrails and Wall Brackets: Tubular steel, 38 mm Ø pipe rail Handrails and Wall Brackets: Tubular steel, 38 mm Ø pipe rail with rod and mounting flange as detailed on Drawing. .2 Sealant: in accordance with Section 07 92 00 – Sealants. Sealant: in accordance with Section 07 92 00 – Sealants. Sealants. .3 Stair Nosing Strips: extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6, filled Stair Nosing Strips: extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6, filled with virgin aluminum oxide and silicon carbide abrasive granules in epoxy binder. .1 Colour: As directed by Consultant. Colour: As directed by Consultant. .2 Size: 75 mm wide x 6 mm thick x length of tread. Size: 75 mm wide x 6 mm thick x length of tread. .3 Acceptable Materials: Acceptable Materials: .1 Style 9511, American Safety Tread Co. Inc., Telephone: (800) 245-4881 5.FINISHES FINISHES .1 Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanizing with zinc coating 600 g/m2 Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanizing with zinc coating 600 g/m2 to CAN/CSA-G164. .2 Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. .3 Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-1.181. Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-1.181. .4 Painting: in accordance with Section 09 91 00 – Painting. Painting: in accordance with Section 09 91 00 – Painting. Painting. 6.SHOP PAINTING SHOP PAINTING .1 Clean surfaces in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Clean surfaces in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council Manual Volume 2. .2 Apply one coat of shop primer except interior surfaces of Apply one coat of shop primer except interior surfaces of pans. .3 Apply two coats of primer of different colours to parts Apply two coats of primer of different colours to parts inaccessible after final assembly. .4 Use primer as prepared by manufacturer without thinning or Use primer as prepared by manufacturer without thinning or adding admixtures. aint on dry surfaces, free from rust, scale, grease, do not paint when temperature is below 7 degrees C. .5 Do not paint surfaces to be field welded. Do not paint surfaces to be field welded. 7.FABRICATION FABRICATION .1 Fabricate stairs in accordance with NAAMM AMP 510. Fabricate stairs in accordance with NAAMM AMP 510. .2 Fabricate railings in accordance with NAAMM AMP 521. Fabricate railings in accordance with NAAMM AMP 521. .3 Weld connections where possible, otherwise bolt connections. Weld connections where possible, otherwise bolt connections. Countersink exposed fastenings, cut off bolts flush with nuts. Make exposed connections of same material, colour and finish as base material on which they occur. .4 Accurately form connections with exposed faces flush; mitres Accurately form connections with exposed faces flush; mitres and joints tight. Make risers of equal height. .5 Grind or file exposed welds and steel sections smooth. Grind or file exposed welds and steel sections smooth. .6 Shop fabricate stairs in sections as large and complete as Shop fabricate stairs in sections as large and complete as practicable. .7 Insulate dissimilar materials to prevent electrolysis arising from Insulate dissimilar materials to prevent electrolysis arising from metal to metal contact or metal to masonry or concrete contact; use bituminous paint or other acceptable method acceptable to Consultant. 8.PREPARATION PREPARATION .1 Provide anchorage devices and fasteners to other Sections Provide anchorage devices and fasteners to other Sections where necessary for securing metal stairs to in place construction; include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through-bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors. .2 Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal stairs. .3 Field check and verify that structural framing, enclosures, weld Field check and verify that structural framing, enclosures, weld plates, blocking, and that size and location of pockets are placed in accordance with reviewed shop drawings. .4 Report discrepancies to Consultant, and recommend corrective Report discrepancies to Consultant, and recommend corrective action by responsible parties. .5 Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. .6 Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates and instructions for installation. 9.INSTALLATION OF STAIRS INSTALLATION OF STAIRS .1 Install in accordance with NAAMM, Metal Stair Manual. Install in accordance with NAAMM, Metal Stair Manual. .2 Install plumb and true in exact locations, using welded Install plumb and true in exact locations, using welded connections wherever possible to provide rigid structure. Provide anchor bolts, bolts and plates for connecting stairs to structure. .3 Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates. .4 Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified otherwise. .5 Touch up shop primer to bolts, welds, and burned or scratched Touch up shop primer to bolts, welds, and burned or scratched surfaces at completion of erection. 10.CLEANING CLEANING .1 Perform cleaning as soon as possible after installation to Perform cleaning as soon as possible after installation to remove construction and accumulated environmental dirt. .2 Remove protective coverings and clean metal work using Remove protective coverings and clean metal work using cleaning solutions and methods to suit the metal and its finish at completion of work. .3 Protect adjacent materials and finishes from damage or Protect adjacent materials and finishes from damage or discolouring during cleaning. .4 Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, rubbish, tools and equipment barriers. 11.LADDER SCHEDULE LADDER SCHEDULE .1 Roof Access Ladder: .1 Construct access ladders in accordance with Alberta OH&S Construct access ladders in accordance with Alberta OH&S safety codes. .2 Side Rails: Nominal 50 mm x 10 mm and as indicated on Side Rails: Nominal 50 mm x 10 mm and as indicated on Drawing A204 .3 Rungs: Nominal 32 mm diameter rungs shouldered and Rungs: Nominal 32 mm diameter rungs shouldered and welded at 300 mm O/C maximum, rungs starting at 300 mm maximum above lower entry level or roof surface, finished with acceptable non-slip tread surface. .4 Ladder Mounts: Nominal 50 mm x 13 mm brackets at Ladder Mounts: Nominal 50 mm x 13 mm brackets at maximum spacing of 3050 mm with support at the top of the side rails, and centreline of rungs at 150 mm from the wall face. .5 Safety Extension: Install telescoping ladder extension to top Safety Extension: Install telescoping ladder extension to top two ladder rungs in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions for roofs penetrating roof access hatches. .6 Usage Classification: Service Usage Classification: Service .7 Finish: Painted as specified in Section 09 91 00 or Finish: Painted as specified in Section 09 91 00 or Galvanized for exterior locations. 1.Dimension board lumber: to CAN/CSA 0141-91 and graded in Dimension board lumber: to CAN/CSA 0141-91 and graded in accordance with current National Lumber Grades Authority (NLGA) Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber. a.Moisture Content: maximum 19% at time of installation. Moisture Content: maximum 19% at time of installation. b.Surface Finish: S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S Surface Finish: S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S Finish: S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S Finish: S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S receiving finishes, S2S or S4S receiving finishes, S2S or S4S finishes, S2S or S4S finishes, S2S or S4S S2S or S4S S2S or S4S or S4S or S4S S4S S4S for members not receiving finishes. 2.Canadian Softwood Plywood: to CSA 0151-M1978. Canadian Softwood Plywood: to CSA 0151-M1978. 3.Douglas Fir Plywood: to CSA 0121-M1978. Douglas Fir Plywood: to CSA 0121-M1978. 4.Pressure Preservative Treated Wood: in accordance with Pressure Preservative Treated Wood: in accordance with CAN/CSA 080 Series-M89 and as follows: 5.Nails, spikes and staples: Nails, spikes and staples: a.Use common spiral nails and spikes except where indicated Use common spiral nails and spikes except where indicated common spiral nails and spikes except where indicated common spiral nails and spikes except where indicated spiral nails and spikes except where indicated spiral nails and spikes except where indicated nails and spikes except where indicated nails and spikes except where indicated and spikes except where indicated and spikes except where indicated spikes except where indicated spikes except where indicated except where indicated except where indicated where indicated where indicated indicated indicated otherwise. b.Use hot dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, Use hot dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, hot dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, hot dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, finished steel for exposed exterior work, finished steel for exposed exterior work, steel for exposed exterior work, steel for exposed exterior work, for exposed exterior work, for exposed exterior work, exposed exterior work, exposed exterior work, exterior work, exterior work, work, work, highly humid interior areas, pressure - preservative and humid interior areas, pressure - preservative and humid interior areas, pressure - preservative and interior areas, pressure - preservative and interior areas, pressure - preservative and areas, pressure - preservative and areas, pressure - preservative and pressure - preservative and pressure - preservative and - preservative and - preservative and preservative and preservative and and and fire-retardant treated lumber. 6.Bolt, nut, washer, screw and pin type fasteners: hot dip galvanized Bolt, nut, washer, screw and pin type fasteners: hot dip galvanized finish to CSA G164-M92. 7.Wood Furring and Blocking: Provide all furring and blocking as required. Wood Furring and Blocking: Provide all furring and blocking as required. 8.All carpentry in contact with concrete or masonry is to be treated with All carpentry in contact with concrete or masonry is to be treated with a preservative. 9.The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication, supply, and installation of the rough carpentry as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 10.S4S maximum 19% moisture. S4S maximum 19% moisture. 11.CSA 0141-1970 U.L.G.A. standard grading rules. CSA 0141-1970 U.L.G.A. standard grading rules. 12.All materials standard or better. Plywood, Douglas Fire plywood. All materials standard or better. Plywood, Douglas Fire plywood. 13.Non - Load bearing wood stud: S.P.F. #2 or better. Non - Load bearing wood stud: S.P.F. #2 or better. 14.Load bearing wood studs, PSL and LVL framing members, wood "I" joist Load bearing wood studs, PSL and LVL framing members, wood "I" joist including connectiona dn fasteners: See structural specifications. 15.Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111. Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111. 1.The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication, supply and installation of the finish carpentry as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 2.S4S maximum 12% moisture. S4S maximum 12% moisture. 3.AWMAC custom grade. AWMAC custom grade. 4.Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111. Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111. 1.All millwork will be supplied by the owner and Install by the All millwork will be supplied by the owner and Install by the Contractor. 1.Granular Insulation:  asbestos free vermiculite or perlite granular fill, Granular Insulation:  asbestos free vermiculite or perlite granular fill, water repellent, rot and vermin proof, fire resistant flame/fuel/smoke rating of 0/0/0. 2.Install insulation after masonry materials are dry. Install insulation after masonry materials are dry. 3.Install insulation to maintain sound rating to building elements and Install insulation to maintain sound rating to building elements and spaces. 4.Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 5.Fill completely with insulation, the concrete block cores. Fill completely with insulation, the concrete block cores. 6.Plug all holes in wall through which insulation may escape, using glass Plug all holes in wall through which insulation may escape, using glass fibre mesh. 7.Caulk and seal around all door or window openings, electric outlets, Caulk and seal around all door or window openings, electric outlets, pipes and all other openings. 8.Pour directly into the wall from the bag or from a hopper placed on Pour directly into the wall from the bag or from a hopper placed on top of the wall. 9.The height of pour shall not exceed 6 m or one storey height, The height of pour shall not exceed 6 m or one storey height, whichever is less. 10.Place temporary signs in all rooms on face of insulated wall warning all Place temporary signs in all rooms on face of insulated wall warning all trades to use caution to prevent loss of insulation if cutting into the wall. 1.6 mil polyethylene sheet materials conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, 6 mil polyethylene sheet materials conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, continuously applied to interior face of exterior stud walls and interior partitions where operating temperatures of adjacent spaces could result in condensation. 2.Overlap and seal all joints with butyl caulk. Return into door and Overlap and seal all joints with butyl caulk. Return into door and 3.window opening and continuously seal to perimeter of opening. window opening and continuously seal to perimeter of opening. 1.6 mil polyethylene sheet materials conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, 6 mil polyethylene sheet materials conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, applied under slabs on grade over compacted granular fill. Overlap joints 6" and seal with tape. 2.Tape and seal around service penetrations, columns, grade beams, and Tape and seal around service penetrations, columns, grade beams, and footings. Tape and seal at perimeter foundation wall. 3.Repair all damage and punctures before slab is poured. Repair all damage and punctures before slab is poured. 1.Plastic sheet membranes to provide a vapour permeable air/water Plastic sheet membranes to provide a vapour permeable air/water barrier with an air leakage not greater than 0.02L(s*m2) measured at an air pressure difference of 75 Pa. .1Acceptable products: Tyvek Commercial Wrap or equal. Acceptable products: Tyvek Commercial Wrap or equal. 2.Installation: membrane must be fastened through sheathing to studs. All Installation: membrane must be fastened through sheathing to studs. All joints must be continuously sealed and taped. 1.Wall Type W1, W6, W7, W13 and all exterior masonry walls per plan: Wall Type W1, W6, W7, W13 and all exterior masonry walls per plan: .1Exterior Primer - General Paint Epotilt Primer 70-004 - A high Exterior Primer - General Paint Epotilt Primer 70-004 - A high quality, water reducible, latex coating. An exterior sealer with exceptional adhesion qualities that resist s alkali on concrete and masonry up to pH 13.0 .2Paint - General Paint Elasto-wall 70-040-1 - A high build, Paint - General Paint Elasto-wall 70-040-1 - A high build, weather resistant elastomeric coating for exterior concrete. Elasto-wall exhibits excellent durability and long term flexibility bridging hairline cracks, while providing excellent UV resistance and protection from wind driven rain. 1.The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication, supply and installation of metal siding as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 2.Fabrication Drawings: Submit shops drawings showing product, Fabrication Drawings: Submit shops drawings showing product, thickness, dimensions, fastening systems and joints. Field measure prior to fabrication. 3.All joints to be shop-fabricated. All joints to be shop-fabricated. 4.Materials: Horizontal cladding (Decorative Band): Westman Steel AWR 36 Materials: Horizontal cladding (Decorative Band): Westman Steel AWR 36 (36" coverage) 26 Gauge. .1Colour: International Orange QC 8234 Colour: International Orange QC 8234 5.Contractor must submit cladding samples for written approval to a Kal Contractor must submit cladding samples for written approval to a Kal Tire project manager. 1.General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure 2.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: .1Flex Membranes International. Flex Membranes International. .2GAF Materials Corporation. GAF Materials Corporation. .3Hickman, W. P. Systems, Inc. Hickman, W. P. Systems, Inc. .4Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell International Inc. .5IKO. IKO. .6Johns Manville. Johns Manville. .7Malarkey Roofing Products. Malarkey Roofing Products. .8Siplast, Inc. Siplast, Inc. .9Soprema. Soprema. .10U.S. Intec; a division of BMCA. U.S. Intec; a division of BMCA. 3.Alberta Roofing Contractors Association Ltd (ARCA) Alberta Roofing Contractors Association Ltd (ARCA) .1Roofing Application Standards Manual. Roofing Application Standards Manual. 4.Warranty Warranty .1Roofing Membrane Manufacturer: Provide manufacturer's warranty Roofing Membrane Manufacturer: Provide manufacturer's warranty stating that they will repair or replace defective roofing (including labour) and base flashing materials that do not remain watertight, that splits, tears, or separates at the seams or from the substrate within the specified warranty period and as follows: .1Warranty Period: 10 years Standard Warranty, starting from Warranty Period: 10 years Standard Warranty, starting from Substantial Performance for the Project. .2Name of Warrantee: Warrantor shall issue a written and signed Name of Warrantee: Warrantor shall issue a written and signed warranty identifying the owner's name as the warrantee, and stating that executed work will remain in place and be free of any defects in materials and workmanship for the stated warranty period. .2Special Warranty: In addition, provide an ARCA five (5) year Special Warranty: In addition, provide an ARCA five (5) year Warranty Certificate starting from the date of Substantial Performance. 5.Compatibility between components of roofing system is essential. Provide Compatibility between components of roofing system is essential. Provide written declaration to Consultant stating that materials and components, as assembled in system, meet this requirement. 6.Products Products .1Roofing Membrane Sheet: ASTM D6164, Grade 2, Type I or II, Roofing Membrane Sheet: ASTM D6164, Grade 2, Type I or II, or II, SBS-modified asphalt sheet (reinforced with polyester fabric) smooth surfaced; suitable for application method specified. .2Roofing Membrane Cap Sheet: ASTM D6164, Grade G, Type [l] or Roofing Membrane Cap Sheet: ASTM D6164, Grade G, Type [l] or [II], polyester-reinforced, SBS-modified asphalt sheet; granular surfaced; suitable for application method specified. .3BASE-SHEET MATERIALS BASE-SHEET MATERIALS .1Backer Sheet: ASTM D4601, Type II, asphalt-impregnated and Backer Sheet: ASTM D4601, Type II, asphalt-impregnated and coated, lass-fiber sheet, dusted with fine mineral surfacing on both sides. .2Liquid Applied Flashing: A liquid and fabric reinforced flashing Liquid Applied Flashing: A liquid and fabric reinforced flashing system created with a stitchbonded polyester scrim and a two-component, moisture cured, elastomeric, liquid applied flashing material, consisting of an asphalt extended urethane base material and an activator. .4AUXILIARY ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS AUXILIARY ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS .1General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing membrane. .2Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312, Type [III] [lV]. Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312, Type [III] [lV]. .3Mastic Sealant: As required by Manufacturer. Mastic Sealant: As required by Manufacturer. .4Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion-resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening roofing membrane components to substrate, tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength, and provided by the roofing system manufacturer. .5Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C208, Type ll, Grade 1, Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C208, Type ll, Grade 1, cellulosic-fiber insulation board. .5COATING MATERIALS COATING MATERIALS .1Roof Coating: Acrylic elastomer emulsion coating, formulated Roof Coating: Acrylic elastomer emulsion coating, formulated for use on bituminous roof surfaces and complying with ASTM D6083. ROOF INSULATION .1Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C578, Type Vl, 1.8 Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C578, Type Vl, 1.8 lb/cu. ft. (29 kg/cu. M) .2Provide insulation package with R Value greater than 19. Provide insulation package with R Value greater than 19. .7BALLAST BALLAST .1Aggregate Ballast: Washed, crushed stone or smooth stone that Aggregate Ballast: Washed, crushed stone or smooth stone that will withstand weather exposure without significant deterioration and will not contribute to membrane degradation; of the following size: .1Size: ASTM D448, Size 2, ranging in size from 1-1/2 to Size: ASTM D448, Size 2, ranging in size from 1-1/2 to ranging in size from 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inches (38 to 63 mm). 1.Flashing to be minimum 24ga. Prefinished Colour: Contractor must Flashing to be minimum 24ga. Prefinished Colour: Contractor must submit cladding samples for written approval to a Kal Tire project manager. 2.All joints must be standing seam. Caulk all seams and joints. All joints must be standing seam. Caulk all seams and joints. 3.Limit metal flashing lengths to 10'-0". Limit metal flashing lengths to 10'-0". 4.Extend cap flashing down over roofing membrane a minimum of 3". Extend cap flashing down over roofing membrane a minimum of 3". 5.Provide concealed continuous cleat on exterior side of parapet, fastened Provide concealed continuous cleat on exterior side of parapet, fastened 6.Secure flashing on roof side with screws and watertight washers through Secure flashing on roof side with screws and watertight washers through slotted or oversized holes at 2'-0" o.c. 7.Slope flashing on continuous wood blocking towards roof, as indicated Slope flashing on continuous wood blocking towards roof, as indicated on drawings. 1.Cementitious Spray Fireproofing: Factory mixed, asbestos free, Cementitious Spray Fireproofing: Factory mixed, asbestos free, cementitious material with aggregate, non-fibrous, blended for uniform texture. 2.Sheet Flashing Membrane Sheet Flashing Membrane .1Description: self-adhesive waterproofing membrane composed of Description: self-adhesive waterproofing membrane composed of an SBS modified bitumen. modified bitumen. 3.Components: Components: .1Elastomeric bitumen:Mix of selected bitumen and SBS Elastomeric bitumen:Mix of selected bitumen and SBS Mix of selected bitumen and SBS polymer. .2Properties: Properties: .1Thickness:1.0 mm min. Thickness:1.0 mm min. 1.0 mm min. .2Water vapour permeance (ng/m2sPa.):<1.6 Water vapour permeance (ng/m2sPa.):<1.6 <1.6 .3Prefabricated membrane: Complies with CAN/CGSB-37.56-M, Prefabricated membrane: Complies with CAN/CGSB-37.56-M, 9th Draft .4Acceptable Material: Acceptable Material: .1Colophene ICF, Soprema. Colophene ICF, Soprema. .2MEL-ROL, W.R. Meadows MEL-ROL, W.R. Meadows .3Blueskin WP 200, Bakor Blueskin WP 200, Bakor .4Aquabarrier FP, IKO, Aquabarrier FP, IKO, .5Bituthene 3000, W.R.Grace Bituthene 3000, W.R.Grace 4.Accessories Accessories .1Membrane Primer Membrane Primer .1Description: Water-based single component proprietary for Description: Water-based single component proprietary for membrane used. 5.Interface with Adjacent Systems Interface with Adjacent Systems .1Coordination between all installers of each component of Coordination between all installers of each component of membrane is essential to ensure continuity of system and that junctions between the various components are effectively sealed. .2Verify with manufacturers and all tradesmen involved with Verify with manufacturers and all tradesmen involved with installation procedures of building products incorporated into membrane elements including, but not limited to, various membranes, coatings and sealants. 6.Examination and Preparation of Surfaces Examination and Preparation of Surfaces .1Do not proceed with work until conditions are in accordance Do not proceed with work until conditions are in accordance with manufacturers instructions. .2Ensure surfaces are smooth, dry, clean and free of ice and Ensure surfaces are smooth, dry, clean and free of ice and debris as per manufacturer's recommendations. .3Do not install materials in conditions of snow or rain. Do not install materials in conditions of snow or rain. .4Verify the compatibility of membrane components with curing Verify the compatibility of membrane components with curing compounds, coatings, or other materials which are already installed on the surfaces to be treated. 7.Method of Execution Method of Execution .1Perform Work on a continuous basis as surface and weather Perform Work on a continuous basis as surface and weather conditions allow. .2Protect adjoining surfaces against damage that could result Protect adjoining surfaces against damage that could result from the waterproofing installation. 8.Primer Application Primer Application .1Apply primer coating at the rate recommended by Apply primer coating at the rate recommended by manufacturer. Primer is temperature sensitive and must be temperature sensitive and must be installed at temperature recommended by manufacturer. 1.The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication of all special items included as shown on the drawings. 2.Roof Hatch: Bilco Type "S", Maxam Metal Products Model Max-14, or Roof Hatch: Bilco Type "S", Maxam Metal Products Model Max-14, or approved equal. 3.Ladder-up safety post: Bilco, Model LU-2 Ladder-up safety post: Bilco, Model LU-2 1.Provide firestopping to meet or exceed requirements of the Alberta Provide firestopping to meet or exceed requirements of the Alberta Building Code and as specified in this Section. 2.Submit manufacturer's product data for materials and systems. Include Submit manufacturer's product data for materials and systems. Include manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. Data shall indicate conformance with requirements of this Section, including ULC or Warnock Hersey system number. 3.Firestopping systems: as listed under ULC Guide 40 U19 - "Firestop Firestopping systems: as listed under ULC Guide 40 U19 - "Firestop Systems" or as listed in WH Listings under "Through-Penetration Firestopping Systems". 4.Install tested firestopping systems in accordance with manufacturer's Install tested firestopping systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in strict conformance with tested systems. 5.Refer to Drawings for standard Firestopping System Details and Notes. Refer to Drawings for standard Firestopping System Details and Notes. 1.The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for caulking of exterior doors and window frames and anywhere gaps occur in exterior surfaces (caulk both sides). Caulking around items penetrating exterior walls not defined (i.e., grilles, louvers, pipes and conduit). Caulking of tilt-up panels, exterior side only. 2.Materials: Materials: .1 Loadflex (as manufactured by Sternson) (or approved equal) for Loadflex (as manufactured by Sternson) (or approved equal) for joints in concrete slabs. .2Vertical caulking (tilt-up joints): high performance, low modulus, Vertical caulking (tilt-up joints): high performance, low modulus, one-component, moisture-cured, polyurethane-based non-sag elastomeric sealant. Pecora Dynatrol II, Tremco Dymonic FC, Sika Sikaflex, or approved equal. Colour to be selected by Architect from manufacture's standard range. .3Back up material - closed cell polyethylene foam joint backing. Back up material - closed cell polyethylene foam joint backing. Polyethylene backing rod to all joints in tilt-up wall panels. .4ULF approved caulking as indicated to all fire-rated walls. ULF approved caulking as indicated to all fire-rated walls. 1.Hollow metal work shall include: Hollow metal work shall include: .1Pressed steel door frames. Pressed steel door frames. .2Hollow metal doors. Hollow metal doors. .3 Pressed metal window lites c/w Georgian wire glass. Pressed metal window lites c/w Georgian wire glass. .4 Security Plates welded to designated exterior doors (see Hardware Security Plates welded to designated exterior doors (see Hardware Schedule). .5Drip flashing at door head. Drip flashing at door head. 2.Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings: .1Submit shop drawings, showing details of hollow metal work, Submit shop drawings, showing details of hollow metal work, including frame schedules and hardware details to Consultant for approval prior to fabrication. Submit shop drawings showing sizes, material, gauge, hardware preparation and reinforcing for approval by Consultant. .2Approved Manufacturers: Approved Manufacturers: .1S.W. Fleming Ltd. S.W. Fleming Ltd. .2Shanahans. Shanahans. 3.Hollow Metal Doors: Hollow Metal Doors: .1Materials: D-Series steel doors. All materials shall be formed from Materials: D-Series steel doors. All materials shall be formed from cold rolled and stretcher leveled sheet steel stock of gauges as specified below, or cold rolled stretcher leveled stock having Stelco "Colourbond" or Dofasco "Satincoate" applied coating. .2Fabrication: Slab Type Doors (Flush Doors) to be constructed of not Fabrication: Slab Type Doors (Flush Doors) to be constructed of not lighter than No. 20 gauge. Exterior sheets to be rigidly connected. All hollow metal doors to have no horizontal or vertical seam lines on faces. .3Interior doors shall be reinforced, stiffened, and sound-deadened Interior doors shall be reinforced, stiffened, and sound-deadened with impregnated Kraft Honeycomb Structural Core completely filling the inside of the door and laminated to the inside faces of panels. Exterior insulated hollow metal doors shall have polyurethane insulation in their core. .4All doors to have vertical mechanical interlocking seams on hinge All doors to have vertical mechanical interlocking seams on hinge and lock edges. Doors shall be provided with 1.6mm (14 gauge) top and bottom channels spot-welded within the door. .5Full height welded security plate to all exterior metal doors. Full height welded security plate to all exterior metal doors. .6All doors to be prepared to receive hardware. All doors shall be All doors to be prepared to receive hardware. All doors shall be mortised and reinforced. Reinforcing plates for hinges and strikes to be drilled and tapped for machine screws according to template hardware. Reinforcing for hinge, lock and closer shall be minimum 3.5mm steel plate. Other reinforcing as required. 4.Door Frames: Door Frames: .1Materials: Cold rolled steel stock, shop primed after fabrication or Materials: Cold rolled steel stock, shop primed after fabrication or having Stelco "Colourbond" or Dofasco "Satincoate" applied coating before fabrication. 16 gauge. Corners shall be mitered, welded and sanded to a smooth finish. Frames shall have minimum 3.5mm steel plate hinge, strike, and closer reinforcing. 5.Other hardware reinforcing as required. Other hardware reinforcing as required. 1.Rolling Fire Doors: ULC labeled rolling fire doors, minimum fire rating as Rolling Fire Doors: ULC labeled rolling fire doors, minimum fire rating as per door schedule, chain hoist operation, automatic closing activated by fusible link on each side of fire separation, complete with all required hardware including guides, galvanized steel hoods, tan "FinalCoat" finish. 2.Acceptable products: Cookson Simple Test fire door or approved equal. Acceptable products: Cookson Simple Test fire door or approved equal. 3.Shop Drawing: Submit shop drawings showing details of track anchorage, Shop Drawing: Submit shop drawings showing details of track anchorage, fixing methods, doors sizes, hardware, etc. to the Architect for approval prior to fabrication. 4.Installation to be by an authorized representative of the manufacturer. Installation to be by an authorized representative of the manufacturer. Door to be drop tested and witnessed for normal operation after installation. 1.Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing details of track Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing details of track anchorage, fixing methods, doors sizes, hardware, etc. to the Architect for approval prior to fabrication and/or erection. 2.Materials: Materials: .1Approved manufacturers: Steel Craft Door Products Ltd., Thermacore Approved manufacturers: Steel Craft Door Products Ltd., Thermacore Overhead doors .1Steel Craft series TD134 or approved equal Steel Craft series TD134 or approved equal .2Steel sheet: commercial grade to ASTM A526-71, with Steel sheet: commercial grade to ASTM A526-71, with galvanized zinc coating, ASTM A525-80A designation G90. .3Door sections: Insulated doors 1.75" thick: minimum R16 Door sections: Insulated doors 1.75" thick: minimum R16 polyurethane insulation core with prefinished white steel skin each side. 3.Accessories and Hardware: Accessories and Hardware: .1High-lift, Standard-lift or low-lift doors with chain hoists shall High-lift, Standard-lift or low-lift doors with chain hoists shall have pusher springs on the end of the back track. Vertical-lift doors without chain hoists shall have bumper springs. .2Heavy-duty aluminum vinyl weather-stripping to jamb and lintel. Heavy-duty aluminum vinyl weather-stripping to jamb and lintel. Neoprene astragal with PVC retainer to door bottom. .3All doors to have solid cold-rolled shafts. All doors to have solid cold-rolled shafts. .4Spring counterbalance: heavy duty oil-tempered wire torsion springs Spring counterbalance: heavy duty oil-tempered wire torsion springs on continuous ball bearing cross header shaft. Cable drums to be die-cast, high-strength, connected to door with galvanized aircraft=quality cable with minimum 7-1 safety factor. .5Locking by interior-mounted spring-loaded slide bolt lock engaging Locking by interior-mounted spring-loaded slide bolt lock engaging in track. .6Rollers: full-floating hardened steel ball-bearing, size to suit track. Rollers: full-floating hardened steel ball-bearing, size to suit track. .7Track: 3" heavy duty hardware. Vertical tracks to be minimum Track: 3" heavy duty hardware. Vertical tracks to be minimum 16ga. Galvanized steel, tapered and mounted for wedge-type closing. Horizontal tracks to be minimum 14ga. Galvanized steel. Vertical tracks to be continuous angle-mounted and fully adjustable for sealing door to jamb. Horizontal tracks to be reinforced with C-channel. .8Unless otherwise indicated on the door schedule, doors 10'-0" high Unless otherwise indicated on the door schedule, doors 10'-0" high or higher and/or over 10'-0" wide shall have a reduction gear chain hoists. .9Doors shall be standard-lift, high-lift, or vertical lift as indicated Doors shall be standard-lift, high-lift, or vertical lift as indicated on the drawing. If drawing indicates insufficient headroom for standard-lift, low-lift doors shall be provided, whether specifically designated or not. .10Glazing shall be 1/2" sealed unit full view sections (see Door Type Glazing shall be 1/2" sealed unit full view sections (see Door Type Elevations). .11Cycle springs to be rated for 50,000 Cycle springs to be rated for 50,000 4.Installation: Installation: .1Install work plumb, square, level, free from warp, twist and Install work plumb, square, level, free from warp, twist and superimposed loads. .2Secure work in required position. Do not restrict thermal movement. Secure work in required position. Do not restrict thermal movement. .3Install hardware in accordance with templates. Install hardware in accordance with templates. .4Adjust Operable parts for Function Adjust Operable parts for Function 5.Warranty: 12 months parts and labour from completion of door Warranty: 12 months parts and labour from completion of door installation. 6.MANUAL DOOR OPERATION (Doors 10x10 and Under or 100sq. ft.) MANUAL DOOR OPERATION (Doors 10x10 and Under or 100sq. ft.) .1 Manual Push up operation. Manual Push up operation. 7.MANUAL DOOR OPERATION (Doors 10x12, 12x12, and 12x14) MANUAL DOOR OPERATION (Doors 10x12, 12x12, and 12x14) .1 Chain hoist: side mounted unit complete with hot dip galvanized Chain hoist: side mounted unit complete with hot dip galvanized continuous steel chain. Gear reduction of 3:1. .2Mount chain hoist @ "Driver's Side" of all bay doors. Mount chain hoist @ "Driver's Side" of all bay doors. 1.Scope: of Work: The contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and Scope: of Work: The contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication, supply and installation of aluminum storefront as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 2.Submittals - Shop Drawings Submittals - Shop Drawings .1Prior to fabrication submit shop drawings showing door and storefront Prior to fabrication submit shop drawings showing door and storefront elevations, all required details, door and storefront dimensions, sections, caulking joints with their sizes and specifications for this system, r-value, materials, required hardware, and installation requirements. .1Door system shall be Aluminex 160T series Institutional - Insulated with Door system shall be Aluminex 160T series Institutional - Insulated with ability for painting or anodizing with two colours. .2The door shall be compatible with the thermally broken framing by The door shall be compatible with the thermally broken framing by Aluminex. .3Aluminum framing shall be thermally broken, by dual application of high Aluminum framing shall be thermally broken, by dual application of high strength casting resin and mechanical de-bridging. .4The door aluminum profiles nominal dimensions shall be as follows: The door aluminum profiles nominal dimensions shall be as follows: .1Grame metal thickness: 3mm/0.12" min. Grame metal thickness: 3mm/0.12" min. .2Glazing stop metal thickness 1.3mm/0.05" min. Glazing stop metal thickness 1.3mm/0.05" min. .3Depth of frame 51mm/2" Depth of frame 51mm/2" .4Face width of stiles 89mm/3.5" Face width of stiles 89mm/3.5" .5Face width of rails 152mm/6" Face width of rails 152mm/6" .1Storefront system shall be Aluminex 1140 series Storefront system shall be Aluminex 1140 series 5.Performance Performance .1Storefront System Storefront System .1General Performance: Aluminum-framed systems shall withstand the General Performance: Aluminum-framed systems shall withstand the effects of the following performance requirements without exceeding performance criteria or failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction: .1Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings including, but not limited to, story drift and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. .2Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction .2Delegated Design: Design aluminum-framed systems, including Delegated Design: Design aluminum-framed systems, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. .3Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings .2Door System Door System .1Temperature Index, depending on glass section shall remain in the Temperature Index, depending on glass section shall remain in the range of I=54 to 64 .2U-value of the assembly shall remain in the 0.39 to 0.45 range U-value of the assembly shall remain in the 0.39 to 0.45 range dependent on glass selection. .3Structural load capacity minimum requirements shall not be less than Structural load capacity minimum requirements shall not be less than 1200 N/270 lbs when tested by the dual moment load, where passing a 45 degree lever arm rotation angle is considered as the mock-up failure. .4Air Infiltration - applicable to single acting offset pivot or butt hung Air Infiltration - applicable to single acting offset pivot or butt hung doors. ASTM E 283 air infiltration test standard. 6.Materials Materials .1Door System Door System .1Extruded aluminum shall be AA 6063 T5, Fy=110 MPa/16 KSI, alloy Extruded aluminum shall be AA 6063 T5, Fy=110 MPa/16 KSI, alloy and temper. .2Storefront System Storefront System .1Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. .2Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209. .3Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B221 Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B221 .4Extruded Structural Pipes and Tubes: ASTM B429. Extruded Structural Pipes and Tubes: ASTM B429. .5Structural Profiles: ASTM B308/B308M Structural Profiles: ASTM B308/B308M 1.Submit a hardware schedule showing quantity, type and location of all Submit a hardware schedule showing quantity, type and location of all items finish hardware to be supplied for each door shown on the door schedule. 2.After completion of all construction work, certify all items of hardware After completion of all construction work, certify all items of hardware have been adjusted and are working properly and that all hardware on fire rated (labeled) doors conform to the 3.requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories of Canada and all other requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories of Canada and all other applicable codes. 4.Keying and Keying Control: Keying and Keying Control: .1Provide factory prepared keying to 6 pin system. Master Key with Provide factory prepared keying to 6 pin system. Master Key with two sub-master systems to be prepared and provided at the completion of the project. 5.Products: Products: .1External Hinges: Stanley BB191, 114.3 mm x 101.6 NRP, Finish 32, External Hinges: Stanley BB191, 114.3 mm x 101.6 NRP, Finish 32, or McKinney TA314-45" NRP, Finish 32. Stanley BB199 or McKinney TA386 on doors larger than 914mm/3'-0" wide .2 Internal Hinges: Stanley BB179, 114.3 mm x 101.6, Finish 32, or Internal Hinges: Stanley BB179, 114.3 mm x 101.6, Finish 32, or McKinney TA714-45"x4", Finish 32. Stanley BB168 or McKinney TA786 on doors larger than 914 mm/3'-0" wide. .3Latches, locksets, and cylinders: Schlage 6-pin, D Series, Keyway Latches, locksets, and cylinders: Schlage 6-pin, D Series, Keyway 70mm backset, bright stainless steel, finish 629, lock function per plans. .4Internal & External Locksets / Passage Sets: Schlage AL Internal & External Locksets / Passage Sets: Schlage AL Series,Saturn Lever Design. Hardware to be disabled accessible unless otherwise noted. .5Deadbolt: Schlage 6-pin, B series, 1" steel alloy deadbolt, keyed Deadbolt: Schlage 6-pin, B series, 1" steel alloy deadbolt, keyed outside thumbturn inside, finish 629, locate per plans. .6Security Plates: 50 mm wide x 2134 mm x 10 gauge welded to Security Plates: 50 mm wide x 2134 mm x 10 gauge welded to door, finished to match door. Provide on all exterior hollow metal doors. .7Push/Pulls at aluminum entry doors: ELMES G25-01-023-L400 (to Push/Pulls at aluminum entry doors: ELMES G25-01-023-L400 (to match rest of development). Push/Pulls at washroom doors: .181Ax4"x16" push plates, 4607-1 pulls, finish C32. 81Ax4"x16" push plates, 4607-1 pulls, finish C32. .8Stops: Wall and Floor Stops: Gallery Finish 32. Note: Anchor Stops: Wall and Floor Stops: Gallery Finish 32. Note: Anchor doorstops with heavy-duty expansion shield to concrete floor or into solid backing in walls. Provide wall stops wherever feasible. .9Kick Plates: Gallery Metal, Finsih 32, 12" x door width less 2". Kick Plates: Gallery Metal, Finsih 32, 12" x door width less 2". .10Thresholds: (non-slip finish) Thresholds: (non-slip finish) .1Accessible entrance doors: Pemko 272A or approved equal. Accessible entrance doors: Pemko 272A or approved equal. .2All other exterior doors: Pemko 179A with vinyl insert, or All other exterior doors: Pemko 179A with vinyl insert, or approved equal. .3Interior doors where required: Pemko 171A or approved equal. Interior doors where required: Pemko 171A or approved equal. Provide thresholds at transitions from bare concrete floors to a finished flooring product, and at all doors in fire separations at bare concrete floors. .11Weather-stripping: Weather-stripping: .1Pemko Silicon seal or approved equal. Pemko Silicon seal or approved equal. .2Pemko vinyl door bottom seal 222AV. All exterior doors are Pemko vinyl door bottom seal 222AV. All exterior doors are fully weather-stripped. Weather-stripping to interior doors as per Door Schedule. .12Exterior hollow metal door top caps: rigid vinyl, Pemko 377V or Exterior hollow metal door top caps: rigid vinyl, Pemko 377V or approved equal. Drip caps: clear anodized aluminum, Pemko 346V or approved equal. Provide on all exterior hollow metal doors and frames. .13Closers: Closers: .1Exterior: LCN 4114 "Barrier Free" compression-stop closer. Exterior: LCN 4114 "Barrier Free" compression-stop closer. .2Interior: LCN 4113 "Barrier Free". Interior: LCN 4113 "Barrier Free". .14Panic Device: Von Duprin 22 Series Mortise Lock Device as Panic Device: Von Duprin 22 Series Mortise Lock Device as scheduled. .15Provide silencers (bumpers) on all mandoors. Provide silencers (bumpers) on all mandoors. .16All double doors to have flush bolts, Gallery 401 or approved equal. All double doors to have flush bolts, Gallery 401 or approved equal. 1.Conform to fire rated requirements as applicable to hardware for labeled Conform to fire rated requirements as applicable to hardware for labeled or rated doors and frames. a.Comply with requirements of the Alberta Building Code. Comply with requirements of the Alberta Building Code. b.The Hardware Schedule will establish the quality standards, The Hardware Schedule will establish the quality standards, Hardware Schedule will establish the quality standards, Hardware Schedule will establish the quality standards, Schedule will establish the quality standards, Schedule will establish the quality standards, will establish the quality standards, will establish the quality standards, establish the quality standards, establish the quality standards, the quality standards, the quality standards, quality standards, quality standards, standards, standards, finishes, manufacturers and functions. All hardware to be supplied manufacturers and functions. All hardware to be supplied manufacturers and functions. All hardware to be supplied and functions. All hardware to be supplied and functions. All hardware to be supplied functions. All hardware to be supplied functions. All hardware to be supplied All hardware to be supplied All hardware to be supplied hardware to be supplied hardware to be supplied to be supplied to be supplied be supplied be supplied supplied supplied as specified in finish hardware groups to match existing building specified in finish hardware groups to match existing building specified in finish hardware groups to match existing building in finish hardware groups to match existing building in finish hardware groups to match existing building finish hardware groups to match existing building finish hardware groups to match existing building hardware groups to match existing building hardware groups to match existing building groups to match existing building groups to match existing building to match existing building to match existing building match existing building match existing building existing building existing building building building standard. 2.Samples: Submit 300 mm x 300 mm sized samples of each type of Samples: Submit 300 mm x 300 mm sized samples of each type of glass, clearly labelled with manufacturer's name and glass type. Reference glass types to those scheduled and specified herein. 3.Insulating glass units shall be certified by the Insulated Glass Insulating glass units shall be certified by the Insulated Glass Manufacturers Association of Canada (IGMAC). 4.Provide a written, transferable warranty signed and issued in the name Provide a written, transferable warranty signed and issued in the name of the Owner stating that sealed insulating glass units will be free of condensation for a period of 5 years from date of Substantial Performance. 5.Clear Float Glass - Product: glazing quality. Clear Float Glass - Product: glazing quality. 6.Clear Tempered Safety Glass - Product: clear glazing as follows: Clear Tempered Safety Glass - Product: clear glazing as follows: a.Type: 2 - Tempered. Type: 2 - Tempered. b.Class: B - Float Glass. Class: B - Float Glass. c.Category: II - 540 J impact resistance. Category: II - 540 J impact resistance. 7.Wired Safety Glass Product:  to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M90 and as follows: Wired Safety Glass Product:  to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M90 and as follows: a..1Type:  1 - polished both sides, transparent. .1Type:  1 - polished both sides, transparent. Type:  1 - polished both sides, transparent. b..2Wire Mesh Style:  Georgan. .2Wire Mesh Style:  Georgan. Wire Mesh Style:  Georgan. 8.Low Emissivity (Low E Glass-Where so indicated in the Insulating Glass Low Emissivity (Low E Glass-Where so indicated in the Insulating Glass Schedule or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, provide primary glass products with a low emissivity coating as follows: .1Solarban 60 to all sealed units. Solarban 60 to all sealed units. 9.Insulating Glass Units- Provide sealed insulating glass units in Insulating Glass Units- Provide sealed insulating glass units in accordance with CAN/CGSB-12.8-M90, in configurations. 10.Setting Blocks: neoprene, 80 durometer hardness, 100 mm long x 10 Setting Blocks: neoprene, 80 durometer hardness, 100 mm long x 10 mm thick x 6 mm high. 11.Spacer Shims: neoprene, 80 durometer hardness, 75 mm long x Spacer Shims: neoprene, 80 durometer hardness, 75 mm long x minimum 6 mm thick. Do not use metal, plastic, or wood shims. 12.Glazing Splines and Gaskets: manufacturer's standard dry neoprene Glazing Splines and Gaskets: manufacturer's standard dry neoprene glazing splines and gaskets. Provide keyed type for fixed glazing stops and keyed or roll-in type for removable glazing retaining devices. Except where otherwise specified, colour shall match frame colour. 13.Glazing Tape: preformed butyl tape, 10 - 15 durometer hardness, with Glazing Tape: preformed butyl tape, 10 - 15 durometer hardness, with integral neoprene shim, 80 durometer hardness, paper release, black colour, 0.150 mm thick x 0.375 mm wide. 14.Set glass on setting blocks, spaced as recommended by glass Set glass on setting blocks, spaced as recommended by glass manufacturer. Provide at least one setting block at quarter points from each corner. 15.Use spacers and shims in accordance with glass manufacturer's Use spacers and shims in accordance with glass manufacturer's recommendations. 16.Identify glazed openings immediately following glass installation, using Identify glazed openings immediately following glass installation, using liquid shoe wax in a sponge topped bottle or similar easy-to-remove product. 17.Size and heat strengthen of temper glass units to withstand wind loads Size and heat strengthen of temper glass units to withstand wind loads to Alberta Building Code requirements and positive and negative live loads acting normal to plane of glass. 18.Tempered Glass to min. 7'-0" above floor level (typical). Tempered Glass to min. 7'-0" above floor level (typical). 19.Rated glass for doors to be FireLite Plus Rated glass for doors to be FireLite Plus Unit TypeComponentGlass TypeMinimum ComponentGlass TypeMinimum Glass TypeMinimum Minimum Thickness Exterior WindowsExterior LiteClear Float with 6 mm Exterior LiteClear Float with 6 mm Clear Float with 6 mm 6 mm Low-E on 2nd surface (Tempered where required) Air Space12 mm 12 mm Interior LiteClear Float6 mm Clear Float6 mm 6 mm Exterior DoorsExterior LiteClear Float (Tempered) with 6 mm Exterior LiteClear Float (Tempered) with 6 mm Clear Float (Tempered) with 6 mm 6 mm and SidlitesLow-E on 2nd surface Low-E on 2nd surface Air Space12 mm 12 mm Interior LiteClear Tempered Safety Glass6 mm Clear Tempered Safety Glass6 mm 6 mm Interior GlazingSingle GlazedClear Tempered Safety Glass or Wired6 mmSingle GlazedClear Tempered Safety Glass or Wired6 mmClear Tempered Safety Glass or Wired6 mm6 mmSafety Glass as indicated on drawings REFER TO DRAWINGS. 1.Mirrors, Silvered: to CAN/CGSB-12.5-M86 and as follows: Mirrors, Silvered: to CAN/CGSB-12.5-M86 and as follows: .1 Type: 1A - Float glass, for normal use. .2 Tint: Clear. .3 Edges: Flat polished edge. Seal edges to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of backing. .4 Size: as indicated on drawings. 2.Mirror Mastic: Adhesive setting compound produced specifically for Mirror Mastic: Adhesive setting compound produced specifically for setting of mirrors by spot application, compatible with glass coating and as recommended by mirror manufacturer. 3.INSTALLATION INSTALLATION .1Wall Mounted Mirror Installation, Generally: Wall Mounted Mirror Installation, Generally: .1Install mirrors in accordance with mirror manufacturer's Install mirrors in accordance with mirror manufacturer's instructions. .2Mount mirrors in-place to avoid distorting reflected images. Mount mirrors in-place to avoid distorting reflected images. .2Mastic Installation: Mastic Installation: .1Inspect surface over which mirror is to be mounted. Comply Inspect surface over which mirror is to be mounted. Comply with mastic manufacturer's installation directions for preparation of mounting surface including coating with mastic manufacturer's special bond coating where applicable. .2Apply mastic in spots to comply with mastic manufacturers Apply mastic in spots to comply with mastic manufacturers directions for coverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirror and mounting surface. .3 Hardware Installation: .1 Provide permanent means of structural support at bottom edge Provide permanent means of structural support at bottom edge of mirror. .2 Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surface with Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surface with mechanical fasteners with anchors or inserts. .3 Place a felt or plastic pad between mirror and metal or plastic Place a felt or plastic pad between mirror and metal or plastic clips to prevent spalling of mirror edges. .4 Mirror Installation: .1 After mastic is applied, align mirror and press into place while After mastic is applied, align mirror and press into place while at the same time maintaining a minimum air space of 4 mm for air circulation between back of mirror and mounting surface. .2 Install clips along top of mirror during mastic curing period. Install clips along top of mirror during mastic curing period. 1.The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication of walls and ceilings as shown on the drawings. All exterior steel studs and studs of 400mm o.c.). All joists ceiling framing: minimum 20ga. (maximum 400mm o.c.) Ply vapour barrier: minimum 6 mil. Insulation: as specified in plans. All drywall: 12mm x 1200 mm x 2400 mm minimum. (15.8 mm ceiling) Erect straight, plumb and level rigid and at a proper plane. Use full length pieces where practical. Make joints tight, accurately aligned and rigidly secured. Miter and fit corners accurately, free from rough edges. 2.Provide Type C or X drywall where specified. Provide moisture-resistant Provide Type C or X drywall where specified. Provide moisture-resistant gypsum board (Westroc Aquaguard or equal) in all washrooms and janitor's rooms. 3.All Exterior light gauge steel framing members are to be G90 All Exterior light gauge steel framing members are to be G90 galvanized. 4.Provide double nested deflection ceiling tracks for all partitions subject Provide double nested deflection ceiling tracks for all partitions subject to deflection of structural elements over. Fasten gypsum of gypsum board and ceiling over. 5.Submittals: Provide engineer-sealed shop drawings for all loadbearing Submittals: Provide engineer-sealed shop drawings for all loadbearing and exterior steel stud framing, all ceiling joists, and all nonoadbearing steel stud framing over 12'-0" high. 6.Acoustical Ceilings: Armstrong Cortega #769A, 24"x48"x9/16", fissured Acoustical Ceilings: Armstrong Cortega #769A, 24"x48"x9/16", fissured tile, white, square edge, Donn DX grid, flame spread rating 25 or less. 7.Acceptable Manufacturers: Acceptable Manufacturers: .1CertainTeed, telephone: 800-661-3120. CertainTeed, telephone: 800-661-3120. .2CGC Inc., telephone: 800-663-1055 CGC Inc., telephone: 800-663-1055 .3Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc., telephone: 800-387-6823 Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc., telephone: 800-387-6823 8.Standard Board: to ASTM C36/C36M regular and fire resistant, thickness Standard Board: to ASTM C36/C36M regular and fire resistant, thickness as indicated, 1200 mm wide x maximum practical length, ends square cut, tapered edges. .1Acceptable Materials: Acceptable Materials: -Sheetrock (firecode), CGC Inc. Sheetrock (firecode), CGC Inc. -Toughrock Gypsum Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Toughrock Gypsum Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Gypsum Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Gypsum Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Georgia-Pacific Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc. -ProRoc Wallboard (Type X), CertainTeed ProRoc Wallboard (Type X), CertainTeed 9.Sag Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396, ceiling board manufactured Sag Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396, ceiling board manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular type gypsum board, for horizontally installed applications: .1Thickness: As indicated. Thickness: As indicated. .2Long Edges: Tapered. Long Edges: Tapered. .3Location: Ceiling surfaces. Location: Ceiling surfaces. .4Acceptable materials: Acceptable materials: -CGC Sheetrock Interior Ceiling Board CGC Sheetrock Interior Ceiling Board -Georgia Pacific CD Ceiling Board Georgia Pacific CD Ceiling Board -CertainTeed ProRoc Interior Ceiling Board CertainTeed ProRoc Interior Ceiling Board 10.Mould resistant board: to ASTM C1396/C1396M and as follows: Mould resistant board: to ASTM C1396/C1396M and as follows: .1 Type: regular. Type: regular. .2 Size: 1200 mm x maximum practical length. Size: 1200 mm x maximum practical length. .3 Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. .4 Acceptable materials: Acceptable materials: .1 Fiberock Aqua-Tough, CGC Inc. .2 ProRoc M2Tech Moisture & Mould Resistant Gypsum Board, CertainTeed. .3 ToughRock Mold-Guard, Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc. 11.Wall sheathing board: to ASTM C1396/C1396M and as follows: Wall sheathing board: to ASTM C1396/C1396M and as follows: .1 Type: regular. Type: regular. .2 Size: 1200 mm x maximum practical length. Size: 1200 mm x maximum practical length. .3 Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. .4 Edges: square. Edges: square. .5 Acceptable materials: Acceptable materials: .1 Dens-Glass Gold, Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc. Dens-Glass Gold, Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc. .2 GlasRoc Exterior Sheathing, Certain Teed. GlasRoc Exterior Sheathing, Certain Teed. .3 Securock Glass Mat Sheathing, CGC Inc. Securock Glass Mat Sheathing, CGC Inc. 12.Non-loadbearing Steel Framing General: Non-loadbearing Steel Framing General: .1Steel sheet components shall comply with ASTM C645 requirements for Steel sheet components shall comply with ASTM C645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated. 13.NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS: NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS: .1 NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO CAN/CSA - S136 - 94 NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO CAN/CSA - S136 - 94 "COLD FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND ASTM A653 "STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF STEEL SHEET, ZINC COATED (GALVANIZED) BY THE HOT DIP PROCESS, STRUCTURAL (PHYSICAL) QUALITY. .2ALL COLD FORMED STEEL STUDS AND TRACKS ARE TO POSSESS THE FOLLOWING ALL COLD FORMED STEEL STUDS AND TRACKS ARE TO POSSESS THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM STRENGTHS: 14.EACH STUD SHALL BEAR FULLY INTO THE TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK, AND BE ATTACHED EACH STUD SHALL BEAR FULLY INTO THE TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK, AND BE ATTACHED TO EACH SIDE USING MINIMUM #6 SELF DRILLING SCREWS. 15.WALL ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH MINIMUM 2 ROWS OF LATERAL STUD WALL ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH MINIMUM 2 ROWS OF LATERAL STUD BRACING, OR AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16.EACH STUD AND TRACK SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO EACH STUD AND TRACK SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO INDICATE BASE STEEL THICKNESS. 17.Suspension System Components: Suspension System Components: .1Tie wire to comply with ASTM A641/A641M zinc coated, soft annealed 1.21 mm Tie wire to comply with ASTM A641/A641M zinc coated, soft annealed 1.21 mm min diam. .2Hangar wire to ASTM A641/A641M zinc-coated, soft annealed minimum 3.77 Hangar wire to ASTM A641/A641M zinc-coated, soft annealed minimum 3.77 mm diam. .3Carrying Channels Carrying Channels -Channels to ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa Channels to ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa to ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa to ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa from steel, minimum 228 MPa from steel, minimum 228 MPa steel, minimum 228 MPa steel, minimum 228 MPa minimum 228 MPa minimum 228 MPa 228 MPa 228 MPa MPa MPa yield strength and a 1.37 mm base steel thickness. .4Furring Members: Furring Members: -Channels: minimum 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. Channels: minimum 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. minimum 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. minimum 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. base steel, 19.1 mm min. base steel, 19.1 mm min. steel, 19.1 mm min. steel, 19.1 mm min. 19.1 mm min. 19.1 mm min. mm min. mm min. min. min. depth, 12.7 mm wide flanges. 18.Hat-shaped, rigid furring channels: min. 0.455 mm thick base steel, 22.2 min depth, Hat-shaped, rigid furring channels: min. 0.455 mm thick base steel, 22.2 min depth, 12.7 mm flanges. 19.Slip-Type Head Joints: Slip-Type Head Joints: .1Deflection track: 32 mm flange, steel sheet top track manufactured to prevent Deflection track: 32 mm flange, steel sheet top track manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodated depth of studs. 20.Single Long-Leg Track: 50.8 mm deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated Single Long-Leg Track: 50.8 mm deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction-fit into top track and with continuous bridging located within 305 mm of top of suds to provide lateral bracing. 21.Installation Standard: ASTM C754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing Installation Standard: ASTM C754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing indicated. 22.Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated and support closure and tom make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. 23.Sound-Rated Partitions: install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly Sound-Rated Partitions: install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly indicated. 24.Direct Furring: attach to concrete or masonry at 600 mm o.c. with screws designed Direct Furring: attach to concrete or masonry at 600 mm o.c. with screws designed for masonry attachment or power-driven fasteners. Install continuous insulating strips to isolate furring from un-insulated surfaces. 25.Installation Tolerance: Erect metal studding to tolerance of 1:1000. Install each Installation Tolerance: Erect metal studding to tolerance of 1:1000. Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 3 mm from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing STEEL STUD HEIGHT SCHEDULE Maximum Stud Height (mm) based on lateral pressure of 240 Pa with deflection limit of L/240 Stud Spacing O.C.300400600 300400600 400600 600 Stud Depth (mm) 0.48 mm Steel Design Thickness 64363034303230 363034303230 34303230 3230 92467043704090 467043704090 43704090 4090 102500046704320 500046704320 46704320 4320 152673060205110 673060205110 60205110 5110 0.88 mm Steel Design Thickness 64424039103530 424039103530 39103530 3530 92544050004500 544050004500 50004500 4500 102607055905000 607055905000 55905000 5000 152815074706580 815074706580 74706580 6580 Based upon tests with 13mm gypsum board both sides with screw fasteners spaced at 300 mm o.c. Heights also apply to greater gypsum board thickness and multiple gypsum board layers. 1.Supplied by Owner to be installed by contractor. Supplied by Owner to be installed by contractor. Savoia Canada Thinset: Mapei ultraflex - 50lb grey Grout: Mapei sanded # 47 - Charcoal Anti-fracture membrane required on all joints 1.Resilient Rubber Stair Treads for Stair: Johnsonite V1CFLTR fast lane Resilient Rubber Stair Treads for Stair: Johnsonite V1CFLTR fast lane tread with integrated riser Colour: Black (40) Grip Colour: Silver Grey (55). Provide water resistant adhesive in shop area. 1.Contractor must submit paint draw-down samples for written approval Contractor must submit paint draw-down samples for written approval to a Kal Tire Project Manager prior to commencing painting. 2.Products: Products: .1Qualification of Manufacturer: Use paint products and systems as Qualification of Manufacturer: Use paint products and systems as listed in the Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual. .2Approved Manufacturers: General Paint. Approved Manufacturers: General Paint. 3.Inspection of Surfaces: Inspection of Surfaces: .1Surface Examination: Prior to commencement of work of this Surface Examination: Prior to commencement of work of this section, thoroughly examine surface scheduled to be painted. .2Report in writing to the Contractor and Consultant any condition Report in writing to the Contractor and Consultant any condition adversely affecting this work. Do not proceed with painting work until defects have been corrected and surfaces are acceptable in accordance with the MPI Specification Manual. In particular, note that complete removal of release agents and bond breakers is required for concrete tilt panels. .3Surface Acceptance: Commencement of work shall not be held to Surface Acceptance: Commencement of work shall not be held to imply acceptance of surfaces by the design authority. 4.Schedules: Schedules: .1Materials shall all be minimum Custom Grade. All undercoat and primers Materials shall all be minimum Custom Grade. All undercoat and primers shall be of the same manufacture as the finish paint and recommended by the manufacturer for each paint material. .2Unless explicitly stated otherwise, all of the following items are to be Unless explicitly stated otherwise, all of the following items are to be painted. .3Exterior: Exterior: .1 Concrete Masonry above 4' A.F.F.: 70-004 Epotilt Primer, 70-040 Concrete Masonry above 4' A.F.F.: 70-004 Epotilt Primer, 70-040 Elasto-wall, HP2000 Exterior Latex Semi-Gloss colors per plan. .2 Concrete Masonry to 4' A.F.F.: Self-Primer Industrial Enamel, colors Concrete Masonry to 4' A.F.F.: Self-Primer Industrial Enamel, colors per plan .3 Metal Man Doors, and Frames: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors Metal Man Doors, and Frames: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per plan. .4 Bollards, Miscellaneous Metal: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per Bollards, Miscellaneous Metal: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per plan. .5 Exposed dry sprinkler piping: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per Exposed dry sprinkler piping: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per plan. .4Interior: Interior: .1Exposed Concrete Masonry above 6' A.F.F.: 70-004 Epotilt Primer, Exposed Concrete Masonry above 6' A.F.F.: 70-004 Epotilt Primer, 70-040 Elasto-wall, HP2000 Exterior Latex Semi-Gloss colors per plan. .2Exposed Concrete Masonry to 6' A.F.F. Self-Primer Industrial Enamel, Exposed Concrete Masonry to 6' A.F.F. Self-Primer Industrial Enamel, colors per plan. .3Metal Doors and Frames: Custom Grade Int. 5.3B (semigloss). Metal Doors and Frames: Custom Grade Int. 5.3B (semigloss). .4Drywall: Premium Grade Int. 9.2A Latex (semigloss). Drywall: Premium Grade Int. 9.2A Latex (semigloss). .5Building Columns: Custom Grade Int. 5.1B (gloss) (paint only where Building Columns: Custom Grade Int. 5.1B (gloss) (paint only where indicated on drawings). .6Handrails, Guards, Bollards, Miscellaneous Metal: Premium Grade Int. Handrails, Guards, Bollards, Miscellaneous Metal: Premium Grade Int. 5.1B (gloss). .7Structural Steel: Custom Grade Int. 5.1 D Structural Steel: Custom Grade Int. 5.1 D .8Steel Ceiling: Custom Grade Int. 5.1D. Steel Ceiling: Custom Grade Int. 5.1D. .5KAL TIRE TO APPROVE ALL PAINT DRAW-DOWNS PRIOR TO KAL TIRE TO APPROVE ALL PAINT DRAW-DOWNS PRIOR TO APPLICATION. 5.See drawing A301 for exterior colours and interior elevations for interior See drawing A301 for exterior colours and interior elevations for interior colours. 1.Interior Signage: Interior Signage: .1The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication of all special items included as shown on the drawings. on the drawings. .2Interior Door Signage (as indicated on Door Schedule): Interior Door Signage (as indicated on Door Schedule): .12"x8" Plates, 1/16" engraved lamacoid, tape-applied, Helvetica 2"x8" Plates, 1/16" engraved lamacoid, tape-applied, Helvetica typestyle, white text, black background, as manufactured by George H. Hewitt Co. Ltd., or approved equal. .3Exterior signs: Exterior signs: .1Exterior signage will be under separate permit. Consult Kal Tire Exterior signage will be under separate permit. Consult Kal Tire project manager. 1.The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication of all special items included as shown on the drawings. 2.Toilet Partitions: Prefinished steel, overhead braced, Shanahan's or Toilet Partitions: Prefinished steel, overhead braced, Shanahan's or McGregor Thompson Hardware. 3.Urinal screens: to match toilet partitions, wall-mounted, 18" wide by Urinal screens: to match toilet partitions, wall-mounted, 18" wide by 42" high. 1.Provide backing and blocking for washroom fixtures. See Drawing A703, Provide backing and blocking for washroom fixtures. See Drawing A703, HC Toilet Room 104 details. .1Handicap grab bars as indicated on drawing. Handicap grab bars as indicated on drawing. .2Signs - Lamacoid signage (male/female/disabled). Signs - Lamacoid signage (male/female/disabled). .3wall-mounted lavatories. Mirrors to extend full width of vanities. wall-mounted lavatories. Mirrors to extend full width of vanities. 1.Metal lockers to be supplied by Kal Tire and installed by Contractor. Metal lockers to be supplied by Kal Tire and installed by Contractor. 1.Excavate and prepare the site and building areas in accordance with Excavate and prepare the site and building areas in accordance with the geotechnical report as prepared by GeoPacific Consultants Ltd. 2.The excavation for slabs, footings, pile caps, beams, and walls shall be The excavation for slabs, footings, pile caps, beams, and walls shall be carried to depths shown on the drawings, or as required by the Geotechnical Consultant and the material at those depths shall remain undisturbed. Excavate and remove soft spots where directed by the Geotechnical Consultant. 3.All spaces excavated and not occupied by foundations and other All spaces excavated and not occupied by foundations and other permanent work, shall be back filled with approved material in accordance with compaction requirements as set out in the soils report. No back fill shall be placed during freezing weather or in periods of heavy rain. Care shall be exercised so that finished concrete members are not disturbed, pushed out of line or cracked during back filling. 4.Back Fill Materials: Back Fill Materials: .1 Under Slab Back Fill - free-draining granular material compacted Under Slab Back Fill - free-draining granular material compacted as recommended by the Geotechnical Consultant thickness as recommended by Geotechnical Consultant. 5.Testing: Testing: .1Samples for testing of compaction and density should be taken at Samples for testing of compaction and density should be taken at sufficient intervals to provide specified compaction. The Contractor shall use the services of the soils consultant for testing, and the cost of such services will be borne by the Owner. .2The result of testing must be forwarded to Geotechnical Consultant The result of testing must be forwarded to Geotechnical Consultant for review. 1.Coordinate with Municipal requirements for standard sidewalks, curbs, Coordinate with Municipal requirements for standard sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. 2.Concrete: As specified in Section 03 30 00. Concrete: As specified in Section 03 30 00. .1Minimum Compressive Strength: minimum 30 MPa at 28 days Minimum Compressive Strength: minimum 30 MPa at 28 days .2Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.45 Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.45 .3Nominal aggregate size: 20 - 25 mm Nominal aggregate size: 20 - 25 mm .4Slump Range: 30 - 70 mm Slump Range: 30 - 70 mm .5Air Content Range: 6-8% Air Content Range: 6-8% .6Minimum Cement Content: 3335 kg/m3 Minimum Cement Content: 3335 kg/m3 3.Reinforcing steel: As specified in Section 03 20 00. Reinforcing steel: As specified in Section 03 20 00. 4.Granular base: As specified in Section 31 23 10. Granular base: As specified in Section 31 23 10. 5.Joint filler: 12 mm thick asphalt impregnated fibre board. Joint filler: 12 mm thick asphalt impregnated fibre board. 6.Forms: Plywood and wood formwork; or steel, heavy gauge, prefabricated Forms: Plywood and wood formwork; or steel, heavy gauge, prefabricated to Consultant's approval. 7.PREPARATION PREPARATION .1Verify elevations of sub_grade. Verify elevations of sub_grade. .2Compact sub_grade to 98% standard Proctor density for a depth Compact sub_grade to 98% standard Proctor density for a depth of at least 150 mm below finished sub_grade for concrete sidewalks and curbs. .3Replace any unsuitable materials with pit_run fill and recompact. Replace any unsuitable materials with pit_run fill and recompact. .4Ensure catch basins, manholes, service boxes, drains, etc. are Ensure catch basins, manholes, service boxes, drains, etc. are firmly and properly set to final levels and in correct locations. .5Place and compact granular base as specified in Section 31 23 Place and compact granular base as specified in Section 31 23 10. 8.FORMING FORMING .1Construct wood or metal forms for unsupported concrete edges, Construct wood or metal forms for unsupported concrete edges, to provide straight lines and smooth_flowing curved lines as indicated and in accordance with Section 03 10 00. .2Locate joint filler where paving abuts curbs, walls, and other Locate joint filler where paving abuts curbs, walls, and other vertical surfaces. Joint filler shall be full depth of concrete section. .3Form walks, curbs, gutters to Town of Fairview standards as a Form walks, curbs, gutters to Town of Fairview standards as a minimum. .4Match, repair and patch existing work. Match, repair and patch existing work. .5Reinforce concrete sidewalks, curbs and gutters as indicated in Reinforce concrete sidewalks, curbs and gutters as indicated in the drawings. 9.CONCRETE PLACING CONCRETE PLACING .1Place exterior walks and slabs with a maximum panel dimension Place exterior walks and slabs with a maximum panel dimension of 4000 mm. Joint sidewalk curbs where intersected by the slab joints. .2Divide exterior walks and slabs using 35 mm deep_tooled joints, Divide exterior walks and slabs using 35 mm deep_tooled joints, at a maximum spacing of 2000 mm. .3Provide joints in curbs at a maximum spacing of 3000 mm. Provide joints in curbs at a maximum spacing of 3000 mm. .4Broom finish and provide identification to Town standards. Broom finish and provide identification to Town standards. .5Use winter concreting methods in accordance with CSA A23.l-04 Use winter concreting methods in accordance with CSA A23.l-04 section 7.4.2.5 when the mean daily temperature falls below 5oC. Concrete shall not be considered a seasonal deficiency and shall be installed with heating and hoarding as part of the Contract. 10.BACKFILLING BACKFILLING .1Along all walk edges, as soon as possible after the removal of Along all walk edges, as soon as possible after the removal of forms, backfill with approved material and compact to 95% standard Proctor density. .2Where landscaping occurs, leave backfilling 150 mm below Where landscaping occurs, leave backfilling 150 mm below concrete surface to allow for topsoil. 11.MINIMUM REINFORCING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FOR SIDEWALKS MINIMUM REINFORCING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FOR SIDEWALKS SLAB THICKNESSSIDEWALK REINFORCING SIDEWALK REINFORCING 6"10M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM "10M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 7"10M @ 9" EACH WAY BOTTOM "10M @ 9" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10M @ 9" EACH WAY BOTTOM 8"10M @ 8" EACH WAY BOTTOM "10M @ 8" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10M @ 8" EACH WAY BOTTOM 9"10M @ 7" EACH WAY BOTTOM "10M @ 7" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10M @ 7" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10"15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM "15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 12"15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM "15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM GARBAGE ENCLOSURE PAD 8"15M @ 12" EACH WAY TOP AND BOTTOM 15M @ 12" EACH WAY TOP AND BOTTOM
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
JWM
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A001-SPEC.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:54:51 AM 15033SG-A001-SPEC.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:54:51 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:54:51 AM June-09-15 10:54:51 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

4. Storefront System

SECTION 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE

08 81 00 - Glazing

Glazing Schedule

08 83 13 Mirrored Glass

SECTION 09 20 00 - ACOUSTIC TILE CEILINGS/STEEL

STUD/FRAMING/GYPSUM WALLBOARD

SECTION 09 30 00 - CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE

Floor Tile: 13" x 13".

SECTION 09 65 00 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING

Rubber Base: Johnsonite 4" rubber base, #30, Charcoal.

SECTION 09 90 00 - PAINTING

Warranty: If the contractor is a member of the Master Painters Institute (MPI)

Accredited Quality Assurance Association, include cost of inspection and two-year

guarantee by Master Painters Institute (MPI) Accredited Quality Assurance

Association for all exterior and interior work.

If the contractor is not a member of MPI Accredited Quality Assurance Association,

supply a two (2) year 100% Maintenance Bond, in place of A.Q.A Association

Guarantee.

In either case, the work must be inspected in conformance with the MPI Quality

Assurance program.

The Master Painter's Institute can be contacted at 1-888-674-8937.

SECTION 10 14 00 - SIGNAGE

SECTION 10 21 00 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS

SECTION 10 28 00 - WASHROOM ACCESSORIES

SECTION 10 51 13 METAL LOCKERS

SECTION 31 23 00 - EXCAVATION & BACK FILL

32 13 13 - CONCRETE PAVING, SIDEWALKS, CURBS, AND GUTTERS

SPECIFICATIONS

A003

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
1.General coordination General coordination .1 Coordinate items listed below with General Conditions of the Coordinate items listed below with General Conditions of the contract .2 Coordinate progress of work, progress schedules, submittals, Coordinate progress of work, progress schedules, submittals, utilities, construction facilities, use of site, and temporary controls. .3 Coordinate project construction activities to ensure efficient and Coordinate project construction activities to ensure efficient and orderly completion of project. .4 Where one part of the work is dependent on other Where one part of the work is dependent on other components, schedule and coordinate construction activities in sequence required to obtain the best results. .5 Where space is limited, coordinate installation of different Where space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. .6Refer to lastest "Kal-Tire Image & Facilities Guide" to be Refer to lastest "Kal-Tire Image & Facilities Guide" to be supplied to contractor from Kal Tire. 2.Administrative procedures Administrative procedures .1 Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of work. Administrative activities shall include the following: 1. Preparation of schedules. Preparation of schedules. 2. Regulatory requirements and permits. Regulatory requirements and permits. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. Progress meetings. 6. Closeout procedures. Closeout procedures. 3.Regulatory requirements Regulatory requirements .1 Comply with regulatory requirements including laws, by-laws, Comply with regulatory requirements including laws, by-laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, orders of authorities having jurisdiction, and other legally enforceable requirements applicable to the project. .2 Apply for, obtain, and pay fees and post notices associated Apply for, obtain, and pay fees and post notices associated with permits, licenses, certificates, and approvals required by regulatory requirements and contract documents based on the contract. .3 Conform to and perform work in accordance with the Alberta Conform to and perform work in accordance with the Alberta Building Code (2006), including all standata in place at time of work. 4.Permits Permits .1 Occupancy permits: 1. Apply for, obtain, and pay for occupancy permits, including Apply for, obtain, and pay for occupancy permits, including partial occupancy permits, where required by authority having jurisdiction. 2. Turn occupancy permit over to owner. Turn occupancy permit over to owner. 5.General installation provisions General installation provisions .1 Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which work is Inspect both the substrate and conditions under which work is performed of each major component. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Confirm all measurements, dimensions, and quantities on site with field measurements and take offs prior to ordering or fabricating components. .2 Comply with manufacturer’s installation instructions and Comply with manufacturer’s installation instructions and s installation instructions and recommendations and requirements in contract documents. .3 Inspect materials immediately upon delivery and prior to Inspect materials immediately upon delivery and prior to installation. Reject damaged or defective items. .4 Provide attachment and connection devices and methods Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing work. Secure work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. .5 Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work. Arrange joints in Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work. Arrange joints in exposed work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to consultant for final decision. .6 Install components during weather conditions and project status Install components during weather conditions and project status that ensure the best possible results. Isolate part of completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. .7 Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests, to minimize necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. .8 Install individual components at standard mounting heights Install individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the industry for the application where mounting heights are not indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the consultant for final decision. .9 Supervise construction activities so that no part of the work, Supervise construction activities so that no part of the work, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during construction. 6.Cutting and remedial work Cutting and remedial work .1 Do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several Do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several parts of the work come together properly. .2 Coordinate work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a Coordinate work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a minimum. .3 Perform cutting and remedial work by specialists familiar with Perform cutting and remedial work by specialists familiar with materials affected and perform in a manner to neither damage nor endanger the work. 7.Samples Samples .1 Sample: cuts or pieces of materials or partial sections of Sample: cuts or pieces of materials or partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components which are physically identical to products proposed for use and which establish minimum standards which the work will be judged. .2 Label samples as to origin and intended use in the work. Label samples as to origin and intended use in the work. 8.Shop drawing and sample submittal requirements Shop drawing and sample submittal requirements .1 Review, stamp, date, and sign shop drawings, product data, Review, stamp, date, and sign shop drawings, product data, and samples, prior to submission. Consultant shall not review submittals without a stamp, date, and signature indicating they have been reviewed by the General Contractor/Construction Manager. Provide electronic copy of submittals. .2 Determine and verify: Determine and verify: 1. Field measurements Field measurements 2. Field construction criteria. Field construction criteria. 3. Quantities Quantities 4. Catalogue numbers and similar data Catalogue numbers and similar data 5. Conformance with contract documents Conformance with contract documents .3 Coordinate submittal with requirements of work and contract Coordinate submittal with requirements of work and contract documents. Individual drawings will not be reviewed until related shop drawing and product data are available. .4 Notify the consultant, in writing on the submittal and at the Notify the consultant, in writing on the submittal and at the time of submission, of deviations from requirements of contract documents. .5 Make submittals sufficiently in advance of date that reviewed Make submittals sufficiently in advance of date that reviewed submittals will be required and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work. Consultant may take maximum 14 calendar days to review shop drawings and submittals. .6 Consultant may make corrections or changes to shop drawings. Consultant may make corrections or changes to shop drawings. The consultant may reject submittals and require them to be resubmitted. .7 Submit shop drawings to the consultant as indicated in the Submit shop drawings to the consultant as indicated in the specification sections. 9.Mock-Ups Mock-Ups .1 Prepare mock-ups for Work specifically requested in Prepare mock-ups for Work specifically requested in specifications. Include for Work of Sections required to provide mock-ups. .2 Construct in locations acceptable to Consultant or as specified Construct in locations acceptable to Consultant or as specified in specific Section. .3 Prepare mock-ups for Consultant's review with reasonable Prepare mock-ups for Consultant's review with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence, to not cause delays in Work. .4 Failure to prepare mock-ups in ample time is not considered Failure to prepare mock-ups in ample time is not considered sufficient reason for extension of Contract Time and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed. .5 If requested, Consultant will assist in preparing schedule fixing If requested, Consultant will assist in preparing schedule fixing dates for preparation. .6 Remove mock-up at conclusion of Work or when acceptable to Remove mock-up at conclusion of Work or when acceptable to Consultant. .7 Mock-ups may remain as part of Work. Mock-ups may remain as part of Work. .8 Specification section identifies whether mock-up may remain as Specification section identifies whether mock-up may remain as part of Work or if it is to be removed and when. 10.Project record documents Project record documents .1 Keep and store record documents in site office apart from Keep and store record documents in site office apart from documents used for construction. Maintain record documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Keep record documents available for inspection by consultant. .2 Keep record project information on one set of full size Keep record project information on one set of full size drawings for each discipline. .3 Use coloured pens or pencils to record information. Use coloured pens or pencils to record information. .4 Record changes and variations from contract drawings Record changes and variations from contract drawings concurrently with construction process. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. .5 Legibly mark project record drawings to record actual Legibly mark project record drawings to record actual construction, including: 1. Measured depths of foundation elements in relation to Measured depths of foundation elements in relation to finished first floor datum. 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground or underslab utilities. Reference locations to permanent surface improvements. 3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction. Reference to visible and accessible features of construction. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes to equipment layout and services. Changes to equipment layout and services. 6. Changes to architectural layout, quantities or specifications Changes to architectural layout, quantities or specifications whether or not covered in addendums or change orders. 11.Operations and maintenance manuals Operations and maintenance manuals .1 Obtain operation and maintenance data from trades. Using this Obtain operation and maintenance data from trades. Using this data, Construction Manager shall prepare and submit two (2) complete bound operation and maintenance manuals (O & M Manuals) and one digital copy of the approved O&M Manual. The operations and maintenance manuals shall contain: 1. Include the following for General Contractor/Contract Include the following for General Contractor/Contract Manager designed systems: i. System design criteria System design criteria ii. System and controls descriptions System and controls descriptions iii. System and controls schematics System and controls schematics iv. Operating instructions Operating instructions .2 Include installation instructions for manufactured products, Include installation instructions for manufactured products, including manufacturer’s printed instructions describing s printed instructions describing manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures. s recommended installation procedures. .3 Operating instructions: manufacturer’s complete printed Operating instructions: manufacturer’s complete printed s complete printed instructions describing proper operation. .4 Maintenance instructions: manufacturer’s complete printed Maintenance instructions: manufacturer’s complete printed s complete printed instructions describing manufacturer’s recommended s recommended maintenance. .5 Suppliers and contractors list: list of contractors and suppliers Suppliers and contractors list: list of contractors and suppliers who supplied and installed equipment, systems, materials or finishes, organized by division and system. Include company name, address, and telephone number. .6 Shop drawings: one copy of final reviewed shop drawings. Shop drawings: one copy of final reviewed shop drawings. .7 Product data: manufacturer’s product data for equipment, Product data: manufacturer’s product data for equipment, s product data for equipment, systems, materials, and finishes. .8 Certifications: include the following: Certifications: include the following: 1. Copies of inspections reports prepared by authorities Copies of inspections reports prepared by authorities having jurisdiction 2. Copies of test reports prepared by independent testing Copies of test reports prepared by independent testing agencies 3. Other certificates required by the contract documents Other certificates required by the contract documents .9 Warranties and bonds: owner’s copy of manufacturer’s Warranties and bonds: owner’s copy of manufacturer’s s copy of manufacturer’s s warranties, maintenance bonds, and service contracts. 12.Final cleaning Final cleaning .1 Perform final cleaning operations prior to request for Perform final cleaning operations prior to request for substantial performance final inspections by the consultant. .2 Use experienced workers or professional cleaners for final Use experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. 3. Remove grease, paint spots, dirt, dust, stains, labels, finger Remove grease, paint spots, dirt, dust, stains, labels, finger prints, and other foreign matter from interior and exterior surfaces; vacuum and dust behind grilles, louvres, and screens; wash floor surfaces not otherwise finished; clean metal doors and frames; clean metal work; clean equipment; clean hardware; clean and polish glass on both sides; clean and polish mirrors. 4. Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to match Repair, patch and touch-up marred surfaces to match adjacent finishes. 5. Replace cracked and broken glass. Replace cracked and broken glass. 6. Ensure that cleaning agents and methods do not remove Ensure that cleaning agents and methods do not remove finishes and permanent protective coatings on surfaces being cleaned. 7. Leave surfaces in perfectly clean and unsoiled condition. Leave surfaces in perfectly clean and unsoiled condition. 1.Shop Drawing: Shop Drawing: .1Contractor shall submit shop drawings to authority as required Contractor shall submit shop drawings to authority as required under individual sections of the specifications. Shop drawings are to be submitted as far in advanced of construction as practical. Ordering, fabrication, or Installation of products is not to proceed until the design authority has completed review of the shop drawings. Shop drawings will not be reviewed for any product that has already been ordered, fabricated or installed. .2Shop drawings are to be signed and sealed by a professional Shop drawings are to be signed and sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the province of Saskatchewan, where required by the individual sections of the specifications. .3Review of shop drawings by the design authority does not relieve Review of shop drawings by the design authority does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility to meet design and performance criteria in all respects. The Contractor is solely responsible for all dimensions, quantities, and coordination. 2.Firestop Systems: Firestop Systems: .1 Contractor shall submit, as far in advance of construction as Contractor shall submit, as far in advance of construction as practical, a ULC (Underwriters' Laboratory of Canada) Design for the following firestop systems, as applicable: .1 Intersections of vertical fire separations with floors, roofs, and Intersections of vertical fire separations with floors, roofs, and fire-rated ceilings; .2 Panel joints of fire-rated tilt panels; Panel joints of fire-rated tilt panels; .3Service penetrations of vertical and horizontal fire separations Service penetrations of vertical and horizontal fire separations or fire-rated assemblies. .2Submitted Designs shall conform fully to the actual construction Submitted Designs shall conform fully to the actual construction assemblies. .3Submitted Designs shall achieve all applicable fire-resistance ratings Submitted Designs shall achieve all applicable fire-resistance ratings required for the firestop systems. .4Firestop systems are not to be installed until the design authority Firestop systems are not to be installed until the design authority has completed review of the submitted Designs. 3.Samples: Samples: .1 Contractor shall submit samples of products, materials, and finishes Contractor shall submit samples of products, materials, and finishes as required under individual sections of the specifications. .2Products, materials, and finishes are not to be ordered or installed Products, materials, and finishes are not to be ordered or installed until the design authority has completed review of the samples. .3Samples will be retained by the design authority unless otherwise Samples will be retained by the design authority unless otherwise agreed. 1.PERFORMANCE/DESIGN CRITERIA PERFORMANCE/DESIGN CRITERIA .1F1-Finishing: Floors having a straightedge value of 8 mm over F1-Finishing: Floors having a straightedge value of 8 mm over 3050 mm with overall F_number of FF 20 x FL 15; floors having an SWI of 4 mm; similar to CSA A23.1 Class A Slab Finishing. .2F3_Finishing: Floors having a straightedge value of 5 mm over F3_Finishing: Floors having a straightedge value of 5 mm over 3050 mm with overall F-number of FF 30 x FL 25; meeting requirements for CSA A23.1 Class C slab finishing. 2.LEVELLING MATERIALS LEVELLING MATERIALS .1Underlayment: Cementitious, self levelling, single component, Underlayment: Cementitious, self levelling, single component, polymer modified underlayment and manufacturer's low VOC recommended primer, for application thicknesses to a minimum feather edge to 13 mm; acceptable materials as follows: .1Sikafloor Level 125, Sika Canada Ltd. Sikafloor Level 125, Sika Canada Ltd. .2Sure-Flo ST, Gemite. Sure-Flo ST, Gemite. .3Ultraplan Easy, MAPEI Canada Inc. Ultraplan Easy, MAPEI Canada Inc. 3.SEALER/DENSIFIER COMPOUNDS SEALER/DENSIFIER COMPOUNDS .1Type: 1, Sodium silicate, permanent penetrating sealer and Type: 1, Sodium silicate, permanent penetrating sealer and hardener .1Liquid applied, water based, chemically reactive. Liquid applied, water based, chemically reactive. .2Non-toxic, non-flammable, and anti-dusting have low or Non-toxic, non-flammable, and anti-dusting have low or no VOC. .3Colour: colourless Colour: colourless .4Acceptable Materials: Acceptable Materials: .1Ashford Formula, Curecrete Ashford Formula, Curecrete .2Sealtight Liqui-Hard, W.R. Meadows Sealtight Liqui-Hard, W.R. Meadows .2Water: potable. Water: potable. 4.SEALING COMPOUNDS SEALING COMPOUNDS .1Surface sealer: to CAN/CGSB_25.20, Type 2 _ water based, Surface sealer: to CAN/CGSB_25.20, Type 2 _ water based, clear. .1Surface sealers manufactured or formulated with aromatic Surface sealers manufactured or formulated with aromatic solvents, formaldehyde, halogenated solvents, mercury, lead, hexavelant chromium and their compounds are not acceptable. .2Surface sealer shall be compatible with the hardener and Surface sealer shall be compatible with the hardener and shall be manufactured by hardener manufacturer. .3Surface sealer shall have less than 100g/l of VOC in Surface sealer shall have less than 100g/l of VOC in accordance with SCAQMD Rule #1113. .2Wax: acrylic carnuba wax. Wax: acrylic carnuba wax. 5.CURING COMPOUNDS CURING COMPOUNDS .1Select low VOC, water_based, organic_solvent free curing Select low VOC, water_based, organic_solvent free curing compounds. .1Concrete Curing Compounds: maximum VOC limit 100 g/L Concrete Curing Compounds: maximum VOC limit 100 g/L in accordance with SCAQMD Rule #1113 6.MIXES MIXES .1Mixing, ratios and application in accordance with manufacturers Mixing, ratios and application in accordance with manufacturers instructions. 7.ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES .1Joint Filler Strips: Joint Filler Strips: .1Floor Isolation Joints: ASTM D1751, bituminous impregnated Floor Isolation Joints: ASTM D1751, bituminous impregnated fibreboard, or ASTM D1752, cork or self-expanding cork, 13 mm thick minimum. .2Edge Joint Filler: ASTM D1751, bituminous impregnated Edge Joint Filler: ASTM D1751, bituminous impregnated fibreboard, 13 mm thick minimum. .2Control Joint Filler: Control Joint Filler: .1Two component, epoxy-urethane, load bearing, self levelling Two component, epoxy-urethane, load bearing, self levelling sealant. .1Acceptable Material: Acceptable Material: .1Loadflex, Sika Canada Loadflex, Sika Canada 8.Prepare floor surface in accordance with CSA A23.1 and verify that slab Prepare floor surface in accordance with CSA A23.1 and verify that slab surfaces are ready to receive work and elevations are as instructed by manufacturer. 9.REPAIRS REPAIRS .1Inspect surfaces for defects immediately after removal of Inspect surfaces for defects immediately after removal of forms. Repair or patch defects within 48 hours of removal of forms with cure repairs same as new concrete with Consultants permission. .2Defective Areas: where patches are allowed, repair and patch Defective Areas: where patches are allowed, repair and patch areas to match surrounding areas in texture and colour. 10.FINISHING FORMED SURFACES FINISHING FORMED SURFACES .1Requirements listed below apply to normal structural concrete; Requirements listed below apply to normal structural concrete; refer to Section 03 30 00 for additional requirements for formed exposed architectural concrete. .2Unspecified Finish: Provide following finishes as applicable when Unspecified Finish: Provide following finishes as applicable when finish of formed surfaces is not specifically indicated: .1Unexposed Surfaces: Unexposed Surfaces: .1Rough form finish for concrete not exposed to view. Rough form finish for concrete not exposed to view. .2Smooth form finish for concrete to receive membrane Smooth form finish for concrete to receive membrane waterproofing. .2Exposed Surfaces: Exposed Surfaces: .1Smooth form finish for concrete surfaces exposed to Smooth form finish for concrete surfaces exposed to view. .3Rough Form Finish: Leave surfaces with texture imparted by Rough Form Finish: Leave surfaces with texture imparted by forms; patch tie holes and defects; remove fins longer than 6 mm high. .4Smooth Form Finish: Coordinate as necessary to secure form Smooth Form Finish: Coordinate as necessary to secure form construction using smooth, hard, uniform surfaces with number of seams kept to a minimum, uniformly spaced in an orderly pattern; patch tie holes and defects; completely remove fins. .5Related Unformed Finish: Strike-off concrete smooth and finish Related Unformed Finish: Strike-off concrete smooth and finish with using texture matching adjacent formed surfaces at tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces; continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces. 11.FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS .1Finish floors and slabs in accordance with CSA A23.1 and ACI Finish floors and slabs in accordance with CSA A23.1 and ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, re_straightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces; do not wet concrete surfaces. .2Unspecified: Provide following finishing classes as applicable Unspecified: Provide following finishing classes as applicable when finishing requirements for floors is not specifically indicated: .1Exterior Slabs: F1-Finishing Class with a broom finish. Exterior Slabs: F1-Finishing Class with a broom finish. .2Interior Slabs: F3-Finishing Class with a trowelled finish. Interior Slabs: F3-Finishing Class with a trowelled finish. .3Float (Initial) Finishing: Float (Initial) Finishing: .1Consolidate surface with power driven floats or by hand Consolidate surface with power driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. .2Re_straighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Re_straighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. .3Repeat float passes and re_straightening until surface is Repeat float passes and re_straightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. .4Apply float finishing to surfaces indicated and receiving Apply float finishing to surfaces indicated and receiving trowel finishing. .4Trowel (Final) Finishing: Trowel (Final) Finishing: .1Commence trowel finishing after all bleed water has Commence trowel finishing after all bleed water has disappeared and when the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to prevent the working of excess mortar to the surface. .2Apply first trowelling and consolidate concrete by hand or Apply first trowelling and consolidate concrete by hand or power_driven trowel after applying float finishing; continue trowelling passes and re_straighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance; repair or smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor covering. .3Apply a trowel finishing to surfaces indicated, exposed to Apply a trowel finishing to surfaces indicated, exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin_film_finish coating system. .4Finish surfaces to the tolerances indicated above. Finish surfaces to the tolerances indicated above. .5Broom Finishing: Broom Finishing: .1Apply a broom finishing to exterior concrete platforms, Apply a broom finishing to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. .2Slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fibre Slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fibre bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route immediately after float finishing. .3Coordinate required final finishing with Consultant before Coordinate required final finishing with Consultant before application. 12.APPLICATION: GENERAL APPLICATION: GENERAL .1After floor treatment is dry, seal control joints and joints at After floor treatment is dry, seal control joints and joints at junction with vertical surfaces with sealant. .2Apply floor treatment in accordance with Sealer manufacturer's Apply floor treatment in accordance with Sealer manufacturer's written instructions. .3Clean overspray. Clean sealant from adjacent surfaces. Clean overspray. Clean sealant from adjacent surfaces. .4Cure concrete in accordance with manufacturers recommended Cure concrete in accordance with manufacturers recommended procedures. .5Requirement of 7 day wet cure for all interior slabs to remain Requirement of 7 day wet cure for all interior slabs to remain exposed 13.APPLICATION: LIQUID APPLIED FLOOR HARDENER APPLICATION: LIQUID APPLIED FLOOR HARDENER .1Apply liquid floor hardener in accordance with manufacturer's Apply liquid floor hardener in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions after initial floating. .2Cure concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommended Cure concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommended instructions. 1.Materials and installation shall meet or exceed: Materials and installation shall meet or exceed: a.CSA A371-94, Masonry Construction for Buildings. CSA A371-94, Masonry Construction for Buildings. b.CSA A370-94, Connectors for Masonry. CSA A370-94, Connectors for Masonry. 2.Concrete Block Masonry Units:  to CSA A165.1-94 and as follows: Concrete Block Masonry Units:  to CSA A165.1-94 and as follows: a.Classification:  H/15/D/M. Classification:  H/15/D/M. b.Types and Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes Types and Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes and Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes and Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes Sizes:  split face and standard units in various sizes face and standard units in various sizes face and standard units in various sizes and standard units in various sizes and standard units in various sizes standard units in various sizes standard units in various sizes units in various sizes units in various sizes in various sizes in various sizes various sizes various sizes sizes sizes as indicated on drawings. c.Special Shapes:  as required or indicated on drawings. Special Shapes:  as required or indicated on drawings. 3.CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS .1Standard Concrete Masonry Units: to CAN/CSA A 165.1 and as Standard Concrete Masonry Units: to CAN/CSA A 165.1 and as follows: .1Classification: H/15/B/M (standard) Classification: H/15/B/M (standard) .2Size (Nominal): As indicated on Drawings Size (Nominal): As indicated on Drawings .3Special shapes: provide plain end, bull_nosed and double Special shapes: provide plain end, bull_nosed and double bull_nosed units for exposed corners as indicated on Drawings. Lintels and bond beams are constructed using knock-out lintel units. Provide additional special shapes as indicated. .4Basis-of-Design: Basis-of-Design: .1CCI/Expocrete Concrete Products Ltd CCI/Expocrete Concrete Products Ltd 4.Horizontal Joint Reinforcement: Horizontal Joint Reinforcement: a.Conventional continuous welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, Conventional continuous welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, continuous welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, continuous welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, welded ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, ties reinforcing to CSA A370-94, reinforcing to CSA A370-94, reinforcing to CSA A370-94, to CSA A370-94, to CSA A370-94, CSA A370-94, CSA A370-94, A370-94, A370-94, in ladder configuration. b.Reinforcing Steel Wire: to CSA G30.3-M1983, hot dip galvanized. Reinforcing Steel Wire: to CSA G30.3-M1983, hot dip galvanized. c.Reinforcing Continuous Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Reinforcing Continuous Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Continuous Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Continuous Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Welded Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Double Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Wire Welded Ladder Type: to Welded Ladder Type: to Welded Ladder Type: to Ladder Type: to Ladder Type: to Type: to Type: to to to CSA A370-94. 6.Connectors: TO CSA A370-94, Rap Tie as manufactured by Ferro Connectors: TO CSA A370-94, Rap Tie as manufactured by Ferro TO CSA A370-94, Rap Tie as manufactured by Ferro Rap Tie as manufactured by Ferro Corporation or equal. a.Corrosion Protection: to CAN3-S304, hot dipped. Corrosion Protection: to CAN3-S304, hot dipped. 5.Mortar: to CSA A179-94, Colour to match block as selected by Mortar: to CSA A179-94, Colour to match block as selected by consultant. 6.Sheet Steel Base Flashings: minimum 0.60mm thick to ASTM A653-96 Sheet Steel Base Flashings: minimum 0.60mm thick to ASTM A653-96 formed as detailed, galvanized with Z275 zinc coating, prefinished 8000 series, colour as selected by consultant. 7.Modified Bitumen Base Flashing: SBS modified sheet membrane, Modified Bitumen Base Flashing: SBS modified sheet membrane, minimum 1.0 mm thick self-adhering type or minimum 3.0 mm thick torch-applied type. 8.Grout: to CSA A179-94 Grout: to CSA A179-94 9.Bonds and Patterns: Stack bond to pattern as indicated on drawings, Bonds and Patterns: Stack bond to pattern as indicated on drawings, tooled joints. 10.Control Joint Fillers: Preformed rubber, neoprene or polyvinylchloride, Control Joint Fillers: Preformed rubber, neoprene or polyvinylchloride, size and profile to suit intended application and as indicated on drawings. 11.Cavity Weeps/Vents: Preformed plastic or galvanized steel, 100 mm Cavity Weeps/Vents: Preformed plastic or galvanized steel, 100 mm long. 12.Insulation inserts as per drawings sim. to Cris Korfil Insulation inserts Insulation inserts as per drawings sim. to Cris Korfil Insulation inserts as supplied by Expocrete Concrete Products. 13.Clear Unit Masonry Sealer: Clear Unit Masonry Sealer: .1Clear coating for concrete unit masonry where no paint is applied. Clear coating for concrete unit masonry where no paint is applied. .2Acceptable Materials: Acceptable Materials: a. Pro-Masonry, Clear Sheen single coat, semi-gloss b. Fabrikem, Fabrishield 763 1.Design steel stud system in accordance with requirements of Alberta Design steel stud system in accordance with requirements of Alberta Building Code, CAN/CSA-S16.1-94 and CSA S136-94. 2.Submit shop drawings stamped and signed by a Professional Engineer Submit shop drawings stamped and signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the Province of Alberta. 1.MATERIALS MATERIALS a.Bolts and nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where Bolts and nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where and nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where and nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where nuts:  to ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where ASTM A307-94 , hotdip galvanized where , hotdip galvanized where , hotdip galvanized where hotdip galvanized where hotdip galvanized where galvanized where galvanized where where where noted. b.Prime paint:  oil alkyd type to CAN/CGSB-1.40-M89. Prime paint:  oil alkyd type to CAN/CGSB-1.40-M89. c.Isolation coating:  acid and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to Isolation coating:  acid and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to coating:  acid and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to coating:  acid and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to and alkali resistant asphaltic paint to alkali resistant asphaltic paint to alkali resistant asphaltic paint to resistant asphaltic paint to resistant asphaltic paint to asphaltic paint to asphaltic paint to paint to paint to to to CAN/CGSB-1.108-M89. d.Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade Grade Grade 300W. e.Hollow Structural Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Hollow Structural Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Structural Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Structural Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA Sections: In accordance with CAN/CSA In accordance with CAN/CSA In accordance with CAN/CSA accordance with CAN/CSA accordance with CAN/CSA with CAN/CSA with CAN/CSA CAN/CSA CAN/CSA G40.20/G40.21, Grade 350W, Class C. f.Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), A53/A53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), standard weight (Schedule 40), standard weight (Schedule 40), weight (Schedule 40), weight (Schedule 40), (Schedule 40), (Schedule 40), 40), 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. g.Welding materials: to CSA W59. Welding materials: to CSA W59. h.Welding electrodes: to CSA W48 Series. Welding electrodes: to CSA W48 Series. i.Bolts and anchor bolts: to ASTM A307. Bolts and anchor bolts: to ASTM A307. 2.Supply and install all steel components and steel fabrications indicated Supply and install all steel components and steel fabrications indicated on drawings. 3.Thoroughly clean and suitably pretreat steel prior to finishing. Thoroughly clean and suitably pretreat steel prior to finishing. 4.Remove loose mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign matter Remove loose mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign matter using one or more of the following methods: a..1solvent cleaning .1solvent cleaning solvent cleaning b..2wire brushing .2wire brushing wire brushing c..3power wire brushing .3power wire brushing power wire brushing d..4sandblasting .4sandblasting sandblasting 5.Grind smooth sharp projections. Grind smooth sharp projections. 6.Prepare steel to receive Master Painters Institute (MPI) finishes as Prepare steel to receive Master Painters Institute (MPI) finishes as recommended in MPI Manual. 7.Prime paint all fabrications: Prime paint all fabrications: all exposed steel to be shop primed 'grey' 8.FABRICATION FABRICATION .1 Fabricate work square, true, straight and accurate to required Fabricate work square, true, straight and accurate to required size, with joints closely fitted and properly secured. .2 Use self-tapping shake-proof flat headed screws on items Use self-tapping shake-proof flat headed screws on items requiring assembly by screws or as indicated. .3 Where possible, fit and shop assemble work, ready for erection. Where possible, fit and shop assemble work, ready for erection. .4 Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length of each joint. Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length of each joint. File or grind exposed welds smooth and flush. 9.FINISHES FINISHES .1 Galvanizing: Hot dip galvanize items as indicated in accordance Galvanizing: Hot dip galvanize items as indicated in accordance with applicable standard following: .1 Products: ASTM A123 Products: ASTM A123 .2 Hardware ASTM A153/A153M Hardware ASTM A153/A153M .2 Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. .3 Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-1.181. Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-1.181. 10.ISOLATION COATING ISOLATION COATING .1 Isolate aluminum from following components, by means of Isolate aluminum from following components, by means of bituminous paint: .1 Dissimilar metals except stainless steel, zinc, or white Dissimilar metals except stainless steel, zinc, or white bronze of small area. .2 Concrete, mortar and masonry. Concrete, mortar and masonry. .3 Wood. Wood. 11.SHOP PAINTING SHOP PAINTING .1 Apply one shop coat of primer "grey" to metal items, with Apply one shop coat of primer "grey" to metal items, with exception of galvanized or concrete encased items. .2 Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by manufacturer. Paint Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by manufacturer. Paint on dry surfaces, free from rust, scale, grease. Do not paint when temperature is lower than 7 degrees C. .3 Clean surfaces to be field welded; do not paint. 12.ANGLE LINTELS ANGLE LINTELS .1 Steel angles: galvanized, sizes indicated for openings. Provide Steel angles: galvanized, sizes indicated for openings. Provide 150 mm minimum bearing at ends. .2 Weld or bolt back-to-back angles to profiles as indicated. Weld or bolt back-to-back angles to profiles as indicated. .3 Finish: shop painted. Finish: shop painted. 13.ERECTION ERECTION .1 Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified otherwise. .2 Erect metalwork square, plumb, straight, and true, accurately Erect metalwork square, plumb, straight, and true, accurately fitted, with tight joints and intersections. .3 Provide suitable means of anchorage acceptable to Consultant Provide suitable means of anchorage acceptable to Consultant such as dowels, anchor clips, bar anchors, expansion bolts and shields, and toggles. .4 Finish exposed fastening devices to match and to be Finish exposed fastening devices to match and to be compatible with material through which they pass. .5 Provide components for building by other sections in Provide components for building by other sections in accordance with shop drawings and schedule. .6 Make field connections with bolts to CSA-S16, or weld. Make field connections with bolts to CSA-S16, or weld. .7 Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates. .8 Touch-up rivets, field welds, bolts and burnt or scratched Touch-up rivets, field welds, bolts and burnt or scratched surfaces after completion of erection with primer. .9 Touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc rich primer where Touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc rich primer where burned by field welding. 14.PIPE BOLLARDS PIPE BOLLARDS .1 Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe. Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe. .2Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Support and Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Support and brace bollards in position in footing excavations until concrete has been placed and cured. .3 Fill bollards solidly with concrete, rounding top surface. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, rounding top surface. 15.CLEANING CLEANING .1Perform cleaning after installation to remove construction and Perform cleaning after installation to remove construction and accumulated environmental dirt. .2 Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, rubbish, tools and equipment barriers. 1.MATERIALS MATERIALS .1 Carbon Steel: Carbon Steel: .1 Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade 300W. .2 Hollow Structural Sections (HSS): In accordance with Hollow Structural Sections (HSS): In accordance with CAN/CSA G40.20/G40.21, Grade 350W, Class C. .3 Steel plate: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade 260 W. Steel plate: to CAN/CSA-G40.20/G40.21, Grade 260 W. .4 Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight, schedule Steel pipe: to ASTM A53/A53M, standard weight, schedule 40 seamless black. .5 Steel tubing: to ASTM A500, round, 6 mm wall thickness, Steel tubing: to ASTM A500, round, 6 mm wall thickness, sizes and dimensions as indicated. .2 Welding materials: to CSA W59. .3 Welding electrodes: to CSA W48 Series. .4 Bolts: to ASTM A307. .5 High strength bolts: to ASTM A325M. 2.PIPE/TUBING BALUSTRADES PIPE/TUBING BALUSTRADES .1 Construct balusters and handrails from steel pipe. Construct balusters and handrails from steel pipe. .2 Cap and weld exposed ends of balusters and handrails. Cap and weld exposed ends of balusters and handrails. .3 Terminate at abutting wall with end flange. Terminate at abutting wall with end flange. .4 Fabricate railings in accordance with NAAMM AMP 521 to finish Fabricate railings in accordance with NAAMM AMP 521 to finish as follows: .1 Fabrication Tolerance: Fabricate steel to one half the Fabrication Tolerance: Fabricate steel to one half the normal tolerance as specified in the CISC/AISC Code of Standard Practice Section 10. .2 Welds Ground Smooth: Fabricator shall grind welds of Welds Ground Smooth: Fabricator shall grind welds of exposed steel smooth; make groove welds flush to the surfaces each side and be within +1.5 mm, -0 mm of plate thickness. .3 Contour and blend of welds where fillet welds are ground Contour and blend of welds where fillet welds are ground contoured, or blended, oversize welds as required and grind to provide a smooth transition and to match profile on accepted sample. .4 Continuous weld where noted of uniform size and profile. Continuous weld where noted of uniform size and profile. .5 Minimize weld show through at locations where welding on Minimize weld show through at locations where welding on the far side of an exposed connection occurs, grind distortion and marking of the steel to a smooth profile with adjacent material. .6 Maintain a uniform gap of 3 mm ± 0.8 mm at copes Maintain a uniform gap of 3 mm ± 0.8 mm at copes and blocks. .7 Maintain a uniform gap tolerance of 3 mm ± 0.8 mm at Maintain a uniform gap tolerance of 3 mm ± 0.8 mm at connections. .8 Fabricate exposed steel so that piece marks are fully Fabricate exposed steel so that piece marks are fully hidden in the final structure or made with media to permit full removal after erection. .9 Deliver steel with no mill marks (stencilled, stamped, Deliver steel with no mill marks (stencilled, stamped, raised) in exposed locations; cut off mill material to appropriate lengths where possible; fill or grind to a surface finish consistent with the accepted sample where cutting is not possible. .10 Grind edges of sheared, punched or flame-cut steel to Grind edges of sheared, punched or flame-cut steel to match accepted sample. .11 Rolled members shall be fully shaped in the shop and tied Rolled members shall be fully shaped in the shop and tied during shipping to prevent stress relieving; distortion of the web or stem, and of outstanding flanges or legs of angles will be visibly acceptable to the Consultant when viewed from a distance of 6100 mm under any lighting condition; tolerances for the vertical and horizontal walls of rectangular HSS members after rolling shall be ±13 mm. .12 Seal weld open ends of round and rectangular hollow Seal weld open ends of round and rectangular hollow structural section with 10 mm closure plates; provide continuous, sealed welds at angle to gusset plate connections and similar locations where exposed steel is exposed to weather. .5 Fabricate work square, true straight and accurate to required Fabricate work square, true straight and accurate to required size, with joints closely fitted and properly secured. .6 Where work of other Sections is attached to work of this Where work of other Sections is attached to work of this section, prepare work by drilling and tapping holes as required facilitating installation of such work. 3.ACCESS LADDERS ACCESS LADDERS .1 Provide premanufactured or manufacture on site as indicated. Provide premanufactured or manufacture on site as indicated. .2 Construct access ladders in accordance with Alberta OH&S Construct access ladders in accordance with Alberta OH&S safety codes. .3 Fixed Ladder Extension Safety Post: Fixed Ladder Extension Safety Post: .1 Adjustable spring balanced safety post with adjustable Adjustable spring balanced safety post with adjustable mounting brackets to fit ladder-rung spacing. .2 Ladder extension equipped with automatic self-lock when Ladder extension equipped with automatic self-lock when fully extended; upward and downward movement controlled by stainless steel spring balance mechanism. .3 Acceptable Material: Acceptable Material: .1 Bilco Ladder Up Safety Post Bilco Ladder Up Safety Post .4 Non-Slip Rung Finishes: Coat top of each rung with Non-Slip Rung Finishes: Coat top of each rung with abrasive material metallically bonded to rung by a proprietary process; acceptable materials, IKG Borden Mebac or W. S. Molnar Company SLIP-NOT. 4.ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES .1 Handrails and Wall Brackets: Tubular steel, 38 mm Ø pipe rail Handrails and Wall Brackets: Tubular steel, 38 mm Ø pipe rail with rod and mounting flange as detailed on Drawing. .2 Sealant: in accordance with Section 07 92 00 – Sealants. Sealant: in accordance with Section 07 92 00 – Sealants. Sealants. .3 Stair Nosing Strips: extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6, filled Stair Nosing Strips: extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6, filled with virgin aluminum oxide and silicon carbide abrasive granules in epoxy binder. .1 Colour: As directed by Consultant. Colour: As directed by Consultant. .2 Size: 75 mm wide x 6 mm thick x length of tread. Size: 75 mm wide x 6 mm thick x length of tread. .3 Acceptable Materials: Acceptable Materials: .1 Style 9511, American Safety Tread Co. Inc., Telephone: (800) 245-4881 5.FINISHES FINISHES .1 Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanizing with zinc coating 600 g/m2 Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanizing with zinc coating 600 g/m2 to CAN/CSA-G164. .2 Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40. .3 Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-1.181. Zinc primer: zinc rich, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-1.181. .4 Painting: in accordance with Section 09 91 00 – Painting. Painting: in accordance with Section 09 91 00 – Painting. Painting. 6.SHOP PAINTING SHOP PAINTING .1 Clean surfaces in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Clean surfaces in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council Manual Volume 2. .2 Apply one coat of shop primer except interior surfaces of Apply one coat of shop primer except interior surfaces of pans. .3 Apply two coats of primer of different colours to parts Apply two coats of primer of different colours to parts inaccessible after final assembly. .4 Use primer as prepared by manufacturer without thinning or Use primer as prepared by manufacturer without thinning or adding admixtures. aint on dry surfaces, free from rust, scale, grease, do not paint when temperature is below 7 degrees C. .5 Do not paint surfaces to be field welded. Do not paint surfaces to be field welded. 7.FABRICATION FABRICATION .1 Fabricate stairs in accordance with NAAMM AMP 510. Fabricate stairs in accordance with NAAMM AMP 510. .2 Fabricate railings in accordance with NAAMM AMP 521. Fabricate railings in accordance with NAAMM AMP 521. .3 Weld connections where possible, otherwise bolt connections. Weld connections where possible, otherwise bolt connections. Countersink exposed fastenings, cut off bolts flush with nuts. Make exposed connections of same material, colour and finish as base material on which they occur. .4 Accurately form connections with exposed faces flush; mitres Accurately form connections with exposed faces flush; mitres and joints tight. Make risers of equal height. .5 Grind or file exposed welds and steel sections smooth. Grind or file exposed welds and steel sections smooth. .6 Shop fabricate stairs in sections as large and complete as Shop fabricate stairs in sections as large and complete as practicable. .7 Insulate dissimilar materials to prevent electrolysis arising from Insulate dissimilar materials to prevent electrolysis arising from metal to metal contact or metal to masonry or concrete contact; use bituminous paint or other acceptable method acceptable to Consultant. 8.PREPARATION PREPARATION .1 Provide anchorage devices and fasteners to other Sections Provide anchorage devices and fasteners to other Sections where necessary for securing metal stairs to in place construction; include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through-bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors. .2 Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal stairs. .3 Field check and verify that structural framing, enclosures, weld Field check and verify that structural framing, enclosures, weld plates, blocking, and that size and location of pockets are placed in accordance with reviewed shop drawings. .4 Report discrepancies to Consultant, and recommend corrective Report discrepancies to Consultant, and recommend corrective action by responsible parties. .5 Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. .6 Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates and instructions for installation. 9.INSTALLATION OF STAIRS INSTALLATION OF STAIRS .1 Install in accordance with NAAMM, Metal Stair Manual. Install in accordance with NAAMM, Metal Stair Manual. .2 Install plumb and true in exact locations, using welded Install plumb and true in exact locations, using welded connections wherever possible to provide rigid structure. Provide anchor bolts, bolts and plates for connecting stairs to structure. .3 Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates. .4 Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified otherwise. .5 Touch up shop primer to bolts, welds, and burned or scratched Touch up shop primer to bolts, welds, and burned or scratched surfaces at completion of erection. 10.CLEANING CLEANING .1 Perform cleaning as soon as possible after installation to Perform cleaning as soon as possible after installation to remove construction and accumulated environmental dirt. .2 Remove protective coverings and clean metal work using Remove protective coverings and clean metal work using cleaning solutions and methods to suit the metal and its finish at completion of work. .3 Protect adjacent materials and finishes from damage or Protect adjacent materials and finishes from damage or discolouring during cleaning. .4 Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, Upon completion of installation, remove surplus materials, rubbish, tools and equipment barriers. 11.LADDER SCHEDULE LADDER SCHEDULE .1 Roof Access Ladder: .1 Construct access ladders in accordance with Alberta OH&S Construct access ladders in accordance with Alberta OH&S safety codes. .2 Side Rails: Nominal 50 mm x 10 mm and as indicated on Side Rails: Nominal 50 mm x 10 mm and as indicated on Drawing A204 .3 Rungs: Nominal 32 mm diameter rungs shouldered and Rungs: Nominal 32 mm diameter rungs shouldered and welded at 300 mm O/C maximum, rungs starting at 300 mm maximum above lower entry level or roof surface, finished with acceptable non-slip tread surface. .4 Ladder Mounts: Nominal 50 mm x 13 mm brackets at Ladder Mounts: Nominal 50 mm x 13 mm brackets at maximum spacing of 3050 mm with support at the top of the side rails, and centreline of rungs at 150 mm from the wall face. .5 Safety Extension: Install telescoping ladder extension to top Safety Extension: Install telescoping ladder extension to top two ladder rungs in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions for roofs penetrating roof access hatches. .6 Usage Classification: Service Usage Classification: Service .7 Finish: Painted as specified in Section 09 91 00 or Finish: Painted as specified in Section 09 91 00 or Galvanized for exterior locations. 1.Dimension board lumber: to CAN/CSA 0141-91 and graded in Dimension board lumber: to CAN/CSA 0141-91 and graded in accordance with current National Lumber Grades Authority (NLGA) Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber. a.Moisture Content: maximum 19% at time of installation. Moisture Content: maximum 19% at time of installation. b.Surface Finish: S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S Surface Finish: S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S Finish: S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S Finish: S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S for members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S members receiving finishes, S2S or S4S receiving finishes, S2S or S4S receiving finishes, S2S or S4S finishes, S2S or S4S finishes, S2S or S4S S2S or S4S S2S or S4S or S4S or S4S S4S S4S for members not receiving finishes. 2.Canadian Softwood Plywood: to CSA 0151-M1978. Canadian Softwood Plywood: to CSA 0151-M1978. 3.Douglas Fir Plywood: to CSA 0121-M1978. Douglas Fir Plywood: to CSA 0121-M1978. 4.Pressure Preservative Treated Wood: in accordance with Pressure Preservative Treated Wood: in accordance with CAN/CSA 080 Series-M89 and as follows: 5.Nails, spikes and staples: Nails, spikes and staples: a.Use common spiral nails and spikes except where indicated Use common spiral nails and spikes except where indicated common spiral nails and spikes except where indicated common spiral nails and spikes except where indicated spiral nails and spikes except where indicated spiral nails and spikes except where indicated nails and spikes except where indicated nails and spikes except where indicated and spikes except where indicated and spikes except where indicated spikes except where indicated spikes except where indicated except where indicated except where indicated where indicated where indicated indicated indicated otherwise. b.Use hot dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, Use hot dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, hot dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, hot dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, dip galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, galvanized finished steel for exposed exterior work, finished steel for exposed exterior work, finished steel for exposed exterior work, steel for exposed exterior work, steel for exposed exterior work, for exposed exterior work, for exposed exterior work, exposed exterior work, exposed exterior work, exterior work, exterior work, work, work, highly humid interior areas, pressure - preservative and humid interior areas, pressure - preservative and humid interior areas, pressure - preservative and interior areas, pressure - preservative and interior areas, pressure - preservative and areas, pressure - preservative and areas, pressure - preservative and pressure - preservative and pressure - preservative and - preservative and - preservative and preservative and preservative and and and fire-retardant treated lumber. 6.Bolt, nut, washer, screw and pin type fasteners: hot dip galvanized Bolt, nut, washer, screw and pin type fasteners: hot dip galvanized finish to CSA G164-M92. 7.Wood Furring and Blocking: Provide all furring and blocking as required. Wood Furring and Blocking: Provide all furring and blocking as required. 8.All carpentry in contact with concrete or masonry is to be treated with All carpentry in contact with concrete or masonry is to be treated with a preservative. 9.The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication, supply, and installation of the rough carpentry as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 10.S4S maximum 19% moisture. S4S maximum 19% moisture. 11.CSA 0141-1970 U.L.G.A. standard grading rules. CSA 0141-1970 U.L.G.A. standard grading rules. 12.All materials standard or better. Plywood, Douglas Fire plywood. All materials standard or better. Plywood, Douglas Fire plywood. 13.Non - Load bearing wood stud: S.P.F. #2 or better. Non - Load bearing wood stud: S.P.F. #2 or better. 14.Load bearing wood studs, PSL and LVL framing members, wood "I" joist Load bearing wood studs, PSL and LVL framing members, wood "I" joist including connectiona dn fasteners: See structural specifications. 15.Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111. Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111. 1.The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication, supply and installation of the finish carpentry as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 2.S4S maximum 12% moisture. S4S maximum 12% moisture. 3.AWMAC custom grade. AWMAC custom grade. 4.Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111. Nails, spikes and staples to CSA B111. 1.All millwork will be supplied by the owner and Install by the All millwork will be supplied by the owner and Install by the Contractor. 1.Granular Insulation:  asbestos free vermiculite or perlite granular fill, Granular Insulation:  asbestos free vermiculite or perlite granular fill, water repellent, rot and vermin proof, fire resistant flame/fuel/smoke rating of 0/0/0. 2.Install insulation after masonry materials are dry. Install insulation after masonry materials are dry. 3.Install insulation to maintain sound rating to building elements and Install insulation to maintain sound rating to building elements and spaces. 4.Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 5.Fill completely with insulation, the concrete block cores. Fill completely with insulation, the concrete block cores. 6.Plug all holes in wall through which insulation may escape, using glass Plug all holes in wall through which insulation may escape, using glass fibre mesh. 7.Caulk and seal around all door or window openings, electric outlets, Caulk and seal around all door or window openings, electric outlets, pipes and all other openings. 8.Pour directly into the wall from the bag or from a hopper placed on Pour directly into the wall from the bag or from a hopper placed on top of the wall. 9.The height of pour shall not exceed 6 m or one storey height, The height of pour shall not exceed 6 m or one storey height, whichever is less. 10.Place temporary signs in all rooms on face of insulated wall warning all Place temporary signs in all rooms on face of insulated wall warning all trades to use caution to prevent loss of insulation if cutting into the wall. 1.6 mil polyethylene sheet materials conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, 6 mil polyethylene sheet materials conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, continuously applied to interior face of exterior stud walls and interior partitions where operating temperatures of adjacent spaces could result in condensation. 2.Overlap and seal all joints with butyl caulk. Return into door and Overlap and seal all joints with butyl caulk. Return into door and 3.window opening and continuously seal to perimeter of opening. window opening and continuously seal to perimeter of opening. 1.6 mil polyethylene sheet materials conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, 6 mil polyethylene sheet materials conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, applied under slabs on grade over compacted granular fill. Overlap joints 6" and seal with tape. 2.Tape and seal around service penetrations, columns, grade beams, and Tape and seal around service penetrations, columns, grade beams, and footings. Tape and seal at perimeter foundation wall. 3.Repair all damage and punctures before slab is poured. Repair all damage and punctures before slab is poured. 1.Plastic sheet membranes to provide a vapour permeable air/water Plastic sheet membranes to provide a vapour permeable air/water barrier with an air leakage not greater than 0.02L(s*m2) measured at an air pressure difference of 75 Pa. .1Acceptable products: Tyvek Commercial Wrap or equal. Acceptable products: Tyvek Commercial Wrap or equal. 2.Installation: membrane must be fastened through sheathing to studs. All Installation: membrane must be fastened through sheathing to studs. All joints must be continuously sealed and taped. 1.Wall Type W1, W6, W7, W13 and all exterior masonry walls per plan: Wall Type W1, W6, W7, W13 and all exterior masonry walls per plan: .1Exterior Primer - General Paint Epotilt Primer 70-004 - A high Exterior Primer - General Paint Epotilt Primer 70-004 - A high quality, water reducible, latex coating. An exterior sealer with exceptional adhesion qualities that resist s alkali on concrete and masonry up to pH 13.0 .2Paint - General Paint Elasto-wall 70-040-1 - A high build, Paint - General Paint Elasto-wall 70-040-1 - A high build, weather resistant elastomeric coating for exterior concrete. Elasto-wall exhibits excellent durability and long term flexibility bridging hairline cracks, while providing excellent UV resistance and protection from wind driven rain. 1.The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication, supply and installation of metal siding as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 2.Fabrication Drawings: Submit shops drawings showing product, Fabrication Drawings: Submit shops drawings showing product, thickness, dimensions, fastening systems and joints. Field measure prior to fabrication. 3.All joints to be shop-fabricated. All joints to be shop-fabricated. 4.Materials: Horizontal cladding (Decorative Band): Westman Steel AWR 36 Materials: Horizontal cladding (Decorative Band): Westman Steel AWR 36 (36" coverage) 26 Gauge. .1Colour: International Orange QC 8234 Colour: International Orange QC 8234 5.Contractor must submit cladding samples for written approval to a Kal Contractor must submit cladding samples for written approval to a Kal Tire project manager. 1.General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure 2.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: .1Flex Membranes International. Flex Membranes International. .2GAF Materials Corporation. GAF Materials Corporation. .3Hickman, W. P. Systems, Inc. Hickman, W. P. Systems, Inc. .4Honeywell International Inc. Honeywell International Inc. .5IKO. IKO. .6Johns Manville. Johns Manville. .7Malarkey Roofing Products. Malarkey Roofing Products. .8Siplast, Inc. Siplast, Inc. .9Soprema. Soprema. .10U.S. Intec; a division of BMCA. U.S. Intec; a division of BMCA. 3.Alberta Roofing Contractors Association Ltd (ARCA) Alberta Roofing Contractors Association Ltd (ARCA) .1Roofing Application Standards Manual. Roofing Application Standards Manual. 4.Warranty Warranty .1Roofing Membrane Manufacturer: Provide manufacturer's warranty Roofing Membrane Manufacturer: Provide manufacturer's warranty stating that they will repair or replace defective roofing (including labour) and base flashing materials that do not remain watertight, that splits, tears, or separates at the seams or from the substrate within the specified warranty period and as follows: .1Warranty Period: 10 years Standard Warranty, starting from Warranty Period: 10 years Standard Warranty, starting from Substantial Performance for the Project. .2Name of Warrantee: Warrantor shall issue a written and signed Name of Warrantee: Warrantor shall issue a written and signed warranty identifying the owner's name as the warrantee, and stating that executed work will remain in place and be free of any defects in materials and workmanship for the stated warranty period. .2Special Warranty: In addition, provide an ARCA five (5) year Special Warranty: In addition, provide an ARCA five (5) year Warranty Certificate starting from the date of Substantial Performance. 5.Compatibility between components of roofing system is essential. Provide Compatibility between components of roofing system is essential. Provide written declaration to Consultant stating that materials and components, as assembled in system, meet this requirement. 6.Products Products .1Roofing Membrane Sheet: ASTM D6164, Grade 2, Type I or II, Roofing Membrane Sheet: ASTM D6164, Grade 2, Type I or II, or II, SBS-modified asphalt sheet (reinforced with polyester fabric) smooth surfaced; suitable for application method specified. .2Roofing Membrane Cap Sheet: ASTM D6164, Grade G, Type [l] or Roofing Membrane Cap Sheet: ASTM D6164, Grade G, Type [l] or [II], polyester-reinforced, SBS-modified asphalt sheet; granular surfaced; suitable for application method specified. .3BASE-SHEET MATERIALS BASE-SHEET MATERIALS .1Backer Sheet: ASTM D4601, Type II, asphalt-impregnated and Backer Sheet: ASTM D4601, Type II, asphalt-impregnated and coated, lass-fiber sheet, dusted with fine mineral surfacing on both sides. .2Liquid Applied Flashing: A liquid and fabric reinforced flashing Liquid Applied Flashing: A liquid and fabric reinforced flashing system created with a stitchbonded polyester scrim and a two-component, moisture cured, elastomeric, liquid applied flashing material, consisting of an asphalt extended urethane base material and an activator. .4AUXILIARY ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS AUXILIARY ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS .1General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing membrane. .2Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312, Type [III] [lV]. Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312, Type [III] [lV]. .3Mastic Sealant: As required by Manufacturer. Mastic Sealant: As required by Manufacturer. .4Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion-resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening roofing membrane components to substrate, tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength, and provided by the roofing system manufacturer. .5Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C208, Type ll, Grade 1, Insulation Cant Strips: ASTM C208, Type ll, Grade 1, cellulosic-fiber insulation board. .5COATING MATERIALS COATING MATERIALS .1Roof Coating: Acrylic elastomer emulsion coating, formulated Roof Coating: Acrylic elastomer emulsion coating, formulated for use on bituminous roof surfaces and complying with ASTM D6083. ROOF INSULATION .1Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C578, Type Vl, 1.8 Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C578, Type Vl, 1.8 lb/cu. ft. (29 kg/cu. M) .2Provide insulation package with R Value greater than 19. Provide insulation package with R Value greater than 19. .7BALLAST BALLAST .1Aggregate Ballast: Washed, crushed stone or smooth stone that Aggregate Ballast: Washed, crushed stone or smooth stone that will withstand weather exposure without significant deterioration and will not contribute to membrane degradation; of the following size: .1Size: ASTM D448, Size 2, ranging in size from 1-1/2 to Size: ASTM D448, Size 2, ranging in size from 1-1/2 to ranging in size from 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inches (38 to 63 mm). 1.Flashing to be minimum 24ga. Prefinished Colour: Contractor must Flashing to be minimum 24ga. Prefinished Colour: Contractor must submit cladding samples for written approval to a Kal Tire project manager. 2.All joints must be standing seam. Caulk all seams and joints. All joints must be standing seam. Caulk all seams and joints. 3.Limit metal flashing lengths to 10'-0". Limit metal flashing lengths to 10'-0". 4.Extend cap flashing down over roofing membrane a minimum of 3". Extend cap flashing down over roofing membrane a minimum of 3". 5.Provide concealed continuous cleat on exterior side of parapet, fastened Provide concealed continuous cleat on exterior side of parapet, fastened 6.Secure flashing on roof side with screws and watertight washers through Secure flashing on roof side with screws and watertight washers through slotted or oversized holes at 2'-0" o.c. 7.Slope flashing on continuous wood blocking towards roof, as indicated Slope flashing on continuous wood blocking towards roof, as indicated on drawings. 1.Cementitious Spray Fireproofing: Factory mixed, asbestos free, Cementitious Spray Fireproofing: Factory mixed, asbestos free, cementitious material with aggregate, non-fibrous, blended for uniform texture. 2.Sheet Flashing Membrane Sheet Flashing Membrane .1Description: self-adhesive waterproofing membrane composed of Description: self-adhesive waterproofing membrane composed of an SBS modified bitumen. modified bitumen. 3.Components: Components: .1Elastomeric bitumen:Mix of selected bitumen and SBS Elastomeric bitumen:Mix of selected bitumen and SBS Mix of selected bitumen and SBS polymer. .2Properties: Properties: .1Thickness:1.0 mm min. Thickness:1.0 mm min. 1.0 mm min. .2Water vapour permeance (ng/m2sPa.):<1.6 Water vapour permeance (ng/m2sPa.):<1.6 <1.6 .3Prefabricated membrane: Complies with CAN/CGSB-37.56-M, Prefabricated membrane: Complies with CAN/CGSB-37.56-M, 9th Draft .4Acceptable Material: Acceptable Material: .1Colophene ICF, Soprema. Colophene ICF, Soprema. .2MEL-ROL, W.R. Meadows MEL-ROL, W.R. Meadows .3Blueskin WP 200, Bakor Blueskin WP 200, Bakor .4Aquabarrier FP, IKO, Aquabarrier FP, IKO, .5Bituthene 3000, W.R.Grace Bituthene 3000, W.R.Grace 4.Accessories Accessories .1Membrane Primer Membrane Primer .1Description: Water-based single component proprietary for Description: Water-based single component proprietary for membrane used. 5.Interface with Adjacent Systems Interface with Adjacent Systems .1Coordination between all installers of each component of Coordination between all installers of each component of membrane is essential to ensure continuity of system and that junctions between the various components are effectively sealed. .2Verify with manufacturers and all tradesmen involved with Verify with manufacturers and all tradesmen involved with installation procedures of building products incorporated into membrane elements including, but not limited to, various membranes, coatings and sealants. 6.Examination and Preparation of Surfaces Examination and Preparation of Surfaces .1Do not proceed with work until conditions are in accordance Do not proceed with work until conditions are in accordance with manufacturers instructions. .2Ensure surfaces are smooth, dry, clean and free of ice and Ensure surfaces are smooth, dry, clean and free of ice and debris as per manufacturer's recommendations. .3Do not install materials in conditions of snow or rain. Do not install materials in conditions of snow or rain. .4Verify the compatibility of membrane components with curing Verify the compatibility of membrane components with curing compounds, coatings, or other materials which are already installed on the surfaces to be treated. 7.Method of Execution Method of Execution .1Perform Work on a continuous basis as surface and weather Perform Work on a continuous basis as surface and weather conditions allow. .2Protect adjoining surfaces against damage that could result Protect adjoining surfaces against damage that could result from the waterproofing installation. 8.Primer Application Primer Application .1Apply primer coating at the rate recommended by Apply primer coating at the rate recommended by manufacturer. Primer is temperature sensitive and must be temperature sensitive and must be installed at temperature recommended by manufacturer. 1.The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication of all special items included as shown on the drawings. 2.Roof Hatch: Bilco Type "S", Maxam Metal Products Model Max-14, or Roof Hatch: Bilco Type "S", Maxam Metal Products Model Max-14, or approved equal. 3.Ladder-up safety post: Bilco, Model LU-2 Ladder-up safety post: Bilco, Model LU-2 1.Provide firestopping to meet or exceed requirements of the Alberta Provide firestopping to meet or exceed requirements of the Alberta Building Code and as specified in this Section. 2.Submit manufacturer's product data for materials and systems. Include Submit manufacturer's product data for materials and systems. Include manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. Data shall indicate conformance with requirements of this Section, including ULC or Warnock Hersey system number. 3.Firestopping systems: as listed under ULC Guide 40 U19 - "Firestop Firestopping systems: as listed under ULC Guide 40 U19 - "Firestop Systems" or as listed in WH Listings under "Through-Penetration Firestopping Systems". 4.Install tested firestopping systems in accordance with manufacturer's Install tested firestopping systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in strict conformance with tested systems. 5.Refer to Drawings for standard Firestopping System Details and Notes. Refer to Drawings for standard Firestopping System Details and Notes. 1.The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services The Contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for caulking of exterior doors and window frames and anywhere gaps occur in exterior surfaces (caulk both sides). Caulking around items penetrating exterior walls not defined (i.e., grilles, louvers, pipes and conduit). Caulking of tilt-up panels, exterior side only. 2.Materials: Materials: .1 Loadflex (as manufactured by Sternson) (or approved equal) for Loadflex (as manufactured by Sternson) (or approved equal) for joints in concrete slabs. .2Vertical caulking (tilt-up joints): high performance, low modulus, Vertical caulking (tilt-up joints): high performance, low modulus, one-component, moisture-cured, polyurethane-based non-sag elastomeric sealant. Pecora Dynatrol II, Tremco Dymonic FC, Sika Sikaflex, or approved equal. Colour to be selected by Architect from manufacture's standard range. .3Back up material - closed cell polyethylene foam joint backing. Back up material - closed cell polyethylene foam joint backing. Polyethylene backing rod to all joints in tilt-up wall panels. .4ULF approved caulking as indicated to all fire-rated walls. ULF approved caulking as indicated to all fire-rated walls. 1.Hollow metal work shall include: Hollow metal work shall include: .1Pressed steel door frames. Pressed steel door frames. .2Hollow metal doors. Hollow metal doors. .3 Pressed metal window lites c/w Georgian wire glass. Pressed metal window lites c/w Georgian wire glass. .4 Security Plates welded to designated exterior doors (see Hardware Security Plates welded to designated exterior doors (see Hardware Schedule). .5Drip flashing at door head. Drip flashing at door head. 2.Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings: .1Submit shop drawings, showing details of hollow metal work, Submit shop drawings, showing details of hollow metal work, including frame schedules and hardware details to Consultant for approval prior to fabrication. Submit shop drawings showing sizes, material, gauge, hardware preparation and reinforcing for approval by Consultant. .2Approved Manufacturers: Approved Manufacturers: .1S.W. Fleming Ltd. S.W. Fleming Ltd. .2Shanahans. Shanahans. 3.Hollow Metal Doors: Hollow Metal Doors: .1Materials: D-Series steel doors. All materials shall be formed from Materials: D-Series steel doors. All materials shall be formed from cold rolled and stretcher leveled sheet steel stock of gauges as specified below, or cold rolled stretcher leveled stock having Stelco "Colourbond" or Dofasco "Satincoate" applied coating. .2Fabrication: Slab Type Doors (Flush Doors) to be constructed of not Fabrication: Slab Type Doors (Flush Doors) to be constructed of not lighter than No. 20 gauge. Exterior sheets to be rigidly connected. All hollow metal doors to have no horizontal or vertical seam lines on faces. .3Interior doors shall be reinforced, stiffened, and sound-deadened Interior doors shall be reinforced, stiffened, and sound-deadened with impregnated Kraft Honeycomb Structural Core completely filling the inside of the door and laminated to the inside faces of panels. Exterior insulated hollow metal doors shall have polyurethane insulation in their core. .4All doors to have vertical mechanical interlocking seams on hinge All doors to have vertical mechanical interlocking seams on hinge and lock edges. Doors shall be provided with 1.6mm (14 gauge) top and bottom channels spot-welded within the door. .5Full height welded security plate to all exterior metal doors. Full height welded security plate to all exterior metal doors. .6All doors to be prepared to receive hardware. All doors shall be All doors to be prepared to receive hardware. All doors shall be mortised and reinforced. Reinforcing plates for hinges and strikes to be drilled and tapped for machine screws according to template hardware. Reinforcing for hinge, lock and closer shall be minimum 3.5mm steel plate. Other reinforcing as required. 4.Door Frames: Door Frames: .1Materials: Cold rolled steel stock, shop primed after fabrication or Materials: Cold rolled steel stock, shop primed after fabrication or having Stelco "Colourbond" or Dofasco "Satincoate" applied coating before fabrication. 16 gauge. Corners shall be mitered, welded and sanded to a smooth finish. Frames shall have minimum 3.5mm steel plate hinge, strike, and closer reinforcing. 5.Other hardware reinforcing as required. Other hardware reinforcing as required. 1.Rolling Fire Doors: ULC labeled rolling fire doors, minimum fire rating as Rolling Fire Doors: ULC labeled rolling fire doors, minimum fire rating as per door schedule, chain hoist operation, automatic closing activated by fusible link on each side of fire separation, complete with all required hardware including guides, galvanized steel hoods, tan "FinalCoat" finish. 2.Acceptable products: Cookson Simple Test fire door or approved equal. Acceptable products: Cookson Simple Test fire door or approved equal. 3.Shop Drawing: Submit shop drawings showing details of track anchorage, Shop Drawing: Submit shop drawings showing details of track anchorage, fixing methods, doors sizes, hardware, etc. to the Architect for approval prior to fabrication. 4.Installation to be by an authorized representative of the manufacturer. Installation to be by an authorized representative of the manufacturer. Door to be drop tested and witnessed for normal operation after installation. 1.Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing details of track Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing details of track anchorage, fixing methods, doors sizes, hardware, etc. to the Architect for approval prior to fabrication and/or erection. 2.Materials: Materials: .1Approved manufacturers: Steel Craft Door Products Ltd., Thermacore Approved manufacturers: Steel Craft Door Products Ltd., Thermacore Overhead doors .1Steel Craft series TD134 or approved equal Steel Craft series TD134 or approved equal .2Steel sheet: commercial grade to ASTM A526-71, with Steel sheet: commercial grade to ASTM A526-71, with galvanized zinc coating, ASTM A525-80A designation G90. .3Door sections: Insulated doors 1.75" thick: minimum R16 Door sections: Insulated doors 1.75" thick: minimum R16 polyurethane insulation core with prefinished white steel skin each side. 3.Accessories and Hardware: Accessories and Hardware: .1High-lift, Standard-lift or low-lift doors with chain hoists shall High-lift, Standard-lift or low-lift doors with chain hoists shall have pusher springs on the end of the back track. Vertical-lift doors without chain hoists shall have bumper springs. .2Heavy-duty aluminum vinyl weather-stripping to jamb and lintel. Heavy-duty aluminum vinyl weather-stripping to jamb and lintel. Neoprene astragal with PVC retainer to door bottom. .3All doors to have solid cold-rolled shafts. All doors to have solid cold-rolled shafts. .4Spring counterbalance: heavy duty oil-tempered wire torsion springs Spring counterbalance: heavy duty oil-tempered wire torsion springs on continuous ball bearing cross header shaft. Cable drums to be die-cast, high-strength, connected to door with galvanized aircraft=quality cable with minimum 7-1 safety factor. .5Locking by interior-mounted spring-loaded slide bolt lock engaging Locking by interior-mounted spring-loaded slide bolt lock engaging in track. .6Rollers: full-floating hardened steel ball-bearing, size to suit track. Rollers: full-floating hardened steel ball-bearing, size to suit track. .7Track: 3" heavy duty hardware. Vertical tracks to be minimum Track: 3" heavy duty hardware. Vertical tracks to be minimum 16ga. Galvanized steel, tapered and mounted for wedge-type closing. Horizontal tracks to be minimum 14ga. Galvanized steel. Vertical tracks to be continuous angle-mounted and fully adjustable for sealing door to jamb. Horizontal tracks to be reinforced with C-channel. .8Unless otherwise indicated on the door schedule, doors 10'-0" high Unless otherwise indicated on the door schedule, doors 10'-0" high or higher and/or over 10'-0" wide shall have a reduction gear chain hoists. .9Doors shall be standard-lift, high-lift, or vertical lift as indicated Doors shall be standard-lift, high-lift, or vertical lift as indicated on the drawing. If drawing indicates insufficient headroom for standard-lift, low-lift doors shall be provided, whether specifically designated or not. .10Glazing shall be 1/2" sealed unit full view sections (see Door Type Glazing shall be 1/2" sealed unit full view sections (see Door Type Elevations). .11Cycle springs to be rated for 50,000 Cycle springs to be rated for 50,000 4.Installation: Installation: .1Install work plumb, square, level, free from warp, twist and Install work plumb, square, level, free from warp, twist and superimposed loads. .2Secure work in required position. Do not restrict thermal movement. Secure work in required position. Do not restrict thermal movement. .3Install hardware in accordance with templates. Install hardware in accordance with templates. .4Adjust Operable parts for Function Adjust Operable parts for Function 5.Warranty: 12 months parts and labour from completion of door Warranty: 12 months parts and labour from completion of door installation. 6.MANUAL DOOR OPERATION (Doors 10x10 and Under or 100sq. ft.) MANUAL DOOR OPERATION (Doors 10x10 and Under or 100sq. ft.) .1 Manual Push up operation. Manual Push up operation. 7.MANUAL DOOR OPERATION (Doors 10x12, 12x12, and 12x14) MANUAL DOOR OPERATION (Doors 10x12, 12x12, and 12x14) .1 Chain hoist: side mounted unit complete with hot dip galvanized Chain hoist: side mounted unit complete with hot dip galvanized continuous steel chain. Gear reduction of 3:1. .2Mount chain hoist @ "Driver's Side" of all bay doors. Mount chain hoist @ "Driver's Side" of all bay doors. 1.Scope: of Work: The contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and Scope: of Work: The contractor shall supply all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication, supply and installation of aluminum storefront as shown on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 2.Submittals - Shop Drawings Submittals - Shop Drawings .1Prior to fabrication submit shop drawings showing door and storefront Prior to fabrication submit shop drawings showing door and storefront elevations, all required details, door and storefront dimensions, sections, caulking joints with their sizes and specifications for this system, r-value, materials, required hardware, and installation requirements. .1Door system shall be Aluminex 160T series Institutional - Insulated with Door system shall be Aluminex 160T series Institutional - Insulated with ability for painting or anodizing with two colours. .2The door shall be compatible with the thermally broken framing by The door shall be compatible with the thermally broken framing by Aluminex. .3Aluminum framing shall be thermally broken, by dual application of high Aluminum framing shall be thermally broken, by dual application of high strength casting resin and mechanical de-bridging. .4The door aluminum profiles nominal dimensions shall be as follows: The door aluminum profiles nominal dimensions shall be as follows: .1Grame metal thickness: 3mm/0.12" min. Grame metal thickness: 3mm/0.12" min. .2Glazing stop metal thickness 1.3mm/0.05" min. Glazing stop metal thickness 1.3mm/0.05" min. .3Depth of frame 51mm/2" Depth of frame 51mm/2" .4Face width of stiles 89mm/3.5" Face width of stiles 89mm/3.5" .5Face width of rails 152mm/6" Face width of rails 152mm/6" .1Storefront system shall be Aluminex 1140 series Storefront system shall be Aluminex 1140 series 5.Performance Performance .1Storefront System Storefront System .1General Performance: Aluminum-framed systems shall withstand the General Performance: Aluminum-framed systems shall withstand the effects of the following performance requirements without exceeding performance criteria or failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction: .1Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings including, but not limited to, story drift and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. .2Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction .2Delegated Design: Design aluminum-framed systems, including Delegated Design: Design aluminum-framed systems, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. .3Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings .2Door System Door System .1Temperature Index, depending on glass section shall remain in the Temperature Index, depending on glass section shall remain in the range of I=54 to 64 .2U-value of the assembly shall remain in the 0.39 to 0.45 range U-value of the assembly shall remain in the 0.39 to 0.45 range dependent on glass selection. .3Structural load capacity minimum requirements shall not be less than Structural load capacity minimum requirements shall not be less than 1200 N/270 lbs when tested by the dual moment load, where passing a 45 degree lever arm rotation angle is considered as the mock-up failure. .4Air Infiltration - applicable to single acting offset pivot or butt hung Air Infiltration - applicable to single acting offset pivot or butt hung doors. ASTM E 283 air infiltration test standard. 6.Materials Materials .1Door System Door System .1Extruded aluminum shall be AA 6063 T5, Fy=110 MPa/16 KSI, alloy Extruded aluminum shall be AA 6063 T5, Fy=110 MPa/16 KSI, alloy and temper. .2Storefront System Storefront System .1Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. .2Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209. .3Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B221 Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B221 .4Extruded Structural Pipes and Tubes: ASTM B429. Extruded Structural Pipes and Tubes: ASTM B429. .5Structural Profiles: ASTM B308/B308M Structural Profiles: ASTM B308/B308M 1.Submit a hardware schedule showing quantity, type and location of all Submit a hardware schedule showing quantity, type and location of all items finish hardware to be supplied for each door shown on the door schedule. 2.After completion of all construction work, certify all items of hardware After completion of all construction work, certify all items of hardware have been adjusted and are working properly and that all hardware on fire rated (labeled) doors conform to the 3.requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories of Canada and all other requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories of Canada and all other applicable codes. 4.Keying and Keying Control: Keying and Keying Control: .1Provide factory prepared keying to 6 pin system. Master Key with Provide factory prepared keying to 6 pin system. Master Key with two sub-master systems to be prepared and provided at the completion of the project. 5.Products: Products: .1External Hinges: Stanley BB191, 114.3 mm x 101.6 NRP, Finish 32, External Hinges: Stanley BB191, 114.3 mm x 101.6 NRP, Finish 32, or McKinney TA314-45" NRP, Finish 32. Stanley BB199 or McKinney TA386 on doors larger than 914mm/3'-0" wide .2 Internal Hinges: Stanley BB179, 114.3 mm x 101.6, Finish 32, or Internal Hinges: Stanley BB179, 114.3 mm x 101.6, Finish 32, or McKinney TA714-45"x4", Finish 32. Stanley BB168 or McKinney TA786 on doors larger than 914 mm/3'-0" wide. .3Latches, locksets, and cylinders: Schlage 6-pin, D Series, Keyway Latches, locksets, and cylinders: Schlage 6-pin, D Series, Keyway 70mm backset, bright stainless steel, finish 629, lock function per plans. .4Internal & External Locksets / Passage Sets: Schlage AL Internal & External Locksets / Passage Sets: Schlage AL Series,Saturn Lever Design. Hardware to be disabled accessible unless otherwise noted. .5Deadbolt: Schlage 6-pin, B series, 1" steel alloy deadbolt, keyed Deadbolt: Schlage 6-pin, B series, 1" steel alloy deadbolt, keyed outside thumbturn inside, finish 629, locate per plans. .6Security Plates: 50 mm wide x 2134 mm x 10 gauge welded to Security Plates: 50 mm wide x 2134 mm x 10 gauge welded to door, finished to match door. Provide on all exterior hollow metal doors. .7Push/Pulls at aluminum entry doors: ELMES G25-01-023-L400 (to Push/Pulls at aluminum entry doors: ELMES G25-01-023-L400 (to match rest of development). Push/Pulls at washroom doors: .181Ax4"x16" push plates, 4607-1 pulls, finish C32. 81Ax4"x16" push plates, 4607-1 pulls, finish C32. .8Stops: Wall and Floor Stops: Gallery Finish 32. Note: Anchor Stops: Wall and Floor Stops: Gallery Finish 32. Note: Anchor doorstops with heavy-duty expansion shield to concrete floor or into solid backing in walls. Provide wall stops wherever feasible. .9Kick Plates: Gallery Metal, Finsih 32, 12" x door width less 2". Kick Plates: Gallery Metal, Finsih 32, 12" x door width less 2". .10Thresholds: (non-slip finish) Thresholds: (non-slip finish) .1Accessible entrance doors: Pemko 272A or approved equal. Accessible entrance doors: Pemko 272A or approved equal. .2All other exterior doors: Pemko 179A with vinyl insert, or All other exterior doors: Pemko 179A with vinyl insert, or approved equal. .3Interior doors where required: Pemko 171A or approved equal. Interior doors where required: Pemko 171A or approved equal. Provide thresholds at transitions from bare concrete floors to a finished flooring product, and at all doors in fire separations at bare concrete floors. .11Weather-stripping: Weather-stripping: .1Pemko Silicon seal or approved equal. Pemko Silicon seal or approved equal. .2Pemko vinyl door bottom seal 222AV. All exterior doors are Pemko vinyl door bottom seal 222AV. All exterior doors are fully weather-stripped. Weather-stripping to interior doors as per Door Schedule. .12Exterior hollow metal door top caps: rigid vinyl, Pemko 377V or Exterior hollow metal door top caps: rigid vinyl, Pemko 377V or approved equal. Drip caps: clear anodized aluminum, Pemko 346V or approved equal. Provide on all exterior hollow metal doors and frames. .13Closers: Closers: .1Exterior: LCN 4114 "Barrier Free" compression-stop closer. Exterior: LCN 4114 "Barrier Free" compression-stop closer. .2Interior: LCN 4113 "Barrier Free". Interior: LCN 4113 "Barrier Free". .14Panic Device: Von Duprin 22 Series Mortise Lock Device as Panic Device: Von Duprin 22 Series Mortise Lock Device as scheduled. .15Provide silencers (bumpers) on all mandoors. Provide silencers (bumpers) on all mandoors. .16All double doors to have flush bolts, Gallery 401 or approved equal. All double doors to have flush bolts, Gallery 401 or approved equal. 1.Conform to fire rated requirements as applicable to hardware for labeled Conform to fire rated requirements as applicable to hardware for labeled or rated doors and frames. a.Comply with requirements of the Alberta Building Code. Comply with requirements of the Alberta Building Code. b.The Hardware Schedule will establish the quality standards, The Hardware Schedule will establish the quality standards, Hardware Schedule will establish the quality standards, Hardware Schedule will establish the quality standards, Schedule will establish the quality standards, Schedule will establish the quality standards, will establish the quality standards, will establish the quality standards, establish the quality standards, establish the quality standards, the quality standards, the quality standards, quality standards, quality standards, standards, standards, finishes, manufacturers and functions. All hardware to be supplied manufacturers and functions. All hardware to be supplied manufacturers and functions. All hardware to be supplied and functions. All hardware to be supplied and functions. All hardware to be supplied functions. All hardware to be supplied functions. All hardware to be supplied All hardware to be supplied All hardware to be supplied hardware to be supplied hardware to be supplied to be supplied to be supplied be supplied be supplied supplied supplied as specified in finish hardware groups to match existing building specified in finish hardware groups to match existing building specified in finish hardware groups to match existing building in finish hardware groups to match existing building in finish hardware groups to match existing building finish hardware groups to match existing building finish hardware groups to match existing building hardware groups to match existing building hardware groups to match existing building groups to match existing building groups to match existing building to match existing building to match existing building match existing building match existing building existing building existing building building building standard. 2.Samples: Submit 300 mm x 300 mm sized samples of each type of Samples: Submit 300 mm x 300 mm sized samples of each type of glass, clearly labelled with manufacturer's name and glass type. Reference glass types to those scheduled and specified herein. 3.Insulating glass units shall be certified by the Insulated Glass Insulating glass units shall be certified by the Insulated Glass Manufacturers Association of Canada (IGMAC). 4.Provide a written, transferable warranty signed and issued in the name Provide a written, transferable warranty signed and issued in the name of the Owner stating that sealed insulating glass units will be free of condensation for a period of 5 years from date of Substantial Performance. 5.Clear Float Glass - Product: glazing quality. Clear Float Glass - Product: glazing quality. 6.Clear Tempered Safety Glass - Product: clear glazing as follows: Clear Tempered Safety Glass - Product: clear glazing as follows: a.Type: 2 - Tempered. Type: 2 - Tempered. b.Class: B - Float Glass. Class: B - Float Glass. c.Category: II - 540 J impact resistance. Category: II - 540 J impact resistance. 7.Wired Safety Glass Product:  to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M90 and as follows: Wired Safety Glass Product:  to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M90 and as follows: a..1Type:  1 - polished both sides, transparent. .1Type:  1 - polished both sides, transparent. Type:  1 - polished both sides, transparent. b..2Wire Mesh Style:  Georgan. .2Wire Mesh Style:  Georgan. Wire Mesh Style:  Georgan. 8.Low Emissivity (Low E Glass-Where so indicated in the Insulating Glass Low Emissivity (Low E Glass-Where so indicated in the Insulating Glass Schedule or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, provide primary glass products with a low emissivity coating as follows: .1Solarban 60 to all sealed units. Solarban 60 to all sealed units. 9.Insulating Glass Units- Provide sealed insulating glass units in Insulating Glass Units- Provide sealed insulating glass units in accordance with CAN/CGSB-12.8-M90, in configurations. 10.Setting Blocks: neoprene, 80 durometer hardness, 100 mm long x 10 Setting Blocks: neoprene, 80 durometer hardness, 100 mm long x 10 mm thick x 6 mm high. 11.Spacer Shims: neoprene, 80 durometer hardness, 75 mm long x Spacer Shims: neoprene, 80 durometer hardness, 75 mm long x minimum 6 mm thick. Do not use metal, plastic, or wood shims. 12.Glazing Splines and Gaskets: manufacturer's standard dry neoprene Glazing Splines and Gaskets: manufacturer's standard dry neoprene glazing splines and gaskets. Provide keyed type for fixed glazing stops and keyed or roll-in type for removable glazing retaining devices. Except where otherwise specified, colour shall match frame colour. 13.Glazing Tape: preformed butyl tape, 10 - 15 durometer hardness, with Glazing Tape: preformed butyl tape, 10 - 15 durometer hardness, with integral neoprene shim, 80 durometer hardness, paper release, black colour, 0.150 mm thick x 0.375 mm wide. 14.Set glass on setting blocks, spaced as recommended by glass Set glass on setting blocks, spaced as recommended by glass manufacturer. Provide at least one setting block at quarter points from each corner. 15.Use spacers and shims in accordance with glass manufacturer's Use spacers and shims in accordance with glass manufacturer's recommendations. 16.Identify glazed openings immediately following glass installation, using Identify glazed openings immediately following glass installation, using liquid shoe wax in a sponge topped bottle or similar easy-to-remove product. 17.Size and heat strengthen of temper glass units to withstand wind loads Size and heat strengthen of temper glass units to withstand wind loads to Alberta Building Code requirements and positive and negative live loads acting normal to plane of glass. 18.Tempered Glass to min. 7'-0" above floor level (typical). Tempered Glass to min. 7'-0" above floor level (typical). 19.Rated glass for doors to be FireLite Plus Rated glass for doors to be FireLite Plus Unit TypeComponentGlass TypeMinimum ComponentGlass TypeMinimum Glass TypeMinimum Minimum Thickness Exterior WindowsExterior LiteClear Float with 6 mm Exterior LiteClear Float with 6 mm Clear Float with 6 mm 6 mm Low-E on 2nd surface (Tempered where required) Air Space12 mm 12 mm Interior LiteClear Float6 mm Clear Float6 mm 6 mm Exterior DoorsExterior LiteClear Float (Tempered) with 6 mm Exterior LiteClear Float (Tempered) with 6 mm Clear Float (Tempered) with 6 mm 6 mm and SidlitesLow-E on 2nd surface Low-E on 2nd surface Air Space12 mm 12 mm Interior LiteClear Tempered Safety Glass6 mm Clear Tempered Safety Glass6 mm 6 mm Interior GlazingSingle GlazedClear Tempered Safety Glass or Wired6 mmSingle GlazedClear Tempered Safety Glass or Wired6 mmClear Tempered Safety Glass or Wired6 mm6 mmSafety Glass as indicated on drawings REFER TO DRAWINGS. 1.Mirrors, Silvered: to CAN/CGSB-12.5-M86 and as follows: Mirrors, Silvered: to CAN/CGSB-12.5-M86 and as follows: .1 Type: 1A - Float glass, for normal use. .2 Tint: Clear. .3 Edges: Flat polished edge. Seal edges to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of backing. .4 Size: as indicated on drawings. 2.Mirror Mastic: Adhesive setting compound produced specifically for Mirror Mastic: Adhesive setting compound produced specifically for setting of mirrors by spot application, compatible with glass coating and as recommended by mirror manufacturer. 3.INSTALLATION INSTALLATION .1Wall Mounted Mirror Installation, Generally: Wall Mounted Mirror Installation, Generally: .1Install mirrors in accordance with mirror manufacturer's Install mirrors in accordance with mirror manufacturer's instructions. .2Mount mirrors in-place to avoid distorting reflected images. Mount mirrors in-place to avoid distorting reflected images. .2Mastic Installation: Mastic Installation: .1Inspect surface over which mirror is to be mounted. Comply Inspect surface over which mirror is to be mounted. Comply with mastic manufacturer's installation directions for preparation of mounting surface including coating with mastic manufacturer's special bond coating where applicable. .2Apply mastic in spots to comply with mastic manufacturers Apply mastic in spots to comply with mastic manufacturers directions for coverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirror and mounting surface. .3 Hardware Installation: .1 Provide permanent means of structural support at bottom edge Provide permanent means of structural support at bottom edge of mirror. .2 Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surface with Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surface with mechanical fasteners with anchors or inserts. .3 Place a felt or plastic pad between mirror and metal or plastic Place a felt or plastic pad between mirror and metal or plastic clips to prevent spalling of mirror edges. .4 Mirror Installation: .1 After mastic is applied, align mirror and press into place while After mastic is applied, align mirror and press into place while at the same time maintaining a minimum air space of 4 mm for air circulation between back of mirror and mounting surface. .2 Install clips along top of mirror during mastic curing period. Install clips along top of mirror during mastic curing period. 1.The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication of walls and ceilings as shown on the drawings. All exterior steel studs and studs of 400mm o.c.). All joists ceiling framing: minimum 20ga. (maximum 400mm o.c.) Ply vapour barrier: minimum 6 mil. Insulation: as specified in plans. All drywall: 12mm x 1200 mm x 2400 mm minimum. (15.8 mm ceiling) Erect straight, plumb and level rigid and at a proper plane. Use full length pieces where practical. Make joints tight, accurately aligned and rigidly secured. Miter and fit corners accurately, free from rough edges. 2.Provide Type C or X drywall where specified. Provide moisture-resistant Provide Type C or X drywall where specified. Provide moisture-resistant gypsum board (Westroc Aquaguard or equal) in all washrooms and janitor's rooms. 3.All Exterior light gauge steel framing members are to be G90 All Exterior light gauge steel framing members are to be G90 galvanized. 4.Provide double nested deflection ceiling tracks for all partitions subject Provide double nested deflection ceiling tracks for all partitions subject to deflection of structural elements over. Fasten gypsum of gypsum board and ceiling over. 5.Submittals: Provide engineer-sealed shop drawings for all loadbearing Submittals: Provide engineer-sealed shop drawings for all loadbearing and exterior steel stud framing, all ceiling joists, and all nonoadbearing steel stud framing over 12'-0" high. 6.Acoustical Ceilings: Armstrong Cortega #769A, 24"x48"x9/16", fissured Acoustical Ceilings: Armstrong Cortega #769A, 24"x48"x9/16", fissured tile, white, square edge, Donn DX grid, flame spread rating 25 or less. 7.Acceptable Manufacturers: Acceptable Manufacturers: .1CertainTeed, telephone: 800-661-3120. CertainTeed, telephone: 800-661-3120. .2CGC Inc., telephone: 800-663-1055 CGC Inc., telephone: 800-663-1055 .3Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc., telephone: 800-387-6823 Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc., telephone: 800-387-6823 8.Standard Board: to ASTM C36/C36M regular and fire resistant, thickness Standard Board: to ASTM C36/C36M regular and fire resistant, thickness as indicated, 1200 mm wide x maximum practical length, ends square cut, tapered edges. .1Acceptable Materials: Acceptable Materials: -Sheetrock (firecode), CGC Inc. Sheetrock (firecode), CGC Inc. -Toughrock Gypsum Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Toughrock Gypsum Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Gypsum Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Gypsum Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Wallboard (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific (Fireguard), Georgia-Pacific Georgia-Pacific Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc. -ProRoc Wallboard (Type X), CertainTeed ProRoc Wallboard (Type X), CertainTeed 9.Sag Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396, ceiling board manufactured Sag Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396, ceiling board manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular type gypsum board, for horizontally installed applications: .1Thickness: As indicated. Thickness: As indicated. .2Long Edges: Tapered. Long Edges: Tapered. .3Location: Ceiling surfaces. Location: Ceiling surfaces. .4Acceptable materials: Acceptable materials: -CGC Sheetrock Interior Ceiling Board CGC Sheetrock Interior Ceiling Board -Georgia Pacific CD Ceiling Board Georgia Pacific CD Ceiling Board -CertainTeed ProRoc Interior Ceiling Board CertainTeed ProRoc Interior Ceiling Board 10.Mould resistant board: to ASTM C1396/C1396M and as follows: Mould resistant board: to ASTM C1396/C1396M and as follows: .1 Type: regular. Type: regular. .2 Size: 1200 mm x maximum practical length. Size: 1200 mm x maximum practical length. .3 Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. .4 Acceptable materials: Acceptable materials: .1 Fiberock Aqua-Tough, CGC Inc. .2 ProRoc M2Tech Moisture & Mould Resistant Gypsum Board, CertainTeed. .3 ToughRock Mold-Guard, Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc. 11.Wall sheathing board: to ASTM C1396/C1396M and as follows: Wall sheathing board: to ASTM C1396/C1396M and as follows: .1 Type: regular. Type: regular. .2 Size: 1200 mm x maximum practical length. Size: 1200 mm x maximum practical length. .3 Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. Thickness: as indicated on Drawings. .4 Edges: square. Edges: square. .5 Acceptable materials: Acceptable materials: .1 Dens-Glass Gold, Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc. Dens-Glass Gold, Georgia-Pacific Canada, Inc. .2 GlasRoc Exterior Sheathing, Certain Teed. GlasRoc Exterior Sheathing, Certain Teed. .3 Securock Glass Mat Sheathing, CGC Inc. Securock Glass Mat Sheathing, CGC Inc. 12.Non-loadbearing Steel Framing General: Non-loadbearing Steel Framing General: .1Steel sheet components shall comply with ASTM C645 requirements for Steel sheet components shall comply with ASTM C645 requirements for metal, unless otherwise indicated. 13.NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS: NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS: .1 NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO CAN/CSA - S136 - 94 NON-LOAD BEARING STEEL STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO CAN/CSA - S136 - 94 "COLD FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND ASTM A653 "STANDARD SPECIFICATION OF STEEL SHEET, ZINC COATED (GALVANIZED) BY THE HOT DIP PROCESS, STRUCTURAL (PHYSICAL) QUALITY. .2ALL COLD FORMED STEEL STUDS AND TRACKS ARE TO POSSESS THE FOLLOWING ALL COLD FORMED STEEL STUDS AND TRACKS ARE TO POSSESS THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM STRENGTHS: 14.EACH STUD SHALL BEAR FULLY INTO THE TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK, AND BE ATTACHED EACH STUD SHALL BEAR FULLY INTO THE TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK, AND BE ATTACHED TO EACH SIDE USING MINIMUM #6 SELF DRILLING SCREWS. 15.WALL ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH MINIMUM 2 ROWS OF LATERAL STUD WALL ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH MINIMUM 2 ROWS OF LATERAL STUD BRACING, OR AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16.EACH STUD AND TRACK SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO EACH STUD AND TRACK SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO INDICATE BASE STEEL THICKNESS. 17.Suspension System Components: Suspension System Components: .1Tie wire to comply with ASTM A641/A641M zinc coated, soft annealed 1.21 mm Tie wire to comply with ASTM A641/A641M zinc coated, soft annealed 1.21 mm min diam. .2Hangar wire to ASTM A641/A641M zinc-coated, soft annealed minimum 3.77 Hangar wire to ASTM A641/A641M zinc-coated, soft annealed minimum 3.77 mm diam. .3Carrying Channels Carrying Channels -Channels to ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa Channels to ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa to ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa to ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa ASTM C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa C754, cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa cold-formed from steel, minimum 228 MPa from steel, minimum 228 MPa from steel, minimum 228 MPa steel, minimum 228 MPa steel, minimum 228 MPa minimum 228 MPa minimum 228 MPa 228 MPa 228 MPa MPa MPa yield strength and a 1.37 mm base steel thickness. .4Furring Members: Furring Members: -Channels: minimum 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. Channels: minimum 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. minimum 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. minimum 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. 0.455 mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. mm thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. thick base steel, 19.1 mm min. base steel, 19.1 mm min. base steel, 19.1 mm min. steel, 19.1 mm min. steel, 19.1 mm min. 19.1 mm min. 19.1 mm min. mm min. mm min. min. min. depth, 12.7 mm wide flanges. 18.Hat-shaped, rigid furring channels: min. 0.455 mm thick base steel, 22.2 min depth, Hat-shaped, rigid furring channels: min. 0.455 mm thick base steel, 22.2 min depth, 12.7 mm flanges. 19.Slip-Type Head Joints: Slip-Type Head Joints: .1Deflection track: 32 mm flange, steel sheet top track manufactured to prevent Deflection track: 32 mm flange, steel sheet top track manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodated depth of studs. 20.Single Long-Leg Track: 50.8 mm deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated Single Long-Leg Track: 50.8 mm deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction-fit into top track and with continuous bridging located within 305 mm of top of suds to provide lateral bracing. 21.Installation Standard: ASTM C754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing Installation Standard: ASTM C754, except comply with framing sizes and spacing indicated. 22.Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated and support closure and tom make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. 23.Sound-Rated Partitions: install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly Sound-Rated Partitions: install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly indicated. 24.Direct Furring: attach to concrete or masonry at 600 mm o.c. with screws designed Direct Furring: attach to concrete or masonry at 600 mm o.c. with screws designed for masonry attachment or power-driven fasteners. Install continuous insulating strips to isolate furring from un-insulated surfaces. 25.Installation Tolerance: Erect metal studding to tolerance of 1:1000. Install each Installation Tolerance: Erect metal studding to tolerance of 1:1000. Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 3 mm from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing STEEL STUD HEIGHT SCHEDULE Maximum Stud Height (mm) based on lateral pressure of 240 Pa with deflection limit of L/240 Stud Spacing O.C.300400600 300400600 400600 600 Stud Depth (mm) 0.48 mm Steel Design Thickness 64363034303230 363034303230 34303230 3230 92467043704090 467043704090 43704090 4090 102500046704320 500046704320 46704320 4320 152673060205110 673060205110 60205110 5110 0.88 mm Steel Design Thickness 64424039103530 424039103530 39103530 3530 92544050004500 544050004500 50004500 4500 102607055905000 607055905000 55905000 5000 152815074706580 815074706580 74706580 6580 Based upon tests with 13mm gypsum board both sides with screw fasteners spaced at 300 mm o.c. Heights also apply to greater gypsum board thickness and multiple gypsum board layers. 1.Supplied by Owner to be installed by contractor. Supplied by Owner to be installed by contractor. Savoia Canada Thinset: Mapei ultraflex - 50lb grey Grout: Mapei sanded # 47 - Charcoal Anti-fracture membrane required on all joints 1.Resilient Rubber Stair Treads for Stair: Johnsonite V1CFLTR fast lane Resilient Rubber Stair Treads for Stair: Johnsonite V1CFLTR fast lane tread with integrated riser Colour: Black (40) Grip Colour: Silver Grey (55). Provide water resistant adhesive in shop area. 1.Contractor must submit paint draw-down samples for written approval Contractor must submit paint draw-down samples for written approval to a Kal Tire Project Manager prior to commencing painting. 2.Products: Products: .1Qualification of Manufacturer: Use paint products and systems as Qualification of Manufacturer: Use paint products and systems as listed in the Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual. .2Approved Manufacturers: General Paint. Approved Manufacturers: General Paint. 3.Inspection of Surfaces: Inspection of Surfaces: .1Surface Examination: Prior to commencement of work of this Surface Examination: Prior to commencement of work of this section, thoroughly examine surface scheduled to be painted. .2Report in writing to the Contractor and Consultant any condition Report in writing to the Contractor and Consultant any condition adversely affecting this work. Do not proceed with painting work until defects have been corrected and surfaces are acceptable in accordance with the MPI Specification Manual. In particular, note that complete removal of release agents and bond breakers is required for concrete tilt panels. .3Surface Acceptance: Commencement of work shall not be held to Surface Acceptance: Commencement of work shall not be held to imply acceptance of surfaces by the design authority. 4.Schedules: Schedules: .1Materials shall all be minimum Custom Grade. All undercoat and primers Materials shall all be minimum Custom Grade. All undercoat and primers shall be of the same manufacture as the finish paint and recommended by the manufacturer for each paint material. .2Unless explicitly stated otherwise, all of the following items are to be Unless explicitly stated otherwise, all of the following items are to be painted. .3Exterior: Exterior: .1 Concrete Masonry above 4' A.F.F.: 70-004 Epotilt Primer, 70-040 Concrete Masonry above 4' A.F.F.: 70-004 Epotilt Primer, 70-040 Elasto-wall, HP2000 Exterior Latex Semi-Gloss colors per plan. .2 Concrete Masonry to 4' A.F.F.: Self-Primer Industrial Enamel, colors Concrete Masonry to 4' A.F.F.: Self-Primer Industrial Enamel, colors per plan .3 Metal Man Doors, and Frames: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors Metal Man Doors, and Frames: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per plan. .4 Bollards, Miscellaneous Metal: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per Bollards, Miscellaneous Metal: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per plan. .5 Exposed dry sprinkler piping: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per Exposed dry sprinkler piping: Self-Primer Urethane Enamel, colors per plan. .4Interior: Interior: .1Exposed Concrete Masonry above 6' A.F.F.: 70-004 Epotilt Primer, Exposed Concrete Masonry above 6' A.F.F.: 70-004 Epotilt Primer, 70-040 Elasto-wall, HP2000 Exterior Latex Semi-Gloss colors per plan. .2Exposed Concrete Masonry to 6' A.F.F. Self-Primer Industrial Enamel, Exposed Concrete Masonry to 6' A.F.F. Self-Primer Industrial Enamel, colors per plan. .3Metal Doors and Frames: Custom Grade Int. 5.3B (semigloss). Metal Doors and Frames: Custom Grade Int. 5.3B (semigloss). .4Drywall: Premium Grade Int. 9.2A Latex (semigloss). Drywall: Premium Grade Int. 9.2A Latex (semigloss). .5Building Columns: Custom Grade Int. 5.1B (gloss) (paint only where Building Columns: Custom Grade Int. 5.1B (gloss) (paint only where indicated on drawings). .6Handrails, Guards, Bollards, Miscellaneous Metal: Premium Grade Int. Handrails, Guards, Bollards, Miscellaneous Metal: Premium Grade Int. 5.1B (gloss). .7Structural Steel: Custom Grade Int. 5.1 D Structural Steel: Custom Grade Int. 5.1 D .8Steel Ceiling: Custom Grade Int. 5.1D. Steel Ceiling: Custom Grade Int. 5.1D. .5KAL TIRE TO APPROVE ALL PAINT DRAW-DOWNS PRIOR TO KAL TIRE TO APPROVE ALL PAINT DRAW-DOWNS PRIOR TO APPLICATION. 5.See drawing A301 for exterior colours and interior elevations for interior See drawing A301 for exterior colours and interior elevations for interior colours. 1.Interior Signage: Interior Signage: .1The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication of all special items included as shown on the drawings. on the drawings. .2Interior Door Signage (as indicated on Door Schedule): Interior Door Signage (as indicated on Door Schedule): .12"x8" Plates, 1/16" engraved lamacoid, tape-applied, Helvetica 2"x8" Plates, 1/16" engraved lamacoid, tape-applied, Helvetica typestyle, white text, black background, as manufactured by George H. Hewitt Co. Ltd., or approved equal. .3Exterior signs: Exterior signs: .1Exterior signage will be under separate permit. Consult Kal Tire Exterior signage will be under separate permit. Consult Kal Tire project manager. 1.The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and The Contractor shall provide all materials, labour, equipment and services necessary for complete fabrication of all special items included as shown on the drawings. 2.Toilet Partitions: Prefinished steel, overhead braced, Shanahan's or Toilet Partitions: Prefinished steel, overhead braced, Shanahan's or McGregor Thompson Hardware. 3.Urinal screens: to match toilet partitions, wall-mounted, 18" wide by Urinal screens: to match toilet partitions, wall-mounted, 18" wide by 42" high. 1.Provide backing and blocking for washroom fixtures. See Drawing A703, Provide backing and blocking for washroom fixtures. See Drawing A703, HC Toilet Room 104 details. .1Handicap grab bars as indicated on drawing. Handicap grab bars as indicated on drawing. .2Signs - Lamacoid signage (male/female/disabled). Signs - Lamacoid signage (male/female/disabled). .3wall-mounted lavatories. Mirrors to extend full width of vanities. wall-mounted lavatories. Mirrors to extend full width of vanities. 1.Metal lockers to be supplied by Kal Tire and installed by Contractor. Metal lockers to be supplied by Kal Tire and installed by Contractor. 1.Excavate and prepare the site and building areas in accordance with Excavate and prepare the site and building areas in accordance with the geotechnical report as prepared by GeoPacific Consultants Ltd. 2.The excavation for slabs, footings, pile caps, beams, and walls shall be The excavation for slabs, footings, pile caps, beams, and walls shall be carried to depths shown on the drawings, or as required by the Geotechnical Consultant and the material at those depths shall remain undisturbed. Excavate and remove soft spots where directed by the Geotechnical Consultant. 3.All spaces excavated and not occupied by foundations and other All spaces excavated and not occupied by foundations and other permanent work, shall be back filled with approved material in accordance with compaction requirements as set out in the soils report. No back fill shall be placed during freezing weather or in periods of heavy rain. Care shall be exercised so that finished concrete members are not disturbed, pushed out of line or cracked during back filling. 4.Back Fill Materials: Back Fill Materials: .1 Under Slab Back Fill - free-draining granular material compacted Under Slab Back Fill - free-draining granular material compacted as recommended by the Geotechnical Consultant thickness as recommended by Geotechnical Consultant. 5.Testing: Testing: .1Samples for testing of compaction and density should be taken at Samples for testing of compaction and density should be taken at sufficient intervals to provide specified compaction. The Contractor shall use the services of the soils consultant for testing, and the cost of such services will be borne by the Owner. .2The result of testing must be forwarded to Geotechnical Consultant The result of testing must be forwarded to Geotechnical Consultant for review. 1.Coordinate with Municipal requirements for standard sidewalks, curbs, Coordinate with Municipal requirements for standard sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. 2.Concrete: As specified in Section 03 30 00. Concrete: As specified in Section 03 30 00. .1Minimum Compressive Strength: minimum 30 MPa at 28 days Minimum Compressive Strength: minimum 30 MPa at 28 days .2Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.45 Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.45 .3Nominal aggregate size: 20 - 25 mm Nominal aggregate size: 20 - 25 mm .4Slump Range: 30 - 70 mm Slump Range: 30 - 70 mm .5Air Content Range: 6-8% Air Content Range: 6-8% .6Minimum Cement Content: 3335 kg/m3 Minimum Cement Content: 3335 kg/m3 3.Reinforcing steel: As specified in Section 03 20 00. Reinforcing steel: As specified in Section 03 20 00. 4.Granular base: As specified in Section 31 23 10. Granular base: As specified in Section 31 23 10. 5.Joint filler: 12 mm thick asphalt impregnated fibre board. Joint filler: 12 mm thick asphalt impregnated fibre board. 6.Forms: Plywood and wood formwork; or steel, heavy gauge, prefabricated Forms: Plywood and wood formwork; or steel, heavy gauge, prefabricated to Consultant's approval. 7.PREPARATION PREPARATION .1Verify elevations of sub_grade. Verify elevations of sub_grade. .2Compact sub_grade to 98% standard Proctor density for a depth Compact sub_grade to 98% standard Proctor density for a depth of at least 150 mm below finished sub_grade for concrete sidewalks and curbs. .3Replace any unsuitable materials with pit_run fill and recompact. Replace any unsuitable materials with pit_run fill and recompact. .4Ensure catch basins, manholes, service boxes, drains, etc. are Ensure catch basins, manholes, service boxes, drains, etc. are firmly and properly set to final levels and in correct locations. .5Place and compact granular base as specified in Section 31 23 Place and compact granular base as specified in Section 31 23 10. 8.FORMING FORMING .1Construct wood or metal forms for unsupported concrete edges, Construct wood or metal forms for unsupported concrete edges, to provide straight lines and smooth_flowing curved lines as indicated and in accordance with Section 03 10 00. .2Locate joint filler where paving abuts curbs, walls, and other Locate joint filler where paving abuts curbs, walls, and other vertical surfaces. Joint filler shall be full depth of concrete section. .3Form walks, curbs, gutters to Town of Fairview standards as a Form walks, curbs, gutters to Town of Fairview standards as a minimum. .4Match, repair and patch existing work. Match, repair and patch existing work. .5Reinforce concrete sidewalks, curbs and gutters as indicated in Reinforce concrete sidewalks, curbs and gutters as indicated in the drawings. 9.CONCRETE PLACING CONCRETE PLACING .1Place exterior walks and slabs with a maximum panel dimension Place exterior walks and slabs with a maximum panel dimension of 4000 mm. Joint sidewalk curbs where intersected by the slab joints. .2Divide exterior walks and slabs using 35 mm deep_tooled joints, Divide exterior walks and slabs using 35 mm deep_tooled joints, at a maximum spacing of 2000 mm. .3Provide joints in curbs at a maximum spacing of 3000 mm. Provide joints in curbs at a maximum spacing of 3000 mm. .4Broom finish and provide identification to Town standards. Broom finish and provide identification to Town standards. .5Use winter concreting methods in accordance with CSA A23.l-04 Use winter concreting methods in accordance with CSA A23.l-04 section 7.4.2.5 when the mean daily temperature falls below 5oC. Concrete shall not be considered a seasonal deficiency and shall be installed with heating and hoarding as part of the Contract. 10.BACKFILLING BACKFILLING .1Along all walk edges, as soon as possible after the removal of Along all walk edges, as soon as possible after the removal of forms, backfill with approved material and compact to 95% standard Proctor density. .2Where landscaping occurs, leave backfilling 150 mm below Where landscaping occurs, leave backfilling 150 mm below concrete surface to allow for topsoil. 11.MINIMUM REINFORCING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FOR SIDEWALKS MINIMUM REINFORCING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FOR SIDEWALKS SLAB THICKNESSSIDEWALK REINFORCING SIDEWALK REINFORCING 6"10M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM "10M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 7"10M @ 9" EACH WAY BOTTOM "10M @ 9" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10M @ 9" EACH WAY BOTTOM 8"10M @ 8" EACH WAY BOTTOM "10M @ 8" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10M @ 8" EACH WAY BOTTOM 9"10M @ 7" EACH WAY BOTTOM "10M @ 7" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10M @ 7" EACH WAY BOTTOM 10"15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM "15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 12"15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM "15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM 15M @ 12" EACH WAY BOTTOM GARBAGE ENCLOSURE PAD 8"15M @ 12" EACH WAY TOP AND BOTTOM 15M @ 12" EACH WAY TOP AND BOTTOM
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
JWM
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A001-SPEC.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:55:03 AM 15033SG-A001-SPEC.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:55:03 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:55:03 AM June-09-15 10:55:03 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

1

3

2

4

ENGINEERING JUDGMENT FIRESTOP DETAIL

A

A

SECTION A-AFRONT VIEW

A

A

SECTION A-AFRONT VIEW

CONFIGURATION A

CONFIGURATION B

MAX.

3"

MAX.

2 1/2

"

MAX.

3"

MAX.

2 1/2

"

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

2

3 4

5

F-RATING = 2-HR.

1

4

6

5

3

2

1 6

5

2

4

3

1

4

3

2

1

3

4

2

1

2

3

4

DETAILS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL DETAILS. IF FIELD CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH REQUIREMENTS OF

TYPICAL DETAILS, APPROVED ALTERNATE DETAILS SHALL BE UTILIZED.

Firestopping Notes

··

·

··

·

·

·

··

·

“ ”

“ ”

“ ”

“ ”

SPECIFICATIONS

A004

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
NOTE : MAXIMUM WIDTH OF JOINT = 2".
AutoCAD SHX Text
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
UL/cUL SYSTEM NO. HW-D-0097 TOP OF WALL JOINT : 2-HR. CONCRETE WALL OR BLOCK WALL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY RATING = 2-HR. CLASS II MOVEMENT CAPABILITIES - 12.5% COMPRESSION OR EXTENSION
AutoCAD SHX Text
1.LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR (MIN. 4-1/2" THICK) (2-HR. FIRE-RATING). 2.CONCRETE WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR. FIRE-RATING): CONCRETE WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR. FIRE-RATING): A. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE WALL (MIN. 4-3/8" THICK). B. ANY UL/ULC CLASSIFIED CONCRETE BLOCK WALL. 3.MINIMUM 4-3/8" THICKESS MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 MINIMUM 4-3/8" THICKESS MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) COMPRESSED 50 PERCENT. 4.MINIMUM 1/8" (WET) THICKNESS HILTI CP 672 MINIMUM 1/8" (WET) THICKNESS HILTI CP 672 FIRESTOP SPRAY APPLIED WITHIN THE JOINT, FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE OF WALL AND LAPPING A MINIMUM 1/2" ONTO FLOOR AND WALL ON BOTH SIDES OF JOINT.
AutoCAD SHX Text
1.BUILT UP METAL ROOF DECK ASSEMBLY (NON FIRE-RATED). BUILT UP METAL ROOF DECK ASSEMBLY (NON FIRE-RATED). 2.GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (UL/cUL CLASSIFIED U400 SERIES) (2-HR GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (UL/cUL CLASSIFIED U400 SERIES) (2-HR FIRE-RATING). 3.CEILING RUNNER TO BE MINIMUM 1/4" GREATER THAN MAXIMUM EXTENDED CEILING RUNNER TO BE MINIMUM 1/4" GREATER THAN MAXIMUM EXTENDED JOINT WIDTH AND FASTENED TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK. CONFIGURATION A 4.HILTI CP 777 SPEED PLUGS, OR MINERAL WOOL SAFING (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) HILTI CP 777 SPEED PLUGS, OR MINERAL WOOL SAFING (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) COMPRESSED 50%, FRICTION FITTED TO COMPLETELY FILL FLUTE, FLUSH WITH BOTH SIDES OF WALL. 5.HILTI CP 767 SPEED STRIPS COMPRESSED 50%, OR MINERAL WOOL SAFING HILTI CP 767 SPEED STRIPS COMPRESSED 50%, OR MINERAL WOOL SAFING (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) COMPRESSED 50%, INSERTED INTO JOINT, FLUSH WITH BOTH SIDES OF WALL. 6.MINIMUM 1/8" (WET) THICKNESS HILTI CFS-SP WB FIRESTOP JOINT SPRAY OR MINIMUM 1/8" (WET) THICKNESS HILTI CFS-SP WB FIRESTOP JOINT SPRAY OR HILTI CP 672 SPEED SPRAY TO COMPLETELY COVER MINERAL WOOL, OVERLAPPING MINIMUM 1/2" ONTO GYPSUM WALL AND METAL DECK. CONFIGURATION B 4.HILTI CP 767 SPEED STRIPS COMPRESSED 50%, OR MINERAL WOOL SAFING HILTI CP 767 SPEED STRIPS COMPRESSED 50%, OR MINERAL WOOL SAFING (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) COMPRESSED 50%, INSERTED INTO JOINT, FLUSH WITH BOTH SIDES OF WALL. 5.MINIMUM 1/8" (WET) THICKNESS HILTI CFS-SP WB FIRESTOP JOINT SPRAY OR MINIMUM 1/8" (WET) THICKNESS HILTI CFS-SP WB FIRESTOP JOINT SPRAY OR HILTI CP 672 SPEED SPRAY TO COMPLETELY COVER MINERAL WOOL, OVERLAPPING MINIMUM 1/2" ONTO GYPSUM WALL AND METAL DECK. NOTES : 1.MAXIMUM WIDTH OF JOINT = 2-1/2". MAXIMUM WIDTH OF JOINT = 2-1/2". 2.THIS SYSTEM IS DESIGNED BASED UPON CANADIAN TEST STANDARD THIS SYSTEM IS DESIGNED BASED UPON CANADIAN TEST STANDARD CAN4-S115-M05. 3.FIRE-RATING OF ASSEMBLY IS ONLY AS GOOD AS PERFORMANCE OF METAL FIRE-RATING OF ASSEMBLY IS ONLY AS GOOD AS PERFORMANCE OF METAL ROOF DECK ASSEMBLY UNDER FIRE CONDITIONS.
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
FRONT VIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
SECTION A-A
AutoCAD SHX Text
NOTE : MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF JOINT = 3-3/4".
AutoCAD SHX Text
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
SECTION A-A
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
FRONT VIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
FRONT VIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
SECTION A-A
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
FRONT VIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
SECTION A-A
AutoCAD SHX Text
UL/cUL SYSTEM NO. HW-D-0087 TOP OF WALL JOINT: 1-HR. OR 2-HR. GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY RATING = 1-HR. OR 2-HR. (DEPENDING ON RATING OF WALL AND FLOOR ASSEMBLY) CLASS II AND III MOVEMENT CAPABILITIES - 20% COMPRESSION OR EXTENSION
AutoCAD SHX Text
1.LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR (MIN. 2-1/2" THICK) OVER METAL LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR (MIN. 2-1/2" THICK) OVER METAL DECKING (1-HR OR 2-HR FIRE-RATING). 2.GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (UL/ULC CLASSIFIED U400 SERIES)(1-HR OR 2-HR GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (UL/ULC CLASSIFIED U400 SERIES)(1-HR OR 2-HR FIRE-RATING)(2-HR SHOWN). 3.METAL DEFLECTION TRACK FASTENED TO UNDERSIDE OF THE DECK. DEFLECTION TRACK METAL DEFLECTION TRACK FASTENED TO UNDERSIDE OF THE DECK. DEFLECTION TRACK SHALL HAVE 3" FLANGES. CEILING RUNNER TO BE PROVIDED WITH 1" FLANGES. CEILING RUNNER INSTALLED WITHIN THE U-SHAPED DEFLECTION CHANNEL WITH A 1-1/2" GAP MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE TOP OF CEILING RUNNER AND TOP OF DEFLECTION PLATE. 4.STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN. 3-1/2" WIDE. STUD SPACING SHOULD NOT EXCEED 24" STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN. 3-1/2" WIDE. STUD SPACING SHOULD NOT EXCEED 24" CENTER TO CENTER. 5.MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) COMPRESSED 33 PERCENT AND INSERTED INTO MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) COMPRESSED 33 PERCENT AND INSERTED INTO FLUTES, FLUSH WITH WALL SURFACES. 6.MINIMUM 1/8" (WET) THICKNESS HILTI CP 672 FIRESTOP SPRAY TO COMPLETELY MINIMUM 1/8" (WET) THICKNESS HILTI CP 672 FIRESTOP SPRAY TO COMPLETELY COVER MINERAL WOOL AND TO OVERLAP A MIN. OF 1/2" ONTO GYPSUM AND METAL DECKING ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL.
AutoCAD SHX Text
NOTES : 1.STEEL FLOOR UNITS MAY BE SPRAYED WITH A MINIMUM 5/16" THICKNESS TO MAXIMUM STEEL FLOOR UNITS MAY BE SPRAYED WITH A MINIMUM 5/16" THICKNESS TO MAXIMUM 11/16" THICKNESS OF U.L. CLASSIFIED MONOKOTE TYPE MK-6/HY FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURED BY W.R. GRACE. 2.WHEN THE STEEL DECK IS COATED WITH FIREPROOFING, HILTI CP 672 SHALL OVERLAP WHEN THE STEEL DECK IS COATED WITH FIREPROOFING, HILTI CP 672 SHALL OVERLAP THE WALL A MIN. OF 1/2" AND OVERLAP THE FIREPROOFING A MIN. 2" ON BOTH SIDES OF THE WALL.
AutoCAD SHX Text
UL/cUL SYSTEM NO. HW-D-0045 TOP OF WALL JOINT : 1- HR. AND 2-HR. GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY RATING = 1-HR. OR 2-HR. (DEPENDING ON RATING OF WALL AND FLOOR ASSEMBLY) CLASS II MOVEMENT CAPABILITIES - 33% COMPRESSION OR EXTENSION
AutoCAD SHX Text
1.LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR (MIN. 2-1/2" THICK) OVER LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR (MIN. 2-1/2" THICK) OVER METAL DECKING (1-HR. OR 2-HR. FIRE-RATING). 2.GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (UL/ULC CLASSIFIED U400 SERIES WALL) (1-HR. OR GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (UL/ULC CLASSIFIED U400 SERIES WALL) (1-HR. OR 2-HR. FIRE-RATING). 3.METAL DEFLECTION TRACK FASTENED TO UNDERSIDE OF THE DECK. DEFLECTION METAL DEFLECTION TRACK FASTENED TO UNDERSIDE OF THE DECK. DEFLECTION TRACK SHALL HAVE 2" FLANGES AND CONSIST OF A SINGLE TRACK OR NESTED DOUBLE TRACK SYSTEM CAPABLE OF UNRESTRICTED MOVEMENT AS REQUIRED BY DESIGNER. 4.STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN. 2-1/2" WIDE. STUD SPACING SHOULD NOT EXCEED STEEL STUDS TO BE MIN. 2-1/2" WIDE. STUD SPACING SHOULD NOT EXCEED 24" CENTER TO CENTER. 5.MINIMUM 2-3/4" OR 4" THICKNESS MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY), FOR MINIMUM 2-3/4" OR 4" THICKNESS MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY), FOR 1-HR. OR 2-HR. FIRE-RATED WALLS RESPECTIVELY, TO BE FIRMLY PACKED INTO FLUTES AND RECESSED 1/2" ON EACH SIDE OF WALL TO ACCOMMODATE SEALANT. 6.MINIMUM 1/2" DEPTH HILTI CP 606 FLEXIBLE FIRESTOP SEALANT ON BOTH MINIMUM 1/2" DEPTH HILTI CP 606 FLEXIBLE FIRESTOP SEALANT ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLY.
AutoCAD SHX Text
UL/cUL SYSTEM NO. HW-D-0098 TOP OF WALL JOINT : 2-HR. CONCRETE WALL OR BLOCK WALL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY RATING = 2-HR. ASSEMBLY RATING = 2-HR. CLASS II MOVEMENT CAPABILITIES - 12.5% COMPRESSION OR EXTENSION
AutoCAD SHX Text
1.LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR (MIN. 2-1/2" THICK) OVER METAL LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR (MIN. 2-1/2" THICK) OVER METAL DECKING (2-HR. FIRE-RATING). 2.CONCRETE WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR. FIRE-RATING): A. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR. FIRE-RATING): A. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE WALL (MIN. 6" THICK). B. ANY UL/ULC CLASSIFIED CONCRETE BLOCK WALL. 3.MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) COMPRESSED 33 PERCENT AND INSERTED INTO MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) COMPRESSED 33 PERCENT AND INSERTED INTO FLUTES, FLUSH WITH WALL SURFACES. 4.MINIMUM 1/8" (WET) THICKNESS HILTI CP 672 FIRESTOP SPRAY TO COMPLETELY COVER MINIMUM 1/8" (WET) THICKNESS HILTI CP 672 FIRESTOP SPRAY TO COMPLETELY COVER MINERAL WOOL AND TO OVERLAP A MINIMUM 1/2" ONTO CONCRETE WALL AND METAL DECKING ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL.
AutoCAD SHX Text
NOTES : 1.STEEL FLOOR UNITS MAY BE SPRAYED WITH A MINIMUM 5/16" THICKNESS TO MAXIMUM STEEL FLOOR UNITS MAY BE SPRAYED WITH A MINIMUM 5/16" THICKNESS TO MAXIMUM 11/16" THICKNESS OF U.L. CLASSIFIED MONOKOTE TYPE MK-6/HY FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURED BY W.R. GRACE. 2.WHEN THE STEEL DECK IS COATED WITH FIREPROOFING, HILTI CP 672 SHALL OVERLAP WHEN THE STEEL DECK IS COATED WITH FIREPROOFING, HILTI CP 672 SHALL OVERLAP THE WALL A MIN. OF 1/2" AND OVERLAP THE FIREPROOFING A MIN. 2" ON BOTH SIDES OF THE WALL.
AutoCAD SHX Text
UL/cUL SYSTEM NO. HW-D-0081 TOP OF WALL JOINT : 2-HR. CONCRETE WALL OR BLOCK WALL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY RATING = 2-HR. CLASS II MOVEMENT CABABILITIES = 33% COMPRESSION OR EXTENSION
AutoCAD SHX Text
UL/cUL SYSTEM NO. HW-D-1009 FIRE-RATED JOINT THROUGH CONCRETE WALL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY RATING = 2-HR CLASS II MOVEMENT CAPABILITIES - 7% COMPRESSION OR EXTENSION
AutoCAD SHX Text
1.LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR (MIN. 2-1/2" THICK) OVER LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR (MIN. 2-1/2" THICK) OVER METAL DECKING (2-HR. FIRE-RATING). 2.CONCRETE WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR. FIRE-RATING): A. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL CONCRETE WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR. FIRE-RATING): A. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE WALL (MIN. 5" THICK). B. ANY UL/ULC CLASSIFIED CONCRETE BLOCK WALL. 3.MINIMUM 4" THICKNESS MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) TIGHTLY PACKED. MINIMUM 4" THICKNESS MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) TIGHTLY PACKED. 4.MINIMUM 1/2" DEPTH HILTI CP 606 FLEXIBLE FIRESTOP SEALANT FLUSH WITH BOTH MINIMUM 1/2" DEPTH HILTI CP 606 FLEXIBLE FIRESTOP SEALANT FLUSH WITH BOTH SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLY.
AutoCAD SHX Text
1.LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR ASSEMBLY LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR ASSEMBLY (MIN. 5" THICK) (2-HR FIRE-RATING). 2.CONCRETE WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR FIRE-RATING): A. CONCRETE WALL ASSEMBLY (2-HR FIRE-RATING): A. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE WALL (MIN. 5" THICK). B. ANY UL/ULC CLASSIFIED CONCRETE BLOCK WALL. 3.MINIMUM 4" THICKNESS MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) MINIMUM 4" THICKNESS MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) TIGHTLY PACKED. 4.MINIMUM 1/2" DEPTH HILTI CP 606 FLEXIBLE FIRESTOP MINIMUM 1/2" DEPTH HILTI CP 606 FLEXIBLE FIRESTOP SEALANT.
AutoCAD SHX Text
Firestopping notes are based on typical Hilti products refer to specification for alternative products: 1.Refer to section 07 84 00 of the specifications. Refer to section 07 84 00 of the specifications. For Quality Control requirements, refer to the Quality Control portion of the specification. 2.Details shown are typical details. If field Details shown are typical details. If field conditions do not match requirements of typical details, approved alternate details shall be utilized. Field conditions and dimensions need to be verified for compliance with the details, including but not limited to the following: Minimum and maximum Width of Joints Type and thickness of fire-rated Construction. The minimum assembly rating of the firestop assembly shall meet or exceed the highest rating of the adjacent construction. 3.If alternate details matching the field conditions If alternate details matching the field conditions are not available, manufacturer's engineering judgment drawings are acceptable. Drawings shall follow the International Firestop Council (IFC) Guidelines for Evaluating Firestop Systems Engineering Judgments. 4.References: References: 2000 ULC Fire Resistance Directory - Volume III or UL Products Certified for Canada (cUL) Directory NFPA 101 Life Safety Code All governing local, provincial or national building codes 5.Firestop System installations must meet require- Firestop System installations must meet require- ments of ULC or cUL (ULC-S115-M) tested assemblies that provide the required assembly rating. 6.All rated assemblies shall be prominently labeled All rated assemblies shall be prominently labeled with the following information: ATTENTION: Fire Rated Assembly ULC or cUL # Product(s) used Hourly Rating (Assembly Rating) Installation Date 7.Use only firestop products that have been ULC or Use only firestop products that have been ULC or cUL tested for specific fire-rated construction conditions conforming to construction assembly type, penetrating item type, annular space requirements, and fire-rating involved for each separate instance. 8.Cast-in place firestop devices for use with Cast-in place firestop devices for use with non-combustible and combustible plastic pipe (closed and open piping systems) penetrating concrete floors, the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti CP 680 Cast-In Place Firestop Device for Hilti CP 680 Cast-In Place Firestop Device for combustible and non-combustible pipe Add Aerator adaptor when used in conjunction with aerator (“sovent”) system. sovent”) system. ) system. b.Hilti CP 681 Tub Box Kit for use with tub Hilti CP 681 Tub Box Kit for use with tub installations. c.Hilti CP 682 Cast-In-Place Firestop Device for Hilti CP 682 Cast-In-Place Firestop Device for non-combustible pipe only 9.Sealants or caulking materials for use with Sealants or caulking materials for use with non-combustible items including steel pipe, copper pipe, rigid steel conduit and electrical metallic tubing (EMT), the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant Hilti FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant b.Hilti CP 604 Self Leveling Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 604 Self Leveling Firestop Sealant c.Hilti CP 620 Fire Foam Hilti CP 620 Fire Foam d.Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant e.Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant 10.Sealants or caulking materials for use with sheet Sealants or caulking materials for use with sheet metal ducts, the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant b.Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant c.Hilti FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant Hilti FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant d.Hilti CP 604 Self Leveling Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 604 Self Leveling Firestop Sealant 11.Sealants, caulking or spray materials for use with Sealants, caulking or spray materials for use with fire-rated construction joints and other gaps, the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti CP 672 Speed Spray Hilti CP 672 Speed Spray b.Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant c.Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant d.Hilti CP 604 Self Leveling Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 604 Self Leveling Firestop Sealant 12.Pre-formed mineral wool designed to fit flutes of Pre-formed mineral wool designed to fit flutes of metal profile deck; as a backer for spray material. a.Hilti CP 777 Speed Plugs Hilti CP 777 Speed Plugs b.Hilti CP 767 Speed Strips Hilti CP 767 Speed Strips 13.Intumescent sealants or caulking materials for use Intumescent sealants or caulking materials for use with combustible items (penetrants consumed by high heat and flame) including insulated metal pipe, PVC jacketed, flexible cable or cable bundles and plastic pipe, the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant Hilti FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant 14.Foams, intumescent sealants, caulking or putty Foams, intumescent sealants, caulking or putty materials for use with flexible cable or cable bundles, the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant Hilti FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant b.Hilti CP 618 Firestop Putty Stick Hilti CP 618 Firestop Putty Stick c.Hilti CP 620 Fire Foam Hilti CP 620 Fire Foam d.Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant e.Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant 15.Non curing, re-penetrable intumescent sealants, Non curing, re-penetrable intumescent sealants, caulking or putty materials for use with flexible cable or cable bundles, the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti CP 618 Firestop Putty Stick Hilti CP 618 Firestop Putty Stick b.Hilti CP 658T Firestop Plug Hilti CP 658T Firestop Plug 16.Wall opening protective materials for use with cUL. Wall opening protective materials for use with cUL. / ULC listed metallic and specified nonmetallic outlet boxes, the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti CP 617 Firestop Putty Pad Hilti CP 617 Firestop Putty Pad 17.Firestop collar or wrap devices attached to Firestop collar or wrap devices attached to assembly around combustible plastic pipe (closed and open piping systems) tested to 50 Pa. differential, the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti CP 643N Firestop Collar Hilti CP 643N Firestop Collar b.Hilti CP 644 Firestop Collar Hilti CP 644 Firestop Collar c.Hilti CP 645/648 Wrap Strips Hilti CP 645/648 Wrap Strips 18.Materials used for large size/complex penetrations Materials used for large size/complex penetrations made to accommodate cable trays, multiple steel and copper pipes, electrical busways in raceways, the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti FS 637 Firestop Mortar Hilti FS 637 Firestop Mortar b.Hilti FS 657 Fire Block Hilti FS 657 Fire Block c.Hilti CP 620 Fire Foam Hilti CP 620 Fire Foam d.Hilti CP 675--T Firestop Board Hilti CP 675--T Firestop Board 19.Non curing, re-penetrable materials used for large Non curing, re-penetrable materials used for large size/complex penetrations made to accommodate cable trays, multiple steel and copper pipes, electrical busways in raceways, the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti FS 657 Fire Block Hilti FS 657 Fire Block b.Hilti CP 675-T Firestop Board Hilti CP 675-T Firestop Board 20.Sealants or caulking materials used for openings Sealants or caulking materials used for openings between structurally separate sections of wall and floors, the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti CP 672 Speed Spray Hilti CP 672 Speed Spray b.Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 601s Elastomeric Firestop Sealant c.Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant d.Hilti CP 604 Self Leveling Firestop Sealant Hilti CP 604 Self Leveling Firestop Sealant 21.For blank openings made in fire-rated wall or For blank openings made in fire-rated wall or floor assemblies, where future penetration of pipes, conduits, or cables is expected, the following products are acceptable: a.Hilti FS 657 Fire Block (for walls and floors) Hilti FS 657 Fire Block (for walls and floors) b.Hilti CP 658T Firestop Plug (for walls and Hilti CP 658T Firestop Plug (for walls and floors) c.Hilti CP 680 Cast-In Place Firestop Device (for Hilti CP 680 Cast-In Place Firestop Device (for floors only) 22.For penetrations through a Fire Separation wall For penetrations through a Fire Separation wall provide a firestop system with a "F" Rating as determined by ULC or cUL as indicated below: Fire Resistance RatingRequired ULC or cUL “F” Required ULC or cUL “F” F” Rating of of SeparationFirestopping Assembly Firestopping Assembly 30 minutes20 minutes 20 minutes 45 minutes45 minutes 45 minutes 1 hour45 minutes 45 minutes 1.5 hours1 hour 1 hour 2 hours1.5 hours 1.5 hours 3 hours2 hours 2 hours 4 hours3 hours 3 hours For combustible pipe penetrations through a Fire Separation provide a firestop system with a “F” F” Rating as determined by ULC or cUL which is equal to the fire resistance rating of the construction being penetrated. 23.For penetrations through a Fire Wall or horizontal For penetrations through a Fire Wall or horizontal Fire Separation provide a firestop system with a FT” Rating as determined by ULC or cUL which is Rating as determined by ULC or cUL which is equal to the fire resistance rating of the construction being penetrated. 24.For joints provide a firestop system with an For joints provide a firestop system with an Assembly Rating as determined by CAN4-S115-M, ULC-S115-M or UL 2079 which is equal to the fire resistance rating of the construction being penetrated.
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
JWM
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A001-SPEC.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:55:15 AM 15033SG-A001-SPEC.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:55:15 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:55:15 AM June-09-15 10:55:15 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

KAL TIRE

7-BAY RETAIL

BDLG FOOTPRINT: 7,722 sqft

M

c

L

E

O

D

A

V

E

N

U

E

1

3

4

1

2

1

3

1

9

2

4

20

23

P

A

I

N

T

E

D

L

I

N

E

S

GA

RB

AG

E

EN

CLO

SU

RE

T

I

R

E

C

A

G

E

L

O

A

D

I

N

G

BAY1

BAY2

BAY3

BAY4

BAY5

BAY6

BAY7

SHOWROOM

7

B

A

Y

R

E

T

A

I

L

-

P

R

O

T

O

T

Y

P

E

4

C

T

O

T

A

L

B

D

L

G

F

O

O

T

P

R

I

N

T

A

R

E

A

.

.

.

.

.

7

,

7

2

2

f

t

2

1918

G\M

G\M

G\M

YOGURT

PLACE

BREW HOUSE

52 59

6660

BREW HOUSE

STAFF PARKING

P

A

I

N

T

E

D

L

I

N

E

S

GA

RB

AG

E

EN

CL

OS

UR

E

T

I

R

E

C

A

G

E

L

O

A

D

I

N

G

7

B

A

Y

R

E

T

A

I

L

-

P

R

O

T

O

T

Y

P

E

4

C

T

O

T

A

L

B

D

L

G

F

O

O

T

P

R

I

N

T

A

R

E

A

.

.

.

.

.

7

,

7

2

2

f

t

2

KEY PLAN

1"=200'-0"

SITE PLAN

1/16"=1'-0"

AERIAL PHOTO

SITE PLAN

A101

NORTH

²

² ²

²

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

NORTH

HIGHWAY 16A

JE

NN

IF

ER

H

EIL

W

AY

M

c

L

E

O

D

A

V

E

N

U

E

NORTH

M

c

L

E

O

D

A

V

E

N

U

E

JE

NN

IF

ER

H

EIL

W

AY

HIGHWAY 16A

AutoCAD SHX Text
FOR GARBAGE ENCLOSURE DETAILS REFER TO SHEET A102
AutoCAD SHX Text
FOR GARBAGE ENCLOSURE DETAILS REFER TO SHEET A102
AutoCAD SHX Text
200
AutoCAD SHX Text
100
AutoCAD SHX Text
50
AutoCAD SHX Text
0
AutoCAD SHX Text
FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
JWM
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
SITE LOCATION
AutoCAD SHX Text
SITE PARTICULARS LEGAL DESCRIPTION: LOT 17 BLOCK 9 PLAN 992 5216 MUNICIPAL ADDRESS: T.B.D. SPRUCE GROVE, AB BUILDING CLASSIFICATION: MAJOR OCCUPANCY: 3.2.2.71 - GROUP F, DIV 2, UP TO 2 STOREYS 3.2.2.61 - GROUP E, UP TO 2 STOREYS ZONING: C2 VEHICLE ORIENTED COMMERCIAL DISTRICT DISCRETIONARY USE - AUTOMOBILE SERVICE CENTRES SITE AREA 2,585m²(27,825sf) 2,585m²(27,825sf) (27,825sf) BUILDING AREA MAIN FLOOR717m² (7,720sf) 717m² (7,720sf) (7,720sf) MEZZANINE78m² (836sf) 78m² (836sf) (836sf) TOTAL975m² (8,556sf)975m² (8,556sf)(8,556sf)
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A101-Site Plan.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:57:02 AM 15033SG-A101-Site Plan.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:57:02 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:57:02 AM June-09-15 10:57:02 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09
AutoCAD SHX Text
16'
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'
AutoCAD SHX Text
4'
AutoCAD SHX Text
0
AutoCAD SHX Text
SITE LOCATION

SIDEWALKSIDEWALK

SCALE:

4

A102 1/2"=1'-0"

REMOVABLE BOLLARD DETAIL

SCALE:

5

A102 1/2"=1'-0"

TYPICAL BOLLARD DETAIL

SCALE:

3

A102 1"=1'-0"

TYPICAL BOLLARD OVERLAP DETAIL

1

A102

SCALE:

6

A101 1 1/2"=1'-0"

CURB DETAIL

SCALE:

7

A102 1/4"=1'-0"

GARBAGE ENCLOSURE - PLAN

4

126

11

10

10

2

1

3

1

1

7

12

11

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

- KEYNOTE LEGEND -

15

16

SCALE:

10

A102 1/2"=1'-0"

GARBAGE ENCLOSURE - SECTION

SCALE:

8

A102 1/2"=1'-0"

GARBAGE ENCLOSURE - FRONT ELEVATION

SCALE:

9

A102 1/2"=1'-0"

GARBAGE ENCLOSURE - BACK ELEVATION

8

4

12

2

7

13

3

8844

13

4

6

1515

16

12

8

SITE DETAILS

A102

SCALE:

1

A102

SIDEWALK TOOL JOINT

NTS

SCALE:

2

A102

CONTROL JOINT

NTS

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
4'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
4'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
4'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
REMOVABLE BOLLARD LOCK
AutoCAD SHX Text
STEEL TUBE SLEEVE WITH 1/4" THICK WALL SET IN CONCRETE BASE
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" STD. PIPE PAINTED AS PER BUILDINGS ELEVATIONS PLAN
AutoCAD SHX Text
ROUNDED CONCRETE TOP PAINTED PER EXTERIOR ELEVATION SHEET
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" DIA. SCHEDULE 40 STEEL POST FILLED WITH CONCRETE AND PAINTED PER SPECIFICATIONS. LOCATION PER ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, SEE SHEET A101 AND SITE PLAN G003.
AutoCAD SHX Text
GRADE
AutoCAD SHX Text
1'-8" DIA. CONCRETE FOOTING
AutoCAD SHX Text
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" BOLLARD
AutoCAD SHX Text
EDGE OF SERVICE BAY DOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
EDGE OF SERVICE BAY DOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" BOLLARD
AutoCAD SHX Text
2% SLOPE MINIMUM
AutoCAD SHX Text
NOTE: 1. MAXIMUM EXPOSED FACE OF CURB TO BE 6" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
AutoCAD SHX Text
ASPHALT SURFACE SEE SOIL REPORT FOR PAVING DESIGN
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONCRETE SIDEWALK - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROVIDE RIGID CONNECTION AT GRADE BEAM/FOUNDATION WALL. SEE STRUCTURAL
AutoCAD SHX Text
REINFORCED CONCRETE CURB W/ 2-10M REBAR TOP & BOTTOM
AutoCAD SHX Text
FACE OF BUILDING
AutoCAD SHX Text
DROP PIN ANCHOR SLOT, TYP. @ EACH DOOR. LOCATION DETERMINED @ COMPLETION OF GARBAGE ENCLOSURE CONSTRUCTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
8" CONCRETE PAD RF w/15M @ 300 o.c. EACH WAY & EDGE THICKENING
AutoCAD SHX Text
SWING GATE c/w DROP PIN ANCHORS, HEAVY DUTY HINGES & LATCH (PTD.) - READY FOR PADLOCK
AutoCAD SHX Text
5/8" X 6" PRESSURE TREATED SPRUCE SCREENING - EQUALLY SPACED (STAINED)
AutoCAD SHX Text
FINISH GRADE - SEE SITE PLAN
AutoCAD SHX Text
STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORT FOR FRAME c/w THRU-BOLTED CONNECTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
HEAVY DUTY SWING GATE HINGES ANCHORED TO HSS SUPPORT POSTS (PTD.)
AutoCAD SHX Text
1 1/2" X 7 1/4" PRESSURE TREATED WOOD FRAMING
AutoCAD SHX Text
NOT USED
AutoCAD SHX Text
GARBAGE BIN N.I.C.
AutoCAD SHX Text
4" DIA. CONCRETE FILLED PROTECTIVE BOLLARDS
AutoCAD SHX Text
4" X 4" HSS ENCLOSURE SUPPORT POSTS (PTD.) WELDED TO 8" X 8" BASE PLATE c/w ANCHOR BOLTS (PTD.) & METAL PLATE COLUMN CAP - CONT. WELD & GRIND SMOOTH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NOT USED
AutoCAD SHX Text
NOT USED
AutoCAD SHX Text
2x6 CROSS BRACING INSIDE FRAME
AutoCAD SHX Text
HEAVY DUTY GATE CASTER - TYP. BOTH GATES
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FIBRE BOARD
AutoCAD SHX Text
BROOMED FINISH
AutoCAD SHX Text
BROOMED FINISH
AutoCAD SHX Text
BROOMED FINISH
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A102-Site Details.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:58:10 AM 15033SG-A102-Site Details.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:58:10 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:58:10 AM June-09-15 10:58:10 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

C

B

A

431

431 2

R

H

R

H

R

H

WALL TYPES:

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL.

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL TO 9'-10 1/8"

A.F.F.

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL TO 4'-7 1/8"

A.F.F.

2HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL TO 9'-10 1/8"

A.F.F

1X WOOD FURRING @ 16" O.C.

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

1HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL TO 9'-10 1/8"

A.F.F

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

6 MIL POLY VAPOUR BARRIER

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-11 SOUND BATT INSULATION

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-11 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

1HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

1HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

1

2

" G1S PLYWOOD TO 8' A.F.F. (SHOP SIDE)

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

1

2

" G1S PLYWOOD TO 8' A.F.F. (SHOP SIDE)

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-17 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

300MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL

2HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL

2HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL

1X WOOD FURRING @ 16" O.C.

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-17 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

1HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

1

2

" G1S PLYWOOD TO 8' A.F.F. (SHOP SIDE)

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL TO 9'-10 1/8"

A.F.F

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-17 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

SHOWROOM

ADMIN

MANAGER/

SERVICE BAYS

ROOM

PARTS

WC 2

PUBLIC

WC 1

PUBLIC

JAN

MECH/

WC 1

STAFF

WAREHOUSE

ROOM

ELEC

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

12

13

CORRIDOR

8

ROOM

-

LEGEND:

CONSTRUCTION NOTES

DOOR NUMBER(REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE)

WINDOW TYPE(REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE)

WALL TYPE

FLOOR TYPE

ROOM NUMBER

BUILDING SECTION

FLOOR DRAIN

NEW CERAMIC TILE

NEW PAINTED PLYWOOD

NEW EXPOSED CONCRETE

FLOOR FINISH NOTES:

(CONFIRM FLOOR FINISHES WITH KAL TIRE PM)

1. CERAMIC TILE: SHOWROOM, OFFICES, LUNCH ROOM,

LOCKER ROOMS, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE WASHROOMS.

2. ALL CERAMIC TILE FLOORS C/W 6" TILE BASE TO MATCH

U.N.O.

3. ALL CERAMIC TILE, THIN SET, AND GROUT SUPPLIED BY

KAL TIRE.

4. PROVIDE RUBBER COVE BASE (RB-1) ON FRAMED WALLS

WHERE CERAMIC TILE BASE WILL NOT BE INSTALLED.

SEE FINISH SCHEDULE

CERAMIC TILE QUANTITIES:

SHOWROOM FLOOR = 1,330 sf 6" BASE = 87 sf

OFFICE FLOOR = 166 sf 6" BASE = 30 sf

H/C WASHROOM FLOOR = 47 sf 6' WALL = 166 sf

WASHROOM FLOOR = 30 sf 6' WALL = 132 sf

MECH./JANITOR ROOM FLOOR = 0 sf 6' WALL = 48 sf

STAFF WASHROOM FLOOR = 50 sf 6' WALL = 178 sf

LUNCH ROOM FLOOR = 410 sf 6" BASE = 42 sf

LOCKER ROOM FLOOR = 126 sf 6' WALL = 282 sf

SERVER ROOM FLOOR = 30 sf 6" BASE = 20 sf

UPPER CORRIDOR FLOOR = 29 sf 6" BASE = 17 sf

TOTAL = 3,232 sf

3% WASTE = 100 sf

TOTAL TILE REQUIRED = 3,332 sf

NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ALL QUANTITIES

GENERAL NOTES:

1. ALL GWB IN RESTROOMS AND JANITOR ROOM TO

BE WATER RESISTANT TYPE.

2. NON GROUTED MASONRY WALL CELLS TO BE

FILLED WITH PERLITE INSULATION.

3. PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR THE 55" TV IN THE

LUNCH ROOM.

4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD/MASONRY.

5. ALL SEAMS AND SCREW HOLES ON THE G1S

PLYWOOD INSTALLED ON WALLS IN THE SHOP AND

STORAGE AREAS ARE TO CAULKED AND SANDED

PRIOR TO PAINT IN ORDER TO PROVIDE A CLEAN

FINISHED PRODUCT.

2 HR FIRE RATED SEPARATION

1 HR FIRE RATED SEPARATION

FIRE RATING

MEZZANINE FLOOR TYPE:

1/2" PLYWOOD TILE UNDERLAYMENT

3/4" T&G PLYWOOD SHEATHING

WOOD JOISTS PER STRUCTURAL

R-28 BATT INSULATION

GYPSUM BOARD CEILING

1

INSTALL NEW FLOOR SAFE AS PER

MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS

ENSURE H/C TOILET & SINK ARE 1'-6" AWAY

FROM FINISHED END WALLS

CENTER WHEEL POLES ON GLAZING AS

SHOWN TYP. x5.

REMOVABLE BOLLARD (x1)

MAX HIGH-LIFT FOR NEW OVER HEAD DOOR

TRACKS (TYP. x7).

NEW SINGLE COMPARTMENT PRECAST SUMP

TO BE INSTALLED BELOW TRENCH DRAIN &

CENTERED BETWEEN BAYS.

CENTER FLOOR DRAIN UNDER PARTITION

NEW SINGLE COMPARTMENT PRECAST SUMP

TO BE INSTALLED FOR TIRE WASH. PROVIDE 2"

SLOPE DOWN TO DRAIN.

12" WIDE TRENCH DRAIN W/ METAL GRATING

BOLLARDS (x25 TYP.)

NEW OIL INTERCEPTOR BELOW SLAB

LOCATION TO BE CONFIRMED ON SITE

OIL INTERCEPTOR VENT PIPES TO RUN INSIDE

MASONRY WALL

FLOOR SINK W/ 4'x4' TILE BACK SPLASH 6' A.F.F.

ALL WALLS ON UPPER FLOOR TO BE FULL

HEIGHT TO U/S OF ROOF ASSEMBLY

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

SCALE:

1

A201 3/16"=1'-0"

FLOOR PLAN

7,722 sqft (717 sqm)

NORTH

A701

1HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING TO CEILING

OF MECH/JAN 107

1/2" PLYWOOD TILE UNDERLAYMENT

3/4" T&G PLYWOOD SHEATHING

WOOD JOISTS PER STRUCTURAL

R-28 MINERL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD

GYPSUM BOARD CEILING

1

2

" G1S PLYWOOD TO 8' A.F.F. (SHOP SIDE)

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-17 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

1

2

" G1S PLYWOOD TO 8' A.F.F. (SHOP SIDE)

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-11 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-17 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

1/2" PLYWOOD TILE UNDERLAYMENT

3/4" T&G PLYWOOD SHEATHING

WOOD JOISTS PER STRUCTURAL

R-28 BATT INSULATION

SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE SYSTEM

FLOOR PLAN

A201

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
UP 18R
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
5
AutoCAD SHX Text
7
AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
ACCESS LADDER TO MEZZANINE
AutoCAD SHX Text
LINE OF MEZZANINE ABOVE
AutoCAD SHX Text
UP TO MEZZANINE
AutoCAD SHX Text
LINE OF MEZZANINE ABOVE
AutoCAD SHX Text
W1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W2
AutoCAD SHX Text
W3
AutoCAD SHX Text
W4
AutoCAD SHX Text
W5
AutoCAD SHX Text
W6
AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
W8
AutoCAD SHX Text
W9
AutoCAD SHX Text
W11
AutoCAD SHX Text
W12
AutoCAD SHX Text
W13
AutoCAD SHX Text
W14
AutoCAD SHX Text
W15
AutoCAD SHX Text
W16
AutoCAD SHX Text
W17
AutoCAD SHX Text
101
AutoCAD SHX Text
105
AutoCAD SHX Text
102
AutoCAD SHX Text
111
AutoCAD SHX Text
104
AutoCAD SHX Text
103
AutoCAD SHX Text
107
AutoCAD SHX Text
105
AutoCAD SHX Text
108
AutoCAD SHX Text
104
AutoCAD SHX Text
103
AutoCAD SHX Text
102
AutoCAD SHX Text
101
AutoCAD SHX Text
119
AutoCAD SHX Text
118
AutoCAD SHX Text
117
AutoCAD SHX Text
116
AutoCAD SHX Text
115
AutoCAD SHX Text
114
AutoCAD SHX Text
113
AutoCAD SHX Text
112
AutoCAD SHX Text
111
AutoCAD SHX Text
110
AutoCAD SHX Text
120
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
108
AutoCAD SHX Text
107
AutoCAD SHX Text
106
AutoCAD SHX Text
B
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
C
AutoCAD SHX Text
W10
AutoCAD SHX Text
110
AutoCAD SHX Text
106
AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
B
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
W21
AutoCAD SHX Text
W8
AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
C
AutoCAD SHX Text
W4
AutoCAD SHX Text
W12
AutoCAD SHX Text
W12
AutoCAD SHX Text
W16
AutoCAD SHX Text
W13
AutoCAD SHX Text
W13
AutoCAD SHX Text
W3
AutoCAD SHX Text
W3
AutoCAD SHX Text
W13
AutoCAD SHX Text
W1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W20
AutoCAD SHX Text
W2
AutoCAD SHX Text
W2
AutoCAD SHX Text
W2
AutoCAD SHX Text
W1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
W3
AutoCAD SHX Text
W3
AutoCAD SHX Text
W5
AutoCAD SHX Text
W19
AutoCAD SHX Text
W20
AutoCAD SHX Text
W17
AutoCAD SHX Text
W20
AutoCAD SHX Text
W6
AutoCAD SHX Text
W16
AutoCAD SHX Text
W8
AutoCAD SHX Text
W20
AutoCAD SHX Text
W11
AutoCAD SHX Text
W9
AutoCAD SHX Text
W9
AutoCAD SHX Text
W4
AutoCAD SHX Text
W2
AutoCAD SHX Text
W2
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
W2
AutoCAD SHX Text
W6
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
A302
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
A302
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
A302
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
A302
AutoCAD SHX Text
ELECTRICAL PANELS
AutoCAD SHX Text
SAFE
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
1.3% SLOPE
AutoCAD SHX Text
1.5% SLOPE
AutoCAD SHX Text
1% SLOPE
AutoCAD SHX Text
1.3% SLOPE
AutoCAD SHX Text
EYE WASH
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
-
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
-
AutoCAD SHX Text
-
AutoCAD SHX Text
F1
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
A501
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
A703
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
A501
AutoCAD SHX Text
SIM.
AutoCAD SHX Text
F2
AutoCAD SHX Text
W18
AutoCAD SHX Text
W18
AutoCAD SHX Text
W19
AutoCAD SHX Text
W20
AutoCAD SHX Text
W21
AutoCAD SHX Text
F3
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A201-Construction Plan.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:58:46 AM 15033SG-A201-Construction Plan.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:58:46 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:58:46 AM June-09-15 10:58:46 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

432A2

A

B

WALL TYPES:

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL.

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL TO 9'-10 1/8"

A.F.F.

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL TO 4'-7 1/8"

A.F.F.

2HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL TO 9'-10 1/8"

A.F.F

1X WOOD FURRING @ 16" O.C.

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

1HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL TO 9'-10 1/8"

A.F.F

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

6 MIL POLY VAPOUR BARRIER

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-11 SOUND BATT INSULATION

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-11 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

1HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

1HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

1

2

" G1S PLYWOOD TO 8' A.F.F. (SHOP SIDE)

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

1

2

" G1S PLYWOOD TO 8' A.F.F. (SHOP SIDE)

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-17 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

300MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL

2HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL

2HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL

1X WOOD FURRING @ 16" O.C.

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-17 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

1HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

1

2

" G1S PLYWOOD TO 8' A.F.F. (SHOP SIDE)

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

MINERAL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

200MM CONCRETE BLOCK WALL TO 9'-10 1/8"

A.F.F

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-17 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

ROOM

LUNCH

ROOM

LOCKER

MEZZ

COMPR

ROOM

SERVER

14

CORRIDOR

ROOM

-

LEGEND:

CONSTRUCTION NOTES

DOOR NUMBER(REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE)

WINDOW TYPE(REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE)

WALL TYPE

FLOOR TYPE

ROOM NUMBER

BUILDING SECTION

FLOOR DRAIN

NEW CERAMIC TILE

NEW PAINTED PLYWOOD

NEW EXPOSED CONCRETE

FLOOR FINISH NOTES:

(CONFIRM FLOOR FINISHES WITH KAL TIRE PM)

1. CERAMIC TILE: SHOWROOM, OFFICES, LUNCH ROOM,

LOCKER ROOMS, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE WASHROOMS.

2. ALL CERAMIC TILE FLOORS C/W 6" TILE BASE TO MATCH

U.N.O.

3. ALL CERAMIC TILE, THIN SET, AND GROUT SUPPLIED BY

KAL TIRE.

4. PROVIDE RUBBER COVE BASE (RB-1) ON FRAMED WALLS

WHERE CERAMIC TILE BASE WILL NOT BE INSTALLED.

SEE FINISH SCHEDULE

CERAMIC TILE QUANTITIES:

SHOWROOM FLOOR = 1,330 sf 6" BASE = 87 sf

OFFICE FLOOR = 166 sf 6" BASE = 30 sf

H/C WASHROOM FLOOR = 47 sf 6' WALL = 166 sf

WASHROOM FLOOR = 30 sf 6' WALL = 132 sf

MECH./JANITOR ROOM FLOOR = 0 sf 6' WALL = 48 sf

STAFF WASHROOM FLOOR = 50 sf 6' WALL = 178 sf

LUNCH ROOM FLOOR = 410 sf 6" BASE = 42 sf

LOCKER ROOM FLOOR = 126 sf 6' WALL = 282 sf

SERVER ROOM FLOOR = 30 sf 6" BASE = 20 sf

UPPER CORRIDOR FLOOR = 29 sf 6" BASE = 17 sf

TOTAL = 3,232 sf

3% WASTE = 100 sf

TOTAL TILE REQUIRED = 3,332 sf

NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ALL QUANTITIES

GENERAL NOTES:

1. ALL GWB IN RESTROOMS AND JANITOR ROOM TO

BE WATER RESISTANT TYPE.

2. NON GROUTED MASONRY WALL CELLS TO BE

FILLED WITH PERLITE INSULATION.

3. PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR THE 55" TV IN THE

LUNCH ROOM.

4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD/MASONRY.

5. ALL SEAMS AND SCREW HOLES ON THE G1S

PLYWOOD INSTALLED ON WALLS IN THE SHOP AND

STORAGE AREAS ARE TO CAULKED AND SANDED

PRIOR TO PAINT IN ORDER TO PROVIDE A CLEAN

FINISHED PRODUCT.

2 HR FIRE RATED SEPARATION

1 HR FIRE RATED SEPARATION

FIRE RATING

MEZZANINE FLOOR TYPE:

1/2" PLYWOOD TILE UNDERLAYMENT

3/4" T&G PLYWOOD SHEATHING

WOOD JOISTS PER STRUCTURAL

R-28 BATT INSULATION

GYPSUM BOARD CEILING

1

INSTALL NEW FLOOR SAFE AS PER

MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS

ENSURE H/C TOILET & SINK ARE 1'-6" AWAY

FROM FINISHED END WALLS

CENTER WHEEL POLES ON GLAZING AS

SHOWN TYP. x5.

REMOVABLE BOLLARD (x1)

MAX HIGH-LIFT FOR NEW OVER HEAD DOOR

TRACKS (TYP. x7).

NEW SINGLE COMPARTMENT PRECAST SUMP

TO BE INSTALLED BELOW TRENCH DRAIN &

CENTERED BETWEEN BAYS.

CENTER FLOOR DRAIN UNDER PARTITION

NEW SINGLE COMPARTMENT PRECAST SUMP

TO BE INSTALLED FOR TIRE WASH. PROVIDE 2"

SLOPE DOWN TO DRAIN.

12" WIDE TRENCH DRAIN W/ METAL GRATING

BOLLARDS (x25 TYP.)

NEW OIL INTERCEPTOR BELOW SLAB

LOCATION TO BE CONFIRMED ON SITE

OIL INTERCEPTOR VENT PIPES TO RUN INSIDE

MASONRY WALL

FLOOR SINK W/ 4'x4' TILE BACK SPLASH 6' A.F.F.

ALL WALLS ON UPPER FLOOR TO BE FULL

HEIGHT TO U/S OF ROOF ASSEMBLY

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

SCALE:

2

A201 3/16"=1'-0"

MEZZANINE PLAN

728 sqft Partitioned Mezz (68 sqm)

107 sqft Open Mezz (10 sqm)

TOTAL = 835 sqft (78 sqm)

NORTH

1HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING TO CEILING

OF MECH/JAN 107

1/2" PLYWOOD TILE UNDERLAYMENT

3/4" T&G PLYWOOD SHEATHING

WOOD JOISTS PER STRUCTURAL

R-28 MINERL FIBRE BATT INSULATION

5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD

GYPSUM BOARD CEILING

1

2

" G1S PLYWOOD TO 8' A.F.F. (SHOP SIDE)

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-17 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

1

2

" G1S PLYWOOD TO 8' A.F.F. (SHOP SIDE)

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x4 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-11 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

2x6 WOOD STUDS @ 16" O.C.

R-17 SOUND BATT INSULATION

5

8

" TYPE-X G.W.B.

1/2" PLYWOOD TILE UNDERLAYMENT

3/4" T&G PLYWOOD SHEATHING

WOOD JOISTS PER STRUCTURAL

R-28 BATT INSULATION

SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE SYSTEM

MEZZANINE PLAN

A201M

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
DN 18R
AutoCAD SHX Text
ACCESS LADDER TO ROOF HATCH.
AutoCAD SHX Text
DOWN TO MAIN FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
ACCESS LADDER TO MEZZANINE FROM BELOW.
AutoCAD SHX Text
42" HIGH RAILING
AutoCAD SHX Text
W1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W2
AutoCAD SHX Text
W3
AutoCAD SHX Text
W4
AutoCAD SHX Text
W5
AutoCAD SHX Text
W6
AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
W8
AutoCAD SHX Text
W9
AutoCAD SHX Text
W11
AutoCAD SHX Text
W12
AutoCAD SHX Text
W13
AutoCAD SHX Text
W14
AutoCAD SHX Text
W15
AutoCAD SHX Text
W16
AutoCAD SHX Text
W17
AutoCAD SHX Text
201
AutoCAD SHX Text
203
AutoCAD SHX Text
202
AutoCAD SHX Text
201
AutoCAD SHX Text
203
AutoCAD SHX Text
204
AutoCAD SHX Text
202
AutoCAD SHX Text
F1
AutoCAD SHX Text
F1
AutoCAD SHX Text
F1
AutoCAD SHX Text
F1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W10
AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
W10
AutoCAD SHX Text
W21
AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
W15
AutoCAD SHX Text
W14
AutoCAD SHX Text
F1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W8
AutoCAD SHX Text
W8
AutoCAD SHX Text
W8
AutoCAD SHX Text
W20
AutoCAD SHX Text
W20
AutoCAD SHX Text
W8
AutoCAD SHX Text
W10
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
9
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
9
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
9
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
-
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
-
AutoCAD SHX Text
-
AutoCAD SHX Text
F1
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
9
AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
A702
AutoCAD SHX Text
F2
AutoCAD SHX Text
W18
AutoCAD SHX Text
W19
AutoCAD SHX Text
W20
AutoCAD SHX Text
W21
AutoCAD SHX Text
F3
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A201-Construction Plan.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:59:17 AM 15033SG-A201-Construction Plan.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:59:17 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:59:17 AM June-09-15 10:59:17 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

GENERAL ROOF NOTES:

1. ALL ROOFING & ROOFING SYSTEMS TO A.R.C.A. - ROOFING

PRACTICES MANUAL (LATEST EDITION). GC TO INSTALL

ROOF SYSTEM TO PROVIDE A 5-YEAR A.R.C.A.

GUARANTEE.

2. ALL ROOF ASSEMBLIES TO MEET MINIMUM CLASS 'C'

RATING.

3. SLOPE ALL ROOFS TO DRAIN MINIMUM 1/4":12"

4. SEE MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL FOR ROOF

PENETRATIONS, ROOF-TOP UNITS, FIXTURES,

CONTINUATION OF RWLS FROM ROOF DRAINS, ETC.

5. ROOFING TO WRAP UP MIN. 6" ALL PENETRATIONS

THROUGH ROOF.

6. MINIMUM R-20 RIGID INSULATION.

7. GC SHALL ARRANGE FOR PROPRIETARY SBS ROOF

ASSEMBLY TO BE REVIEWED AND FIELD INSPECTED BY

THE ROOF MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT

REPRESENTATIVE.

8. LOCATIONS AND SIZE OF RTU TO BE CONFIRMED BY

MECHANICAL ENGINEER.

9. ROOF PENETRATION LOCATIONS AND SIZES TO BE

CONFIRMED.

2PLY MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SBS ROOFING MEMBRANE

SOPRABOARD OR APPROVED ALTERNATE

R-20 TYPE 2 RIGID ROOF INSULATION IN 2 LAYERS w/ STAGGERED JOINTS

VAPOUR BARRIER MEMBRANE

1/2" GLASS MAT FACED ROOF GYPSUM BOARD

1 1/2" STEEL DECKING - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS

STRUCTURAL FRAMING - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS

2PLY MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SBS ROOFING MEMBRANE

SOPRABOARD OR APPROVED ALTERNATE

R-20 TYPE 2 TAPERED INSULATION (MIN. 2" @ R.D.)

RIGID ROOF INSULATION IN 2 LAYERS w/ STAGGERED JOINTS

VAPOUR BARRIER MEMBRANE

1/2" GLASS MAT FACED ROOF GYPSUM BOARD

1 1/2" STEEL DECKING - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS

STRUCTURAL FRAMING - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS

ROOF TYPES:

200mm SMOOTH-FACE CONCRETE BLOCK

1/2" OSB SHEATHING

ROOF MEMBRANE

PARAPET TYPES:

C

B

A

431

431 2

SCALE:

1

A202 3/16"=1'-0"

ROOF PLAN

NORTH

*REFER TO WALL SECTIONS FOR LOCATIONS*

300mm SMOOTH-FACE CONCRETE BLOCK

1/2" OSB SHEATHING

ROOF MEMBRANE

ROOF PLAN

A202

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
ROOF DRAIN AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALL SCUPPER AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/4":12" SLOPE
AutoCAD SHX Text
ROOF DRAIN AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALL SCUPPER AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
ROOF DRAIN AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALL SCUPPER AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
ROOF DRAIN AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALL SCUPPER AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
ROOF DRAIN AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALL SCUPPER AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
ROOF DRAIN AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALL SCUPPER AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/4":12" SLOPE MIN
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/4":12" SLOPE MIN
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/4":12" SLOPE MIN
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/4":12" SLOPE MIN
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/4":12" SLOPE MIN
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/4":12" SLOPE MIN
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/4":12" SLOPE MIN
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/4":12" SLOPE MIN
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/4":12" SLOPE
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/4":12" SLOPE
AutoCAD SHX Text
R1
AutoCAD SHX Text
R2
AutoCAD SHX Text
PT1
AutoCAD SHX Text
24"x36" ROOF ACCESS HATCH - REFER TO DETAIL 1/A203
AutoCAD SHX Text
R2
AutoCAD SHX Text
R2
AutoCAD SHX Text
R2
AutoCAD SHX Text
R2
AutoCAD SHX Text
R1
AutoCAD SHX Text
R1
AutoCAD SHX Text
R2
AutoCAD SHX Text
R2
AutoCAD SHX Text
RTU - REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
RTU - REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
MAU - REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
PT2
AutoCAD SHX Text
EXHAUST FAN - REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
FLUES - REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
EXHAUST FAN - REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
EXHAUST FAN - REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
FLUES - REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
EXHAUST FAN - REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
REFER TO 2/A-203 FOR ROOF DRAIN DETAIL - TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
2" DIA. PENETRATION THROUGH ROOF FOR FUTURE ELECTRICAL TO SATELLITE CONNECTION. (ABOVE SERVER ROOM)
AutoCAD SHX Text
FLUES - REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A202-Roof Plan.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:59:52 AM 15033SG-A202-Roof Plan.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:59:52 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 10:59:52 AM June-09-15 10:59:52 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

SCALE:

2

A203 1 1/2"=1'-0"

ROOF DRAIN DETAIL

SCALE:

4

A203 1 1/2"=1'-0"

GAS LINE MOUNTING DETAILS

SCALE:

6

A203 1 1/2"=1'-0"

TYP. ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL

SCALE:

3

A203 1 1/2"=1'-0"

SCUPPER DETAIL

SCALE:

5

A203 1 1/2"=1'-0"

TYP. ROOF CURB DETAIL

A

--

SCALE:

7

A203 1"=1'-0"

TYP. ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL

SCALE:

1

A203 3/4"=1'-0"

ROOF ACCESS HATCH

ROOF DETAILS

A203

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
WOOD BLOCKING
AutoCAD SHX Text
RIGID INSULATION
AutoCAD SHX Text
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
AutoCAD SHX Text
GASKET BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
METAL FLASHING
AutoCAD SHX Text
PRIMED 1/4" THICK BENT STEEL PLATE BOLTED TO DECK. CHECK EQUIP. SPEC. IF INTEGRAL CURB IS PROVIDED
AutoCAD SHX Text
.051" ALUMINUM COLLAR
AutoCAD SHX Text
EXHAUST FAN GOOSE NECK VENT STACK OR COLUMN
AutoCAD SHX Text
.064" ALUMINUM SLEEVE PREMOULDED URETHANE INSULATION ON INNER SIDE OF SLEEVE TO PREVENT FORMATION OF CONDENSATION
AutoCAD SHX Text
PRESS COLLAR TIGHTLY DOWN TO TOP OF INSULATED SLEEVE
AutoCAD SHX Text
E.P.D.M.
AutoCAD SHX Text
STONE BALLAST
AutoCAD SHX Text
E.P.D.M. DOUBLE PRESSURE GROMMET SEAL
AutoCAD SHX Text
SEALANT
AutoCAD SHX Text
ADJUSTABLE METAL CLAMP
AutoCAD SHX Text
RAIN WATER LEADER, SEE MECH
AutoCAD SHX Text
TAPER ROOF INSULATION AT ROOF DRAIN
AutoCAD SHX Text
MEMBRANE FLASHING OVER ROOF DRAIN FLANGE
AutoCAD SHX Text
METAL ROOF DRAIN C/W REMOVABLE STRAINER
AutoCAD SHX Text
KEY NOTES:
AutoCAD SHX Text
NOTES:
AutoCAD SHX Text
A. GALVANIZED METAL STRAP ANCHORED w/GALVANIZED LAG BOLTS INTO QUICK BLOCK B. NATURAL GAS PIPE, PAINTED YELLOW - REFER TO MECHANICAL DWGS. C. EXTRUDED FOAM D. QUICK BLOCK
AutoCAD SHX Text
1. PIPE SUPPORTS TO BE 8'-0" APART FOR 1" PIPE & 10'-0" APART FOR 1 1/4" PIPE AND OVER 2. THERE MUST BE A SUPPORT WITH-IN 2'-0" OF EVERY BEND AND TAKE OFF.
AutoCAD SHX Text
C
AutoCAD SHX Text
D
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
B
AutoCAD SHX Text
VAPOUR BARRIER
AutoCAD SHX Text
INSULATION
AutoCAD SHX Text
'UNISTRUT' GALVANIZED STEEL CLAMP ANCHORED TO CHANNEL
AutoCAD SHX Text
GAS PIPING/DUCTWORK
AutoCAD SHX Text
12" READY-ROD C/W WASHERS & LOCK-NUTS
AutoCAD SHX Text
RUBBER SUPPORT BLOCK MADE OF 100% RECYCLED MATERIAL, UV RESISTANT & WATERPROOF
AutoCAD SHX Text
7/8" GALVANIZED 'UNISTRUT' STEEL CHANNEL
AutoCAD SHX Text
'UNISTRUT' GALVANIZED STEEL CLAMP ANCHORED TO CHANNEL
AutoCAD SHX Text
GAS PIPING/DUCTWORK
AutoCAD SHX Text
RUBBER SUPPORT BLOCK MADE OF 100% RECYCLED MATERIAL, UV RESISTANT & WATERPROOF
AutoCAD SHX Text
7/8" GALVANIZED 'UNISTRUT' STEEL CHANNEL
AutoCAD SHX Text
SECTION A-A
AutoCAD SHX Text
EPDM BOOT (CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT BOOT DOES NOT COLLAPSE)
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONTINUOUS BEAD OF LAP SEALANT
AutoCAD SHX Text
PIPE PENETRATION
AutoCAD SHX Text
PRE-MOLDED PIPE FLASHING FITS 1/2" (12.7 mm) - 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) PENETRATION SIZES. TO BE CONFIRMED WITH MANUFACTURER
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPING RING
AutoCAD SHX Text
URETHANE SPRAY INSULATION
AutoCAD SHX Text
MESH SCREEN OVER OPENING
AutoCAD SHX Text
PREFINISHED 26GA GALVANIZED ONE PIECE SCUPPER - PAINTED TO MATCH STUCCO COLOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
FLANGES FOR SEALING MEMBRANE TO
AutoCAD SHX Text
PREFINISHED 24GA GALVANIZED ONE PIECE SCUPPER - PAINTED TO MATCH STUCCO COLOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
MESH SCREEN OVER OPENING
AutoCAD SHX Text
CAULKING - PAINT TO MATCH STUCCO COLOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
PEEL & STICK MEMBRANE BETWEEN SCUPPER AND ROOF MEMBRANE - CAULK JUNCTIONS
AutoCAD SHX Text
MESH SCREEN OVER OPENING
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/2" PLYWOOD
AutoCAD SHX Text
2"x1/2" FLAT BAR YOKE WELDED TO RAIL AND BOLTED TO WALL (PAINT BLACK)
AutoCAD SHX Text
2" x 1/2" STEEL BAR LADDER STRINGERS w/ 25M REBAR STEEL ROD RUNGS @ 12" o.c. WELDED TO STRINGERS SECURE STRINGERS TO FLOOR & ROOF HATCH (LOCATION OF LADDER & HATCH TO BE CONFIRMED ON SITE) - REFER TO SPEC SECTION 05 55 29 (3) ON DRAWING A002
AutoCAD SHX Text
COMBINATION LOCK STRIKE AND PADLOCK HASP
AutoCAD SHX Text
WOOD BLOCKING WHERE REQ'D
AutoCAD SHX Text
CURB WITH INTEGRAL CAPFLASHING AND BILCLIP(tm)
AutoCAD SHX Text
SPRING LATCH WITH INSIDE-OUTSIDE HANDLES AND PADLOCK HASP
AutoCAD SHX Text
70%%d
AutoCAD SHX Text
1" FIBERGLASS INSULATION THROUGHOUT COVER
AutoCAD SHX Text
GASKET (ALL AROUND)
AutoCAD SHX Text
WOOD BLOCKING
AutoCAD SHX Text
A - PLAN
AutoCAD SHX Text
SECTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
1" RIGID FIBERBOARD INSULATION (PERIMETER OF CURB)
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A203-Roof Details.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:00:14 AM 15033SG-A203-Roof Details.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:00:14 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:00:14 AM June-09-15 11:00:14 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

C

B

A

431

431 2

R

H

R

H

R

H

C

B

A

431

431 2

R

H

R

H

R

H

20

62

13

113839 2626

35a26

26

32

7962

#

59

65a

63b

63a

63c

81

64

36

59

EQUIPMENT NOTES:

1. EQUIPMENT NUMBER. SEE KAL TIRE IMAGE & FACILITIES GUIDE FOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE.

2. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER. LOCATIONS TO BECONFIRMED WITH LOCAL FIRE AUTHORITY.

MILLWORK AND INTERIOR ITEMS NOTES:

1. SEE KAL TIRE IMAGE & FACILITIES GUIDE FORMILLWORK AND INTERIOR ITEMS DETAILS ANDSPECIFICATIONS.

SHOWROOM

ADMIN

MANAGER/

SERVICE BAYS

ROOM

PARTS

WC 2

PUBLIC

WC 1

PUBLIC

JAN

MECH/

WC 1

STAFF

WAREHOUSE

ROOM

ELEC

CORRIDOR

SCALE:

1

A204 3/16"=1'-0"

EQUIPMENT PLAN

NORTH

9008

56 56

55

56

55##48

41

08

41

28 28

432A2

A

B

432A2

A

B

21

ROOM

LUNCH

ROOM

LOCKER

MEZZ

COMPR

ROOM

SERVER

CORRIDOR

SCALE:

2

A204 3/16"=1'-0"

EQUIPMENT PLAN - MEZZ.

NORTH

EQUIPMENT PLAN

A204

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
UP 18R
AutoCAD SHX Text
UP 18R
AutoCAD SHX Text
CENTER SCISSOR LIFT ON BAY DOOR, EDGE FLUSH TO INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR, TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CENTER HOIST ON BAY DOOR, EDGE FLUSH TO INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR, TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
2X2 SS SCULLERY SINK
AutoCAD SHX Text
PRESSURE WASHER. WALL MOUNTED @ 6'-8" A.F.F. (TO UNDERSIDE OF BRACKET) OVER TIRE WASH.
AutoCAD SHX Text
SOFT WHEELS COUNTER
AutoCAD SHX Text
COFFEE MACHINE
AutoCAD SHX Text
SS FLOOR SINK
AutoCAD SHX Text
POPCORN MACHINE
AutoCAD SHX Text
WATER COOLER
AutoCAD SHX Text
SLOT WALL AT ENDS OF TIRE RACKS, TYPICAL IN SHOWROOM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DUNK TANK
AutoCAD SHX Text
OIL INTERCEPTOR VENT PIPES IN BLOCK WALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
TIRE CHANGER
AutoCAD SHX Text
6' WHEEL WEIGHTS
AutoCAD SHX Text
EYE WASH
AutoCAD SHX Text
WORKBENCH
AutoCAD SHX Text
SPREADER
AutoCAD SHX Text
TIRE CHANGER
AutoCAD SHX Text
BALANCER
AutoCAD SHX Text
6' WHEEL WEIGHTS
AutoCAD SHX Text
5KG (2)POST HOIST
AutoCAD SHX Text
BEARING PRESS
AutoCAD SHX Text
WORKBENCH
AutoCAD SHX Text
STRUT
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALIGNMENTS
AutoCAD SHX Text
WORKBENCH
AutoCAD SHX Text
TOOL BOX
AutoCAD SHX Text
TOOL BOX
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALIGNMENTS
AutoCAD SHX Text
18K (4)POST HOIST
AutoCAD SHX Text
PARTS SHELVING (x9)
AutoCAD SHX Text
TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATORS
AutoCAD SHX Text
WORKBENCH
AutoCAD SHX Text
PARTS WASH
AutoCAD SHX Text
BRAKE LATHE
AutoCAD SHX Text
FLUSH MACHINES
AutoCAD SHX Text
7'10" CREDENZA
AutoCAD SHX Text
VISITOR SAFETY STATION
AutoCAD SHX Text
SERVICE COUNTER (x3)
AutoCAD SHX Text
6' COFFEE BAR C/W
AutoCAD SHX Text
WAITING ROOM CHAIRS (x7)
AutoCAD SHX Text
42" T.V.
AutoCAD SHX Text
GARBAGE
AutoCAD SHX Text
OFFICE CHAIRS (x2)
AutoCAD SHX Text
SAFE
AutoCAD SHX Text
MANAGER CHAIR
AutoCAD SHX Text
2 DRAWER FILE CABINET
AutoCAD SHX Text
5'-6" STD DESK
AutoCAD SHX Text
MFP
AutoCAD SHX Text
ELECTRICAL PANELS
AutoCAD SHX Text
GRAB BAR
AutoCAD SHX Text
TOILET
AutoCAD SHX Text
SINK
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
TOILET
AutoCAD SHX Text
PARTITIONS
AutoCAD SHX Text
URINAL
AutoCAD SHX Text
SINK
AutoCAD SHX Text
14K SCISSOR LIFT
AutoCAD SHX Text
5KG (2)POST HOIST
AutoCAD SHX Text
14K SCISSOR LIFT
AutoCAD SHX Text
2 STACKED OIL TANKS (X2)
AutoCAD SHX Text
WASTE OIL
AutoCAD SHX Text
14K (4)POST HOIST
AutoCAD SHX Text
BALANCER
AutoCAD SHX Text
TIRE BAG HOLDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
TOILET
AutoCAD SHX Text
SINK
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
HALF MOON COFFEE BAR
AutoCAD SHX Text
BAR STOOL (x3)
AutoCAD SHX Text
ADMIN. CHAIR
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
TIRE CHANGER
AutoCAD SHX Text
5KG (2)POST HOIST
AutoCAD SHX Text
5'-6" STD DESK
AutoCAD SHX Text
2 DRAWER FILE CABINET
AutoCAD SHX Text
101
AutoCAD SHX Text
105
AutoCAD SHX Text
102
AutoCAD SHX Text
111
AutoCAD SHX Text
104
AutoCAD SHX Text
103
AutoCAD SHX Text
107
AutoCAD SHX Text
108
AutoCAD SHX Text
110
AutoCAD SHX Text
106
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
(45) RACKS x (28) EA. 10' HIGH RACKS TIRE COUNT 1260
AutoCAD SHX Text
(1) RACK x (21) EA. 8' HIGH RACKS TIRE COUNT 21
AutoCAD SHX Text
SHELVING TO BE DETERMINED
AutoCAD SHX Text
WHEEL POLES (x5)
AutoCAD SHX Text
(8) RACKS x (21) EA. 8' HIGH RACKS TIRE COUNT 168
AutoCAD SHX Text
(4) RACKS @ 8' HIGH FOR SALES
AutoCAD SHX Text
42" T.V. FOR ENTRY SIGNAGE
AutoCAD SHX Text
42" T.V. FOR COUNTER SCREEN
AutoCAD SHX Text
OIL INTERCEPTOR BELOW SLAB
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCISSOR LIFT CONSOLE
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCISSOR LIFT CONSOLE
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
RAV Model 45060F 220V, 60Hz, 3 Phase 25 Amp Breaker Req'd
AutoCAD SHX Text
DN 18R
AutoCAD SHX Text
DN 18R
AutoCAD SHX Text
96" WHITEBOARD
AutoCAD SHX Text
55" FLAT SCREEN T.V.
AutoCAD SHX Text
LUNCH ROOM CHAIRS (x10)
AutoCAD SHX Text
6' KITCHEN CABINETS
AutoCAD SHX Text
LUNCH RM CHAIR
AutoCAD SHX Text
FRIDGE
AutoCAD SHX Text
HWT
AutoCAD SHX Text
SERVER RACK
AutoCAD SHX Text
LMS 36x24
AutoCAD SHX Text
LINEN LOCKERS (2)
AutoCAD SHX Text
HAMPER
AutoCAD SHX Text
4' BENCH
AutoCAD SHX Text
EMPLOYEE LOCKERS (16)
AutoCAD SHX Text
FD
AutoCAD SHX Text
AIR COMPRESSOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
TABLE 30x60
AutoCAD SHX Text
201
AutoCAD SHX Text
203
AutoCAD SHX Text
204
AutoCAD SHX Text
202
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
TABLE 30x60
AutoCAD SHX Text
LUNCH ROOM CHAIRS (x10)
AutoCAD SHX Text
TABLE 30x60
AutoCAD SHX Text
TABLE 30x60
AutoCAD SHX Text
MICRO
AutoCAD SHX Text
PAGING SYSTEM
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A204-Equipment Plan.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:01:04 AM 15033SG-A204-Equipment Plan.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:01:04 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:01:04 AM June-09-15 11:01:04 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

C

B

A

431

431 2

R

H

R

H

R

H

SHOWROOM

ADMIN

MANAGER/

SERVICE BAYS

ROOM

PARTS

WC 2

PUBLIC

WC 2

PUBLIC

JAN

MECH/

WC 1

STAFF

WAREHOUSE

ROOM

ELEC

CORRIDOR

1

2

3

6

6

6

4

GENERAL NOTES:

1. ENSURE FOOT-CANDLE REQUIREMENTS MEET OR EXCEED THE

KAL TIRE SPECIFICATIONS.

2. ALL NEW LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL CONFORM TO KAL TIRE

FACILITIES GUIDE SPECS.

3. EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPE & LOCATIONS AS PER

BUILDING CODE(S).

4. JUNCTION BOX FOR DIRECT CONNECTION TO KAL TIRE

CHANNEL LETTER SIGNAGE POWER, MOUNT JUNCTION BOX

ALONG WITH ALL ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL BOXES TO

UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECKING. CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM

THE EXACT LOCATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

WITH PROJECT MANAGER ON SITE.

5. ALL CONDUITS ON BLOCK HALF WALL TO BE VERTICALLY RUN

AND ALL DEVICES TO BE SURFACE MOUNT.

6. 1HR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING TO CEILING OF MECH/JAN 107

AS PER MEZZANINE FLOOR TYPE F2 - NOTED ON A201

ROOM

1

CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

U/S OF DIFFUSERS TO BE 16' A.F.F. TYPICAL.

CEILING HANG T5 LIGHTS TO 16' A.F.F. TYPICAL.

MOUNT TRACK LIGHTS TO U/S OF BRACKET

TYPICAL (X6). SEE DETAIL 6 ON SHEET 10 -

INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.

WALL MOUNTED.

CEILING HANG TRACK LIGHT (X1) TO 12' A.F.F.

CEILING HANG 8' HIGH OUTPUT FLUORESCENT

LIGHTS AT 14' A.F.F WHEREVER SHOWN

HANG 8' HIGH OUTPUT FLUORESCENT

LIGHT TO 12" BELOW BOTTOM OF TRUSS

2

LEGEND:

4-HEAD TRACK LIGHT

WALL-PACK

8' HIGH OUTPUT FLUORESCENT

(PENDANT AND/OR WALL MOUNTED)

4' HIGH OUTPUT

FLUORESCENT

2x4 RECESSED

FLUORESCENT

T5 LIGHTS

48x24 SUSPENDED

T-BAR CEILING

5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM

BOARD CEILING

HVAC CEILING

DIFFUSERS

EXHAUST FAN

ROOM NUMBER

CEILING ELEVATION

DETAIL NUMBER

SECTION NUMBER

3

4

5

6

7

SCALE:

3

A205 N.T.S.

TASK LIGHTING ELEVATION

SCALE:

4

A205 N.T.S.

TASK LIGHTING SECTION

SCALE:

5

A205 N.T.S.

TASK LIGHTING DETAIL

SCALE:

1

A205 3/16"=1'-0"

REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

NORTH

432A2

A

B

ROOM

LUNCH

ROOM

LOCKER

MEZZ

COMPR

ROOM

SERVER

CORRIDOR

7

4

SCALE:

2

A205 3/16"=1'-0"

REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - MEZZ.

NORTH

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

REFLECTED CEILINGPLAN

A205

AutoCAD SHX Text
UP 18R
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
5
AutoCAD SHX Text
7
AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S GB CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
9'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S GB CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
9'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
LINE OF MEZZANINE ABOVE
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S FURRED BEAM
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'-7"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S GB CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
9'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S GB CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
9'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
WAREHOUSE OPEN CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S DECK ELEV 21'-4" MAX
AutoCAD SHX Text
SERVICE BAY OPEN CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S DECK ELEV 21'-4" MAX
AutoCAD SHX Text
PARTS ROOM OPEN CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S DECK ELEV 21'-4" MAX
AutoCAD SHX Text
SHOWROOM OPEN CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S DECK ELEV 21'-4" MAX
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S SAT CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S GB CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
9'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S SAT CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S SAT CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
LINE OF MEZZANINE ABOVE
AutoCAD SHX Text
101
AutoCAD SHX Text
105
AutoCAD SHX Text
102
AutoCAD SHX Text
111
AutoCAD SHX Text
104
AutoCAD SHX Text
103
AutoCAD SHX Text
107
AutoCAD SHX Text
108
AutoCAD SHX Text
110
AutoCAD SHX Text
106
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
24L"x2"Wx1/4"D STEEL PLATE TO SUPPORT FIXTURE
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALL ANCHORS (TYPICAL)
AutoCAD SHX Text
-
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
5
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
-
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
TASK LIGHT
AutoCAD SHX Text
EQUIPMENT
AutoCAD SHX Text
EQUIPMENT
AutoCAD SHX Text
BX CABLE
AutoCAD SHX Text
TASK LIGHT
AutoCAD SHX Text
STEEL MOUNTING PLATE
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONDUIT FROM ABOVE
AutoCAD SHX Text
JUNCTION BOX
AutoCAD SHX Text
DN 18R
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S SAT CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S SAT CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S SAT CLG.
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
201
AutoCAD SHX Text
203
AutoCAD SHX Text
204
AutoCAD SHX Text
202
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A205-Reflected Ceiling Plan.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:01:36 AM 15033SG-A205-Reflected Ceiling Plan.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:01:36 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:01:36 AM June-09-15 11:01:36 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033

123457 6

Self Prime Urethane Enamel

16-294

APPEARANCENO.

EP-2

EXTERIOR WALLS AS DIRECTED

BY KT PROJECT MANAGER

DESCRIPTION

431

1

EP-3

EP-7

A

EXTERIOR COLOR SCHEDULE

GP Kal Tire Orange

H-CL

H-CL

A

EP-3

GP Wayfarer Grey

Self Prime Urethane Enamel

8535M

EXTERIOR WALLS WHERE NOTED

MAN DOORS

EXTERIOR CANOPY

EXTERIOR CLADDING COLOR AND MATERIALS

S/P Urethane - White

16-010

GP HP 2000 Exterior Latex

Semi-Gloss

58-020

GP Modco Elastocoat

White - 97-010

EXTERIOR WALLS ABOVE 4'-0"

(STUCCO, CONCRETE AND

BLOCK)

EXTERIOR WALLS ABOVE

4'-0" AND METALS

EP-2

ALL BOLLARDS

DESCRIPTIONNO.

HORIZONTAL BAND

LOCATIONS

WESTMAN STEEL

AWR 36 26 Gauge

(36" coverage)

International Orange

QC-8234

LOCATIONSAPPEARANCE

EP-3

EP-3

3

B

H-CL

EP-7

EP-3

EP-2

EP-7

4

C B

EP-2

C

H-CL

EP-7

EP-3

EP-2

EP-7

H-CL

SHOCKS BRAKES ALIGNMENT BALANCING WHEELS TIRES

EP-7

EP-2

SCALE:

1

A301 3/16"=1'-0"

SOUTH ELEVATION - FRONT ENTRY

SCALE:

2

A301 3/16"=1'-0"

NORTH ELEVATION - REAR FACADE

SCALE:

3

A301 3/16"=1'-0"

WEST ELEVATION - RH SIDE

SCALE:

4

A301 3/16"=1'-0"

EAST ELEVATION - LH SIDE

EL. 100'-0"

T/O SLAB

EL. 116'-8"

U/S ORANGE BAND

EL. 120'-8"

T/O ORANGE BAND

EL. 116'-8"

U/S ORANGE BAND

EL. 123'-1 1/2"

T.O. PARAPET

EL. 120'-8"

T/O ORANGE BAND

EL. 100'-0"

T/O SLAB

EL. 123'-1 1/2"

T.O. PARAPET

EL. 120'-8"

T/O ORANGE BAND

EL. 116'-8"

U/S ORANGE BAND

EL. 100'-0"

T/O SLAB

EL. 123'-1 1/2"

T.O. PARAPET

EL. 120'-8"

T/O ORANGE BAND

EL. 116'-8"

U/S ORANGE BAND

EL. 100'-0"

T/O SLAB

EL. 123'-1 1/2"

T.O. PARAPET

EP-7

EP-7

EP-3

EP-3

EP-3EP-3

EP-7

EP-7 EP-2

MECHANICAL

EP-2

1

A401

2

A401

3

A401

4

A401

5

A402

6

A402

3

A401

5

A402

1

A401

7

A402

3

A401

5

A402

EP-7EP-7

EXTERIORELEVATIONS

A301

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
TYP. BOLLARD
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLEAR ANODIZED STORE FRONT DOORS
AutoCAD SHX Text
BLACK TINTED SPLIT FACE BLOCK
AutoCAD SHX Text
3'-6" CHANNEL LETTERS ON WHITE RACEWAY
AutoCAD SHX Text
3'-6" CHANNEL LETTERS ON WHITE RACEWAY
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALL PACK, TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALL PACK, TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALL PACK, TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALL PACK, TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
3'-6" CHANNEL LETTERS ON WHITE RACEWAY
AutoCAD SHX Text
3'-6" CHANNEL LETTERS ON WHITE RACEWAY
AutoCAD SHX Text
TYP. BOLLARD
AutoCAD SHX Text
TYP. BOLLARD
AutoCAD SHX Text
TYP. BOLLARD
AutoCAD SHX Text
TYP. BOLLARD
AutoCAD SHX Text
SIM.
AutoCAD SHX Text
SIM.
AutoCAD SHX Text
SIM.
AutoCAD SHX Text
SIM.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLEAR ANODIZED BRAKESHAPE
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLEAR ANODIZED BRAKESHAPE
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A301-Exterior Elevations.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:02:11 AM 15033SG-A301-Exterior Elevations.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:02:11 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:02:11 AM June-09-15 11:02:11 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

432A21

ROOM

LOCKER

ROOM

LUNCH

MEZZ

COMPR

SERVICE BAYS

WC 1

STAFF

JAN

MECH/

SHOWROOMWC 2

PUBLIC

ADMIN

MANAGER/

SCALE:

1

A302 3/16"=1'-0"

BUILDING SECTION

7

A402

5

A402

8

A402

CBA

SERVICE BAYS

MEZZ

COMPR

CORR.

SCALE:

2

A302 3/16"=1'-0"

BUILDING SECTION

5

A402

4

A401

BUILDING SECTIONS

A302

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
203
AutoCAD SHX Text
201
AutoCAD SHX Text
204
AutoCAD SHX Text
102
AutoCAD SHX Text
108
AutoCAD SHX Text
107
AutoCAD SHX Text
101
AutoCAD SHX Text
104
AutoCAD SHX Text
105
AutoCAD SHX Text
SAT
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRYWALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
SAT
AutoCAD SHX Text
SAT
AutoCAD SHX Text
SAT
AutoCAD SHX Text
SAT
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRYWALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRYWALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROVIDE ROUNDED CAPS
AutoCAD SHX Text
F1
AutoCAD SHX Text
SIM.
AutoCAD SHX Text
F2
AutoCAD SHX Text
F3
AutoCAD SHX Text
F3
AutoCAD SHX Text
102
AutoCAD SHX Text
204
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
1% SLOPE
AutoCAD SHX Text
1.5% SLOPE
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROVIDE ROUNDED CAPS
AutoCAD SHX Text
FIRE SHUTTERS *SEE ALTERNATE PRICE NOTE ON A902*
AutoCAD SHX Text
FIRE SHUTTERS *SEE ALTERNATE PRICE NOTE ON A902*
AutoCAD SHX Text
SIM.
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A302-Building Sections.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:02:47 AM 15033SG-A302-Building Sections.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:02:47 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:02:47 AM June-09-15 11:02:47 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

C

SCALE:

1

A301 1/2"=1'-0"

WALL SECTIONS

EL. 100'-0"

T.O. SLAB

EL. 121'-8"

U/S ROOF DECK

EL. 111'-10 1/8"

T.O. GLAZING

1

A501

2

A501

3

A501

EL. 123'-1 1/2"

U/S ROOF DECK

C

SCALE:

2

A301 1/2"=1'-0"

WALL SECTIONS

EL. 100'-0"

T.O. SLAB

EL. 121'-8"

U/S ROOF DECK

EL. 111'-10 1/8"

T.O. GLAZING

2

A501

EL. 123'-1 1/2"

U/S ROOF DECK

C

SCALE:

3

A301 1/2"=1'-0"

WALL SECTIONS

EL. 100'-0"

T.O. SLAB

EL. 121'-8"

U/S ROOF DECK

5

A501

EL. 123'-1 1/2"

U/S ROOF DECK

C

SCALE:

4

A301 1/2"=1'-0"

WALL SECTIONS

EL. 100'-0"

T.O. SLAB

EL. 121'-8"

U/S ROOF DECK

EL. 123'-1 1/2"

T.O. PARAPET

6

A501

7

A501

EL. 112'-0"

T.O. OVERHEAD DOOR

1

A501

4

A501

4

A501

WALL SECTIONS

A401

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
R1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
PT1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W13
AutoCAD SHX Text
R1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W13
AutoCAD SHX Text
PT1
AutoCAD SHX Text
R1
AutoCAD SHX Text
PT2
AutoCAD SHX Text
PT2
AutoCAD SHX Text
R1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A401-Wall Sections.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:03:09 AM 15033SG-A401-Wall Sections.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:03:09 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:03:09 AM June-09-15 11:03:09 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

C

SCALE:

5

A301 1/2"=1'-0"

WALL SECTIONS

EL. 100'-0"

T.O. SLAB

EL. 121'-8"

U/S ROOF DECK

EL. 123'-1 1/2"

U/S ROOF DECK

C

SCALE:

6

A301 1/2"=1'-0"

WALL SECTIONS

EL. 100'-0"

T.O. SLAB

EL. 121'-8"

U/S ROOF DECK

EL. 123'-1 1/2"

T.O. PARAPET

6

A501

7

A501

EL. 114'-0"

T.O. OVERHEAD DOOR

3

SCALE:

8

A302 1/2"=1'-0"

WALL SECTIONS

4

SCALE:

7

A301 1/2"=1'-0"

WALL SECTIONS

EL. 121'-8"

U/S ROOF DECK

EL. 100'-0"

T.O. SLAB

EL. 110'-3 3/8"

T.O. MEZZANINE

8

A501

EL. 123'-1 1/2"

U/S ROOF DECK

EL. 121'-8"

U/S ROOF DECK

EL. 100'-0"

T.O. SLAB

EL. 110'-3 3/8"

T.O. MEZZANINE

EL. 123'-1 1/2"

U/S ROOF DECK

4

A501

4

A501

1

A501

9

A501

WALL SECTIONS

A402

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
W13
AutoCAD SHX Text
W13
AutoCAD SHX Text
F1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
W7
AutoCAD SHX Text
F1
AutoCAD SHX Text
W14
AutoCAD SHX Text
W4
AutoCAD SHX Text
R1
AutoCAD SHX Text
PT2
AutoCAD SHX Text
R1
AutoCAD SHX Text
PT2
AutoCAD SHX Text
R1
AutoCAD SHX Text
PT1
AutoCAD SHX Text
R1
AutoCAD SHX Text
R1
AutoCAD SHX Text
R2
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A401-Wall Sections.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:03:21 AM 15033SG-A401-Wall Sections.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:03:21 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:03:21 AM June-09-15 11:03:21 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

C

DETAILS

A501

C

SCALE:

1

A401 1"=1'-0"

SECTION DETAIL

C

SCALE:

2

A401 1"=1'-0"

SECTION DETAIL

C

SCALE:

3

A401 1"=1'-0"

SECTION DETAIL

C

SCALE:

6

A401 1"=1'-0"

SECTION DETAIL

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

C

SCALE:

4

A401 1"=1'-0"

SECTION DETAIL

C

SCALE:

5

A401 1"=1'-0"

SECTION DETAIL

C

SCALE:

7

A401 1"=1'-0"

SECTION DETAIL

4

SCALE:

8

A401 1"=1'-0"

SECTION DETAIL

3

SCALE:

9

A401 1"=1'-0"

SECTION DETAIL

SCALE:

10

A401 1"=1'-0"

PLAN DETAIL

AutoCAD SHX Text
CONTINUE ROOFING MEMBRANE UP AND OVER PARAPET
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/2" OSB SHEATHING FASTENED TO CONCRETE BLOCK WALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
BOND BEAM - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
PARAPET CAP CONSTRUCTION PREFINISHED METAL FLASING ON ROOFING MEMBRANE ON WOOD BLOCKING SECURED TO TOP OF BLOCK WALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
MASONRY VOIDS TO BE FILLED w/ PERLITE INSULATION - TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
SPRAY FOAM INSULATION c/w FIRE SPRAY
AutoCAD SHX Text
SIGNAGE BY OTHERS
AutoCAD SHX Text
STEEL PLATE - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
RETURN GYPSUM BOARD TO GLAZING FRAME
AutoCAD SHX Text
FOAM ROD AND CAULK INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR PERIMETER OF GLAZING FRAMES c/w SPRAY FOAM INSULATION - HEAD, JAMB, AND SILL (TYP.)
AutoCAD SHX Text
RETURN VAPOUR BARRIER INTO GLAZING FRAME
AutoCAD SHX Text
BOND BEAM - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
GLAZING
AutoCAD SHX Text
MASONRY VOIDS TO BE FILLED w/ PERLITE INSULATION - TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
SEALANT - TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
RETURN GYPSUM BOARD TO GLAZING FRAME
AutoCAD SHX Text
FOAM ROD AND CAULK INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR PERIMETER OF GLAZING FRAMES c/w SPRAY FOAM INSULATION - HEAD, JAMB, AND SILL (TYP.)
AutoCAD SHX Text
GLAZING
AutoCAD SHX Text
REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB ON COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
2" RIGID INSULATION ON ALL GRADE BEAMS - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR GRADE BEAM REINFORCING
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONCRETE SIDEWALK SLOPED TO DRAIN ON COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL. MIN. 2% SLOPE - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
VOID FORM - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
RETURN VAPOUR BARRIER INTO GLAZING FRAME
AutoCAD SHX Text
SEAL VAPOUR BARRIER TO BASE OF WALL/FLOOR JUNCTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
SEALANT - TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
MASONRY VOIDS TO BE FILLED w/ PERLITE INSULATION - TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
PREFINISHED METAL FLASHING
AutoCAD SHX Text
6mm STEEL BENT PLATE (PAINTED) - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
WEATHER SEAL AROUND PERIMETER OF DOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
BOND BEAM - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
INSULATED OVERHEAD DOOR - REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE
AutoCAD SHX Text
MASONRY VOIDS TO BE FILLED w/ PERLITE INSULATION - TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROVIDE CONTINUOUS TRIM AROUND CLADDING
AutoCAD SHX Text
PREFINISHED METAL FLASHING
AutoCAD SHX Text
PARAPET CAP CONSTRUCTION PREFINISHED METAL FLASING ON ROOFING MEMBRANE ON WOOD BLOCKING SECURED TO TOP OF BLOCK WALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONTINUE ROOFING MEMBRANE UP AND OVER PARAPET
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/2" OSB SHEATHING FASTENED TO CONCRETE BLOCK WALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
BOND BEAM - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
MASONRY VOIDS TO BE FILLED w/ PERLITE INSULATION - TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
SPRAY FOAM INSULATION c/w FIRE SPRAY
AutoCAD SHX Text
PREFINISHED HORIZONTAL METAL CLADDING c/w 1" VERTICAL Z-BARS @ 12" O.C. - REFER TO ELEVATIONS
AutoCAD SHX Text
STEEL PLATE - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
INSULATED PRESSED STEEL FRAME
AutoCAD SHX Text
INSULATED METAL DOOR - REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROVIDE SEALANT AROUND PERIMETER OF DOOR FRAME
AutoCAD SHX Text
MASONRY LINTEL - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
MASONRY VOIDS TO BE FILLED w/ PERLITE INSULATION - TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHAMFER CONCRETE SLAB AT OVERHEAD DOORS
AutoCAD SHX Text
REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB ON COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
2" RIGID INSULATION ON ALL GRADE BEAMS - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR GRADE BEAM REINFORCING
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONCRETE SIDEWALK SLOPED TO DRAIN ON COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL. MIN. 2% SLOPE - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
VOID FORM - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
BOND BEAM - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
LEDGER - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONTINUE VAPOUR BARRIER IN JOIST SPACE
AutoCAD SHX Text
MASONRY VOIDS TO BE FILLED w/ PERLITE INSULATION - TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALL CAP CONSTRUCTION PREFINISHED METAL FLASHING ROOF MEMBRANE WOOD BLOCKING SECURED TO T.O. WALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONTINUE ROOFING MEMBRANE UP AND OVER PARAPET
AutoCAD SHX Text
1/2" OSB SHEATHING FASTENED TO CONCRETE BLOCK WALL (BOTH SIDES)
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROVIDE BACK SLOPE OF INSULATION TO ROOF DRAIN
AutoCAD SHX Text
MASONRY VOIDS TO BE FILLED w/ PERLITE INSULATION - TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
SPRAY FOAM INSULATION c/w FIRE SPRAY
AutoCAD SHX Text
BOND BEAM - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
RIGID INSULATION AS REQUIRED w/ 1/2" PLYWOOD ON EXTERIOR SIDE OF COLUMNS. CAP w/ ALUMINUM BREAKSHAPE TO MATCH GLAZING FRAME
AutoCAD SHX Text
STEEL COLUMN AS PER STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A501-Section Details.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:03:46 AM 15033SG-A501-Section Details.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:03:46 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:03:46 AM June-09-15 11:03:46 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

CORRIDOR

2 2A 3

ROOM

ELEC

SCALE:

3

A601 1/4"=1'-0"

STAIR SECTION

CORRIDOR

SCALE:

5

A601 3"=1'-0"

GUARDRAIL

GUARDRAIL ELEVATION GUARDRAIL SECTION

SCALE:

6

A601 3"=1'-0"

HANDRAIL SECTION

SCALE:

7

A601 3"=1'-0"

HANDRAIL SECTION

SCALE:

8

A601 3"=1'-0"

HANDRAIL SECTION

SCALE:

1

A201 1/4"=1'-0"

MAIN FLOOR STAIR PLAN

STAIR PLANS,SECTIONS, ANDDETAILS

A601

SCALE:

2

A201M 1/4"=1'-0"

SECOND FLOOR STAIR PLAN

SCALE:

4

A601 1 1/2"=1'-0"

STAIR DETAIL

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

2 2A 3

A

2 3

A

AutoCAD SHX Text
UP 18R
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
A601
AutoCAD SHX Text
106
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
A601
AutoCAD SHX Text
DN 18R
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
A601
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
2 LAYERS 3/4" PLYWOOD TREADS (11" WIDE TYP.) - STAIRS SUPPORTS TO BE PROVIDED AND DETAILED BY G.C.
AutoCAD SHX Text
RUBBER TREADS AND RISERS - REFER TO SPEC SECTION 09 65 00 ON DRAWING A003
AutoCAD SHX Text
2x12 CUT OUT WOOD STRINGERS (3 REQUIRED)
AutoCAD SHX Text
5/8" PLYWOOD RISERS - STAIRS SUPPORTS TO BE PROVIDED AND DETAILED BY G.C.
AutoCAD SHX Text
1 1/2" HORIZONTAL STEELPIPE TOP RAIL WELDED TO VERTICAL POSTS - PAINTED
AutoCAD SHX Text
1 1/2" VERTICALPOSTS BOLTED TO FLOOR - PAINTED
AutoCAD SHX Text
1 1/2" HORIZONTAL STEELPIPE MID RAIL WELDED TO VERTICAL POSTS - PAINTED
AutoCAD SHX Text
BOLT TO FLOOR STRUCTURE
AutoCAD SHX Text
1 1/2" STEEL RAIL -PAINTED
AutoCAD SHX Text
MOUNTING BRACES EVENLY SPACED 4'-0" O.C. MAX - PAINTED
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAIR NOSING
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAIR NOSING
AutoCAD SHX Text
LANDING LEVEL
AutoCAD SHX Text
WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED
AutoCAD SHX Text
1 1/2" STEEL RAIL- PAINTED
AutoCAD SHX Text
NOTE: ALL HANDRAIL ENDS TO BE RETURNED TO WALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL BRACKET ATTACHED w/ 3/8" EXPANSION BOLTS - PAINTED
AutoCAD SHX Text
1 1/2" STEEL RAIL- PAINTED
AutoCAD SHX Text
3'-0" ABOVE STAIR NOSING, TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A601-Stairs.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:06:44 AM 15033SG-A601-Stairs.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:06:44 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:06:44 AM June-09-15 11:06:44 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

11'-3

3/4"

3'-6

"

7'-2"

4'-7 3/4

"

11'-9 3/4"

3'-6"

6'-3 3/4"

16'-4 7/8"

11'-3

3/4"

3'-6

"

6"

15'-3

3/4"

9'

33'-3 1/4" 28'-3 9/16"

15'-3

3/4"

49'-8 1/8"

28'-3 5/16"

2'

16'-4 7/8"

49'-8 1/8"

21'-4" - T

O B

E C

ON

FIR

ME

D

6'-0 1/4"

33'-3 1/4"

1'

TY

P.

10'-6 3/4"

3"

TY

P.

ELEVATION ELEVATION

ELEVATION

ELEVATION SECTION

33'-8 1/8"12'-8"4'

6'

1'

2'-7"

IP-9

IP-3

IP-20 IP-21 IP-21IP-20

IP-20IP-20

IP-7

4

ELEVATION

IP-20

IP-3

IP-3

IP-21

IP-20

IP-2IP-5

IP-2

IP-2IP-2

IP-2

IP

-2

0

IP-4

IP

-5

IP-1

IP-1

IP-1

IP-2

IP-1

IP-5

IP-3

IP-5

IP-7

IP-4

IP-4

IP

-2

0

IP-4

IP-5 IP-20

IP-5

10

'-6 3

/4

"

10'-6 3/4"

13'-6 7/8" +/-

11'-2 7/8" +/-

IP

-5

6"

3"

3"

TYP.

3"

TYP.

11'-0 1/2" +/-16'-8 3/4" +/-

3"

T

YP

.

IP-3

IP-3

IP

-5

12'-6

" +

/-

IP-3

IP-5

IP-20

NOTES:

REFER TO DRAWING A703 FOR INTERIOR

ELEVATION NOTES AND INFORMATION

MILLWORK STRIP

INTERIORELEVATIONS

A701

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
COFFEE
AutoCAD SHX Text
POPCORN
AutoCAD SHX Text
WATER
AutoCAD SHX Text
42" TV
AutoCAD SHX Text
EXPOSED CEILING & TRUSSES
AutoCAD SHX Text
SEMI-ROUND COFFEE BAR & STOOLS BY KAL TIRE /INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
NOTE: TOP OF DOOR & WINDOW HEIGHTS TO BE THE SAME
AutoCAD SHX Text
7'10" CREDENZA BY KAL TIRE /INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT BY SUPPLIER
AutoCAD SHX Text
1-1/2" MILLWORK STRIP
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" CERAMIC TILE BASE (TYP.)
AutoCAD SHX Text
6' COFFEE COUNTER SUPPLIED BY KAL TIRE & INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
1-1/2" MILLWORK STRIP
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" CERAMIC TILE BASE (TYP.)
AutoCAD SHX Text
SLOT WALL AT ENDS OF TIRE RACKS IN SHOWROOM, TYP
AutoCAD SHX Text
EXPOSED CEILING & TRUSSES
AutoCAD SHX Text
EXPOSED CEILING & TRUSSES
AutoCAD SHX Text
SOLID 1/2" PLYWOOD BACKING THIS AREA
AutoCAD SHX Text
5
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S DECK - TBC
AutoCAD SHX Text
21'-4"
AutoCAD SHX Text
FINISHED FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
0'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
T/O ORANGE BAND
AutoCAD SHX Text
15'-3-3/4"
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
TRACK LIGHTING TO BE INSTALLED AT TOP WINDOW MULLION BELOW MILLWORK STRIP
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S DECK - TBC
AutoCAD SHX Text
21'-4"
AutoCAD SHX Text
FINISHED FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
0'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
T/O WINDOW MULLION
AutoCAD SHX Text
11' 9-3/4"
AutoCAD SHX Text
SLOTWALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
FACE OF WALL BEYOND
AutoCAD SHX Text
PAINT TO UNDERSIDE OF Q DECK
AutoCAD SHX Text
NOTE: ALL EXPOSED TRUSSES TO BE PRIMER GREY
AutoCAD SHX Text
SLOTWALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
C
AutoCAD SHX Text
C
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
7
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
FACE OF COLUMN BEYOND
AutoCAD SHX Text
CEILING
AutoCAD SHX Text
CENTER WHEEL POLES BETWEEN WINDOW MULLIONS
AutoCAD SHX Text
TRACK LIGHTING TO HI-LITE DISPLAYS TO BE MOUNTED TO U/S OF METAL PLATE, TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALLS
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALLS
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALLS
AutoCAD SHX Text
WALLS
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" CERAMIC TILE BASE (TYP.)
AutoCAD SHX Text
CEILING
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKER PLATE TO BE SUPPLIED BY KAL TIRE & INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" CERAMIC TILE BASE (TYP.)
AutoCAD SHX Text
EXPOSED CEILING & TRUSSES
AutoCAD SHX Text
ORANGE BAND
AutoCAD SHX Text
11' 9-3/4"
AutoCAD SHX Text
1-1/2" MILLWORK STRIP
AutoCAD SHX Text
1-1/2" MILLWORK STRIP
AutoCAD SHX Text
SLOTWALL TYPICAL
AutoCAD SHX Text
SLOTWALL TYPICAL
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKERPLATE BACK SPLASH
AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
STYLE OF WHEEL POLE TOP, STRAIT OR ANGLED, TO BE DETERMINED ON-SITE.
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S SECOND FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
9'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
ENTRY SCREEN
AutoCAD SHX Text
COUNTER SCREEN
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S DECK - TBC
AutoCAD SHX Text
21'-4"
AutoCAD SHX Text
T/O ORANGE BAND
AutoCAD SHX Text
15' 3-3/4"
AutoCAD SHX Text
T/O WINDOW MULLION
AutoCAD SHX Text
11' 9-3/4"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S SECOND FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
9'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
FINISHED FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
0'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
FINISHED FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
0'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
T/O ORANGE BAND
AutoCAD SHX Text
15' 3-3/4"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S DECK - TBC
AutoCAD SHX Text
21'-4"
AutoCAD SHX Text
ORANGE BAND
AutoCAD SHX Text
11' 9-3/4"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S DECK - TBC
AutoCAD SHX Text
21'-4"
AutoCAD SHX Text
FINISHED FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
0'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
T/O PLYWOOD
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
T/O SECOND FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
10'-3-3/8"
AutoCAD SHX Text
NOTE: ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT & PIPING IN SERVICE & STORAGE AREA TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH WALL COLOUR (EXCLUDING P. WASHER PIPING & INSULATED PIPE)
AutoCAD SHX Text
3" SPACE
AutoCAD SHX Text
SLOT WALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 3"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
5
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
1-1/2" MILLWORK STRIP
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A701-Interior Elevations.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:51:34 AM 15033SG-A701-Interior Elevations.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:51:34 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:51:34 AM June-09-15 11:51:34 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

6"

10'-10"15'-8 3/4"

ELEVATION

ELEVATION

2'

ROOM

LUNCH

CORRIDOR

ROOM

LUNCH

ROOM

LUNCH

CORRIDOR

5'-6"

12'

1'-2"

3'

2'

2'

33'-5 1/4"

10'-4 1/2"

28'-1 1/4"

13'-1 3/4"

15'-7 3/4"

4'-2"

1

2

3

3

IP-21

IP-5

IP-5

IP-5

IP-5

IP-5

IP-5

IP-3

IP-3

ACT-1

ACT-1

ACT-1

ACT-1

IP-5

IP-5

4'-6"

6"

3'

ELEVATION

ELEVATION

ELEVATION

3'

NOTES:

REFER TO DRAWING A703 FOR INTERIOR

ELEVATION NOTES AND INFORMATION

4

LUNCHROOM FLOOR PLAN

ROOM

LUNCH

CORRIDOR

A702

A702

INTERIORELEVATIONS

A702

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

A

B

43

AutoCAD SHX Text
6" CERAMIC TILE BASE TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
5
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" CERAMIC TILE BASE TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
201
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
201
AutoCAD SHX Text
201
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
FINISHED FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
0'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S EXPOSED STRUCTURE
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONFIRM ON SITE
AutoCAD SHX Text
SLOTWALL
AutoCAD SHX Text
MICRO
AutoCAD SHX Text
FRIDGE
AutoCAD SHX Text
WHITEBOARD
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" CERAMIC TILE BASE TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" CERAMIC TILE BASE TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" CERAMIC TILE BASE TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
SINK
AutoCAD SHX Text
LMS DESK
AutoCAD SHX Text
55" T.V.
AutoCAD SHX Text
6" CERAMIC TILE BASE TYP.
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S SAT CEILING
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
FINISHED FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
0'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S SAT CEILING
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
FINISHED FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
0'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S SAT CEILING
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
FINISHED FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
0'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
U/S SAT CEILING
AutoCAD SHX Text
8'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
FINISHED FLOOR
AutoCAD SHX Text
0'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
201
AutoCAD SHX Text
201
AutoCAD SHX Text
109
AutoCAD SHX Text
FRIDGE
AutoCAD SHX Text
WHITEBOARD
AutoCAD SHX Text
LMS
AutoCAD SHX Text
SINK
AutoCAD SHX Text
PHONE
AutoCAD SHX Text
55" T.V.
AutoCAD SHX Text
MICRO
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
5
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
DN 18R
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A701-Interior Elevations.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:51:44 AM 15033SG-A701-Interior Elevations.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:51:44 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:51:44 AM June-09-15 11:51:44 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

ROOM

-

IP

SLOT WALL PAINTING NOTES:

1. FINAL COAT OF PAINT MUST BE COMPLETED

MINIMUM 48 HRS PRIOR TO MARKETING SETUP.

2. ENSURE THAT INSIDE FACES OF SLAT ARE PAINTED

THOROUGHLY AND FINAL COAT OF PAINT IS ROLLED

ON HORIZONTALLY 3 SLATS AT A TIME.

3. SPRAY SLOT WALL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION (MIN 48

HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALL).

4. ENSURE ALL EXPOSED EDGES ARE PAINTED.

5. FILL AND SAND ALL SCREW HOLES.

SLOT WALL NOTES:

1. FULL SLOTWALL SHEET TO START AT THE TOP AND

WORK DOWN.

2. SLOTWALL REQUIRES 2 X FRAMING FOR SUPPORT;

WHERE WALLS ARE FRAMED W/ STEEL STUDS ALL

STUDS ARE TO BE SISTERED W/ 2X MATERIAL FOR

THE FULL HEIGHT OF THE SLOTWALL EXTENDED TO

THE FLOOR.

3. SLOTS 2 & 6 FROM THE TOP TO HAVE POWER BAR

INSTALLED. (INSTALLATION TO HAPPEN PRIOR TO

PUTTING UP THE SLOTWALL)

4. SLOTWALL TO HAVE 1 1/2" BORDER CUT AROUND

OUTLET PLUGS, ETC.

5. SLOT WALL TO HAVE 3" BORDER @ TOP, CORNERS

AND END OF WALL. SEE ELEVATION 1 FOR TYPICAL

SLOT WALL BORDER DIMENSIONS.

6. SLOT WALL TO FINISH 12" AFF

CONSTRUCTION NOTES

ROOM NUMBER

WINDOW TYPE

(REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE)

ELEVATION MARKER

INTERIOR PAINT WALL FINISH

NEW PAINTED PLYWOOD

APPEARANCE LOCATIONSDESCRIPTIONNO.

GP 16-242 Hi Visibility Yellow

S/P Urethane Pre-Mix

1. GUARD RAILS AS NOTED

2. LADDERS AS NOTED

3. HAND RAILINGS AS NOTED

WALLS UP TO 6' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

1. SERVICE BAYS WALLS

2. WAREHOUSE WALLS

OTHER AREAS

1. SLOTWALL AS NOTED

2. HANDRAILS AS NOTED

3. STAIR STRINGERS & RISERS

4. SERVICE BAY MAN DOORS

5. SERVICE BAY DOOR & WINDOW FRAMES

1. SHOWROOM WALLS

2. CORRIDOR WALLS

3. LUNCHROOM WALLS

4. CORRIDOR WALLS

1. SHOWROOM BAND

1. ALL DOORS AS NOTED

2. ALL DOOR FRAMES AS NOTED

3. SHOWROOM WINDOW FRAMES

4. LUNCHROOM DOORS

5. LUNCHROOM DOOR FRAMES

6. CORRIDOR DOORS

7. CORRIDOR DOOR FRAMES

1. SHOWROOM WALLS ABOVE ORANGE BAND

2. SHOWROOM CEILINGS LESS THAN 9'

1. SHOWROOM CEILING ONLY

WALLS ABOVE 6' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

1. SERVICE BAYS

2. BREAKDOWN

3. WAREHOUSE

SLOTWALL

1. ON END OF TIRE RACKS (SHOWROOM)

2. SERVICE BAY AREA

3. LUNCHROOM

GP BREEZE 8535D

Wayfarer Grey (Flat)

52-0490-01

GP HP 2000 8535D

Wayfarer Grey (Egg Shell)

58349

GP HP 2000 8535D Wayfarer

Grey (Semi-Gloss) 58249

58-323-01-HP 2000 Red

Base-T-18Y, C-24, B-4,

KX2Y12

GP HP 2000 8783M

Stone Wall Grey

(Semi-Gloss) 58020

GP Kal Tire Orange Self Prime

Urethane Enamel 16-294

GP HP 2000 Standard

White (Semi-Gloss) 58020

GP Wayfarer Grey

Self Prime Urethane Enamel

8535M

APPEARANCE LOCATIONSDESCRIPTIONNO.

IP-1

IP-2

IP-3

IP-4

IP-5

IP-7

IP-9

IP-20

IP-21

INTERIOR COLOR SCHEDULE

LEGEND: CONSTRUCTION NOTES:

4'-0" X 8'-0" WHITEBOARD SUPPLIED BY

KAL TIRE/INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR

55" FLAT SCREEN T.V. PROVIDED BY KAL

TIRE/INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. GC

TO PROVIDE BACKING.

KITCHEN CABINETS SUPPLIED BY KAL

TIRE & INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.

RUBBER STAIR TREADS & RISERS REFER

TO DRAWINGS A601 AND A003 FOR

SPECIFICATIONS

1

2

3

4

ENLARGED WASHROOM PLAN

B/EDGE OF

REFLECTIVE

SURFACE

NOTE:

GRAB BAR BEHIND WC

REQUIRED WHEN TANK

TYPE WC IS NOT USED.

NOTE:

WATERCLOSET FLUSH

CONTROL TO BE LOCATED

ON THE WIDE SIDE /

ACCESSIBLE SIDE OF

HANDICAP STALL

AL

IG

N

WATER CLOSET (TANK)AMERICAN STANDARDTOILET (WHITE)

BASIN (WHITE)AMERICAN STANDARDLUCERN

PUBLIC WC 2, STAFF WC 1 & 3

STAFF WC 1 & 3

URINAL (WHITE)AMERICAN STANDARDWASHBROOK AF-6501 010

STAFF WC 3

STAINLESS STEEL SINKSINGLE COMPARTMENT

LUNCHROOM

EYE WASHBRADLEYSTAINLESS STEEL

SERVICE AREA

SERVICE AREA

MOP SINKSTAINLESS STEEL

JANITOR AREA

MOENPER MECHANICALCHROME (LEVER)

MOENCHROMELEGEND (LEVER)

DELTAWALL MOUNTED FAUCET

FIXTURE TYPEAND COLOR

LOCATION TRIM TYPE

FLUSH VALVEPER MECHANICALCHROME (LEVER)

BASIN (WHITE)AMERICAN STANDARDMURRO

PUBLIC WC 2

STAINLESS STEEL SINKSINGLE COMPARTMENT

DELTATWO HANDLE CHROME

MOENPER MECHANICALCHROME (LEVER)

WASHROOM ACCESSORIES

PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

INTERIOR ELEVATIONNOTES

A703

2

B

3

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
--
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
A201
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
A703
AutoCAD SHX Text
SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0"
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
A703
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A701-Interior Elevations.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:51:54 AM 15033SG-A701-Interior Elevations.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:51:54 AM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 11:51:54 AM June-09-15 11:51:54 AM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

COLOURCOLOUR

No. WORDING

(MALE & FEMALE SYMBOL)

(H.C. SYMBOL)

(FEMALE SYMBOL)

2

1

SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTALS ARE REQUIRED FOR REVIEW OF ALL DOORS & HARDWARE

INSTALL STEEL CAPS TO TOP OF EXTERIOR DOORS WHERE EXPOSED

PROVIDE LEVER HANDLES TO ALL LOCKSETS

PROVIDE DRIP FLASHING OVER ALL EXTERIOR EXPOSED DOORS

PAINT ALL STEEL & WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES (U.N.O.)

SEE MECH. DRAWINGS FOR REQ'D DOORS VENTS (VENTS IN RATED DOORS MUST BE CLOSURES TO DOOR U.L.C. RATING). DOOR THICKNESS MAY BE DEPENDANT ON DOOR VENT.

WEATHERSTRIP (OR SMOKESEAL) ALL EXTERIOR AND RATED DOORS

ALL HARDWARE TO MEET OR EXCEED A.N.S.I. GRADE II SPECIFICATIONS

20 MIN. DOORS - MAX. 6mm CLEARANCE @ BOTTOM & 3mm @ TOP & SIDES

DEADBOLTS TO BE HEAVY DUTY - GR-1

HOLLOW METAL DOORS TO BE 18 GAUGE FOR EXTERIOR & EXIT DOORS - ALL OTHERS TO BE MINIMUM 20 GAUGE

ALL METAL DOORS & FRAMES TO BE TYPE-2 PSF-16 GAUGE THROUGHOUT

ALL RATED DOORS, HARDWARE & FRAMES TO MEET N.F.P.A. & NBC LATEST ADOPTED EDITION REQUIREMENTS. ALL HARDWARE TO BE COMMERCIAL GRADE OR BETTER.

ALL RATED DOORS TO HAVE U.L.C. LABEL FOR DOORS, FRAMES, VISION PANELS, AND HARDWARE

CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY SIZE & LOCATION OF ALL DOORS & FRAMES

SIGNAGE TYPE

15

18

16

13

14

12

4

8

11

10

9

6

7

5

DESCRIPTION

DOOR GENERAL NOTES

1

3

2

No.

LETTERINGBASE

FILL DOOR JAMBS WITH INSULATION OR GROUT

ALL DOOR HARDWARE & KICK PLATES TO BE STAINLESS STEEL

HOLLOW METAL

PAINTED

INSULATED

HOLLOW METAL

PAINTED

SEE SCHEDULE

SEE

SCH

EDU

LEDOOR TYPE

3

PUSH/PULL/PULL (W/ BACK TO BACK MOUNTING KIT)

15

HANDLE

PROVIDE LEVER HANDLES TO ALL DOORS

CONTRACTOR TO CO-ORDINATE WITH OWNERS

KEYING REQUIREMENTS

NOT USED

KEYED OUTSIDE / THUMBTURN INSIDE

STANDARD (DELAYED ACTION AS PER BUILDING CODE)

THUMB TURN INSIDE / OUTSIDE LOCKED - UNLOCK W/ KEY

4

LOCKSET

11

CLOSER

13

12

CLOSER

CLOSER HOLD-OPEN

LIGHT DUTY

9

10

8

PANIC

PANIC

PANIC

6

7

5

DEADBOLT

DEADBOLT

NOT USED

HARDWARE CODES

2

3

1

LOCKSET

LOCKSET

LOCKSET

No.

TYPE

PRIVACY SET

PASSAGE SET

DESCRIPTION

HANDLE

14

PUSH/PULL

ON CLOSER

16

DOOR STOP

KICK DOWN

17

DOOR STOP

WALL STOPDOOR STOP

18

40" x 30" CHECKERPLATE SHOWROOM SIDE

KICKPLATE

19

KICKPLATE 34" x 10" BOTH SIDES

20

KICKPLATE 28" x 10" BOTH SIDES

FLOOR STOPDOOR STOP

21

REMARKS

GLA

ZIN

G (doo

r &

fram

e type)

SIG

NA

GE

(sig

nag

e typ

e)

GENERALLOCKS

DO

OR

S

TO

P

KIC

KP

LA

TE

TH

RE

SH

OLD

FL

US

HB

OL

TS

CL

OS

ER

(h

ard

ware

cod

e)

DE

AD

BO

LT

(ha

rdw

are co

de)

LO

CK

SE

T (ha

rdw

are co

de)

PA

NIC

WE

AT

HE

RS

TR

IP

HINGES

SIZE

(MIN.)

RATING

BU

TT

H

IN

GE

S, B

B.

BU

TT

H

IN

GE

S, B

B., N

RP

.

TYPE

FRAME

DOOR SCHEDULE

DOORS HARDWARE

AR

MO

UR

P

LA

TE

HA

ND

LE

SW

EE

P

SEE KAL-TIRE DOOR AND

HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS

MA

IN

F

LO

OR

D

OO

RS

TYPE

DOORROOM NAME /LOCATION

#

DOOR

AS

TR

AG

AL

F

UL

L L

EN

GT

H

DO

OR

F

IN

IS

H

ME

ZZ

.

4'-0" x 7'-0"

3'-0" x 7'-0"

A

ASHOWROOM ENTRANCE

SHOWROOM ENTRANCE B

B101

101

ESERVICE BAY C102

D 2'-6" x 7'-0"

D

EPUBLIC WC 1

PUBLIC WC 2

103

104

E 3'-0" x 7'-0"MANAGER/ADMIN OFFICE105

DELECTRICAL ROOM106 3'-0" x 7'-0"

DJANITOR/MECH ROOM107 3'-0" x 7'-0"

2'-6" x 7'-0"STAFF WC 1 D108

AEXTERIOR DOOR109

AEXTERIOR DOOR110

AEXTERIOR DOOR111

F -SERVICE BAY DOOR112 12'-0" x 14'-0"

F -SERVICE BAY DOOR113

F -SERVICE BAY DOOR114

F -SERVICE BAY DOOR115

F -SERVICE BAY DOOR116

F -SERVICE BAY DOOR117

F -SERVICE BAY DOOR118

AEXTERIOR DOOR119

LUNCHROOM C201

3'-0" x 7'-0"SERVER ROOM C202

3'-0" x 7'-0"LOCKER ROOM D203

IP-3 & IP-20

STANDARD KICKPLATE TO BE ON SHOP SIDE

IP-3 ON SHOWROOM SIDE

IP-20 ON SHOP SIDE

RATED DOOR GRILLE

RATED DOOR GRILLE

IP-3

IP-3

IP-3

REFER TO KT IMAGE GUIDE

REFER TO KT IMAGE GUIDE

REFER TO KT IMAGE GUIDE

REFER TO KT IMAGE GUIDE

REFER TO KT IMAGE GUIDE

REFER TO KT IMAGE GUIDE

REFER TO KT IMAGE GUIDE

IP-3

IP-3

IP-3

IP-20

IP-20

IP-20

4

ROOM NAME

(MALE SYMBOL)

BLACKWHITE

UNDERCUT DOOR BY 1"

AS SCHEDULE

E

D

D

D

D

E

E

E

E

E

D

D

AS

R

EQ

UIR

ED

MEZZANINE STAIR DOOR120

C 3'-0" x 7'-0"D

UNDERCUT DOOR BY 1"

90

90

90

20

WOMENS STAFF

WASHROOM

PUBLIC

WASHROOM

MENS STAFF

WASHROOM

NOT USED

NOT USED

6"5"

6"1'

-8"

GLAZING

TO F.R.R.

17 TEMPERATURE RISE DOORS TO SUIT BUILDING CODE

90

12'-0" x 12'-0"

3'-7" x 7'-0"

12'-0" x 12'-0"

12'-0" x 12'-0"

12'-0" x 12'-0"

12'-0" x 12'-0"

12'-0" x 12'-0"

IP-3 & IP-20

IP-3 & IP-20

IP-3 & IP-20

IP-3 & IP-20

IP-3 INSIDE ROOM, IP-20 ON SHOP SIDE

IP-3 INSIDE ROOM, IP-20 ON SHOP SIDE

IP-3 INSIDE ROOM, IP-20 ON SHOP SIDE, UNDERCUT DOOR BY 1"

IP-3 ON STAIRWELL SIDE, IP-20 ON EXTERIOR SIDE

IP-3 & IP-20IP-3 ON STAIRWELL SIDE, IP-20 ON SHOP SIDE

BLACKWHITE

BLACKWHITE

BLACKWHITE

ALUMINUM STOREFRONT

ANODIZED FINISH

GLAZING TYPE 4

HOLLOW METAL,

INSULATED DOOR, PTD.

GLAZING TYPE 6

HOLLOW METAL

DOOR, PTD.

GLAZING TYPE 1

OVERHEAD DOOR GLAZING

TYPE 1 * FOLLOW 'KAL-TIRE

OVERHEAD DOOR SPECS

NOTE:

1. MAX HIGH-LIFT OVERHEAD DOORS C/W (2) ROWS SEALED GLAZING UNITS PER DOOR.

2. 3" HEAVY DUTY HARDWARE AND MANUAL CHAIN HOIST FOR ALL OVERHEAD DOORS.

3. SEE KAL TIRE FACILITIES GUIDE (SECTION 6) FOR ADDITIONAL DOOR DETAILS & SPECS AND SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS.

4. SLIDE LOCKS REQUIRED ON ALL OVERHEAD DOORS.

AS S

CHED

ULE

NOT USED

40" x 30" STAINLESS STEEL PLATE SHOP SIDE

ALL SIGNS TO BE ENGRAVED, SELF ADHERING LAMICOID TYPE

LETTERING SHALL BE 1.5" HIGH. SIGNS TO BE MOUNTED ON DOOR OR

ADJACENT WALL. BRAILLE DOTS SHALL BE USED FOR IDENTIFICATION

NOT LESS THAN 1MM IN RELIEF, LOCATED DIRECTLY BELOW THE TACTILE

SIGNAGE.

HANDLE TO MATCH EXISTING CRU BUILDING IN DEVELOPMENT

DOOR TO BE OPERABLE

HANDLE TO MATCH EXISTING CRU BUILDING IN DEVELOPMENT

3'-0" x 7'-0"

3'-0" x 7'-0"

3'-0" x 7'-0"

3'-0" x 7'-0"

3'-0" x 7'-0"

3'-0" x 7'-0"

SCHEDULES

A901

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
13
AutoCAD SHX Text
13
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
16
AutoCAD SHX Text
16
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
19
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
13
AutoCAD SHX Text
14
AutoCAD SHX Text
14
AutoCAD SHX Text
15
AutoCAD SHX Text
21
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
18
AutoCAD SHX Text
18
AutoCAD SHX Text
18
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
20
AutoCAD SHX Text
18
AutoCAD SHX Text
18
AutoCAD SHX Text
18
AutoCAD SHX Text
18
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
10
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
4
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
14
AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
13
AutoCAD SHX Text
13
AutoCAD SHX Text
6
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
3
AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
B
AutoCAD SHX Text
C
AutoCAD SHX Text
D
AutoCAD SHX Text
E
AutoCAD SHX Text
F
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A901-Schedules.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 2:09:33 PM 15033SG-A901-Schedules.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 2:09:33 PM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 2:09:33 PM June-09-15 2:09:33 PM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09

SINGLE GLAZED - TEMPERED GLASS

DOUBLE GLAZED - FLOAT GLASS

SINGLE GLAZED - WIRED GLASS

SINGLE GLAZED - FLOAT GLASS

DOUBLE GLAZED - TEMPERED GLASS4

5

DESCRIPTION

GLAZING TYPES

3

2

1

No.

6 DOUBLE GLAZED - WIRED GLASS

CLEAR LAMINATED / CLEAR TEMPERED

SEE

SCH

EDU

LE

SEE SCHED. 2"

2"

2"

3'-1

1 1/

4"[1

.20M

]

2"2'

-11

3/8"

2"

2" 3'-8 1/4" 2"

7'-10 1/2"[2.40M]

3'-3

3/8

"[1

.00M

]

3'-8 1/4"2"

WINDOW/FRAME TYPE

2 2

7'4'

-9 3

/4"

11'-9

3/4

"[3

.60M

]

7'-3 3/4" 8'-5 7/8"

3'-6

"3'

-5 3

/4"

3'-6

"

11'-9

3/4

"[3

.60M

]

8'-5 7/8"

4'-2" 4'-2"

25'-7 5/8"[7.81M]

4'-2"

3'-5

3/4

"3'

-6"

9'-7 7/16" [2.93M]

4'-8 11/16" 4'-8 11/16"

3'-6

"

11'-9

3/4

"[3

.60M

]

5

4

4

4'-2"

- SEE GENERAL, FLOOR, CEILING, WALL &

BASE GENERAL NOTES

- FSR - FLAME SPREAD RATING

SU

SP

EN

DE

D T

-B

AR

&

A

CO

US

TIC

AL

T

IL

E

ROOM

EX

PO

SE

D S

TR

UC

TU

RE

- P

AIN

TE

D

CEILING

REMARKS

WALL

GY

PS

UM

W

AL

L B

OA

RD

- P

AIN

TE

D

GY

PS

UM

W

AL

L B

OA

RD

- P

AIN

TE

D

FLOOR

FINISH

BASE

CO

NC

. B

LO

CK

- P

AIN

TE

D

4" R

UB

BE

R B

AS

E (O

N F

RA

ME

D W

AL

LS

CO

NC

RE

TE

PL

YW

OO

D - P

AIN

TE

D

CE

RA

MIC

T

IL

E

6" C

ER

AM

IC

T

IL

E B

AS

E

CE

RA

MIC

T

IL

E T

O 7

2" A

.F

.F

.

MA

IN

F

LO

OR

ME

TA

L L

IN

ER

FINISH SCHEDULE

CT-1

CT-1

CT-1

CT-1

CT-1

CT-1

CT-1

IP-5

CT-1

CT-1

CT-1

CONC-1:

· STEEL TROWEL FINISH

· ASHFORD FLOOR SEALER

CONC-2:

· LIGHT BROOM FINISH

· NCA 702 SEALER OR APPROVED

EQUIVALENT

CT-1: KAL TIRE SLATE - 13" x 13"

· SOURCE: SAVOIA CANADA,

· GROUT: MAPEI SANDED

#47 - CHARCOAL

RB-1: 4" RUBBER BASE

· JOHNSONITE, #20, CHARCOAL

ACT-1: SAT CEILING - 24" x 48"

· MANUFACTURER: Armstrong

· PRODUCT: CORTEGA #769A

· SIZE: 24" x 48"

PLY-1

· ENAMEL PAINT

· PAINT COLOR CODE IP-3

FINISH SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES:

1. TILE, THINSET & GROUT TO BE SUPPLIED &

DELIVERED TO SITE BY OWNER

IP-1

CONC-1

CONC-1 *CT-1 IP-8

IP-8

IP-8

IP-5

IP-5

IP-5

IP-5

IP-5

CONC-1

CONC-1

CONC-1

IP-20 &

IP-9

IP-20 &

IP-9

CT-1 CT-1

ACT-1CT-1 CT-1

ACT-1

ACT-1

IP-5

IP-5

ME

ZZ

.

CT-1

IP-9

SEE SHOP WALL ELEVATION. IP-20 TO 6'-0" AFF, IP-9 ABOVE

PLY-1

RB-1

RB-1

RB-1

RB-1

RB-1

ACT-1

ACT-1

ACT-1

8" 8"

5

4

4

5

4

4

5

4

4

5

SEE

SCH

EDU

LE

SEE SCHED. 2"

2"

2"

PAINTED

WELDED STEEL FRAME

1'-4

"

1'-4

"

5

4

4

5

4

4

IP-2

CT-1

IP-20 &

IP-9

ON

LY

, N

OT

M

AS

ON

RY

)

INTERIOR COLOR SCHEDULE

APPEARANCE LOCATIONSDESCRIPTIONNO.

GP 16-242 Hi Visibility Yellow

S/P Urethane Pre-Mix

1. GUARD RAILS AS NOTED

2. LADDERS AS NOTED

3. HAND RAILINGS AS NOTED

WALLS UP TO 6' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

1. SERVICE BAYS WALLS

2. WAREHOUSE WALLS

OTHER AREAS

1. SLOTWALL AS NOTED

2. HANDRAILS AS NOTED

3. STAIR STRINGERS & RISERS

4. SERVICE BAY MAN DOORS

5. SERVICE BAY DOOR & WINDOW FRAMES

GP HP 2000 Standard White

(Egg Shell) 58030

1. SHOWROOM WALLS

2. CUSTOMER WASHROOM WALLS

3. LUNCH ROOM WALLS

4. LOCKER ROOM WALLS

5. EMPLOYEE WASHROOM WALLS

6. MANAGER/ADMIN. OFFICES WALLS

7. CORRIDOR WALLS

8. JANITOR ROOM WALLS

1. SHOWROOM BAND

1. ALL DOORS WHERE NOTED

2. ALL DOOR FRAMES WHERE NOTED

3. SHOWROOM WINDOW FRAMES

1. SHOWROOM WALLS ABOVE ORANGE BAND

2. SHOWROOM CEILINGS LESS THAN 9'

1. SHOWROOM CEILING ONLY

1. CEILINGS UNDER 12'

WALLS ABOVE 6' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

1. SERVICE BAYS

2. BREAKDOWN

3. WAREHOUSE

4. RETREAD

SLOTWALL

1. ON END OF TIRE RACKS (SHOWROOM)

2. SERVICE BAY AREA

3. LUNCHROOM

WINDOW NOTES:

1. ALL STOREFRONT SECTIONS TO BE CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM W/ SEALED GLAZING UNITS.

2. SERVICE BAY WINDOW TO HAVE STEEL FRAME -GLAZING TO BE RATED AS PER 2006 ALBERTA BUILDING CODE.

3. SEE KAL TIRE FACILITIES GUIDE (SECTION 7) FOR ADDITIONAL WINDOW DETAILS & SPECIFICATIONS.

4. (WINDOWS MUST CONFORM TO 2006 ALBERTA BUILDING CODE. ENGINEER SEALED SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED FOR

STOREFRONT/CURTAINWALL DESIGN & INSTALLATION)

SEE INTEIRIOR ELEVATIONS

CT-1 CT-1 IP-5

GP 8535D Breeze

Wayfarer Grey (Flat)

52-0490-01

GP HP 2000 8535D

Wayfarer Grey (Egg Shell)

58349

GP HP 2000 8535D Wayfarer

Grey (Semi-Gloss) 58249

58-323-01-HP 2000 Red

Base-T-18Y, C-24, B-4,

KX2Y12

GP HP 2000 8783M

Stone Wall Grey (Semi-Gloss)

58020

GP Kal Tire Orange Self Prime

Urethane Enamel 16-294

GP HP 2000 Standard

White (Semi-Gloss) 58020

TRUSSES TO BE PRIMER GREY, IP-20 TO 6'-0" AFF, IP-9 ABOVE

ACT CEILING AT 8'-0" AND GWB CEILING AT 9'-0"

CT 4'x4' AREA IN CORNER BY FLOOR SINK

ACT CEILING AT 8'-0" AND GWB CEILING AT 9'-0"

ACT CEILING AT 8'-0" AND GWB CEILING AT 9'-0"

TRUSSES IN CORRIDOR TO BE PRIMER GREY

SHOWROOM

MANAGER/ADMIN OFFICE

PUBLIC WASHROOM 1

PUBLIC WASHROOM 2

ELECTRICAL ROOM

MECH/JAN ROOM

PARTS ROOM

WAREHOUSE

SERVICE BAYS

MEZZANINE CORRIDOR

LUNCH ROOM

LOCKER ROOM

SERVER ROOM

COMPR. MEZZ.

STAFF WC1

ROOM NAME /LOCATION

#

ROOM

101

105

103

104

106

107

108

111

110

102

109

201

203

202

204

APPEARANCE LOCATIONSDESCRIPTIONNO.

IP-1

IP-2

IP-3

IP-4

IP-5

IP-7

IP-8

IP-9

IP-20

IP-21

TRUSSES TO BE PRIMER GREY, IP-20 TO 6'-0" AFF, IP-9 ABOVE

SEE INTEIRIOR ELEVATIONS

ALUMINUM STOREFRONT

ANODIZED FINISH

ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS REQ'D.

GLAZING TYPE AS NOTED

SECURITY FILM TO BE APPLIED

ALUMINUM STOREFRONT

ANODIZED FINISH

ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS REQ'D.

GLAZING TYPE AS NOTED

SECURITY FILM TO BE APPLIED

PRESSED STEEL FRAME - PTD.

GLAZING TYPE 4 c/w FIRE

SHUTTER ON SHOP SIDE

EXPANDABLE STEEL FRAME

PAINTED

Wayfarer Grey

Self Prime Urethane Enamel

8535M

ALTERNATE PRICE

WINDOW/FRAME TYPE C - GLAZING TYPE 2

PROVIDE ALTERNATE PRICE FOR WIRELITE NT. FIRE-RATED,

IMPACT SAFETY-RATED WIRED GLASS w/ SURFACE APPLIED

FILM (OR) APPROVED ALTERNATE

SCHEDULES

A902

KAL TIRE -

SPRUCE GROVE

Suite 202, 13167 - 146 Street Edmonton, AB T5L 4S8Tel: 780.801.6100 | [email protected]

ARROW

AutoCAD SHX Text
A
AutoCAD SHX Text
B
AutoCAD SHX Text
C
AutoCAD SHX Text
D
AutoCAD SHX Text
E
AutoCAD SHX Text
MH
AutoCAD SHX Text
NB
AutoCAD SHX Text
OWNER
AutoCAD SHX Text
15033
AutoCAD SHX Text
FILENAME: 15033SG-A901-Schedules.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 2:09:41 PM 15033SG-A901-Schedules.dwg, PLOT DATE: June-09-15 2:09:41 PM , PLOT DATE: June-09-15 2:09:41 PM June-09-15 2:09:41 PM
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NUMBER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWING NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT NAME:
AutoCAD SHX Text
LOCATION: SPRUCE GROVE, AB
AutoCAD SHX Text
STAMP:
AutoCAD SHX Text
#
AutoCAD SHX Text
PROJECT#:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESIGNED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DRAWN:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CHECKED:
AutoCAD SHX Text
DESCRIPTION
AutoCAD SHX Text
YEAR.MN.DY
AutoCAD SHX Text
DISCLAIMER:
AutoCAD SHX Text
ALL INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS INFORMATION, ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS ENGINEERING AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS AND APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS APPLICATION OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS OF THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS THESE DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS DESIGNS IS IS IS COPYRIGHTED, PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPRIETARY AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW AND IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW IS THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW THE PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW PROPERTY OF ARROW OF ARROW OF ARROW ARROW ARROW ENGINEERING INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST INC. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST NOT SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST SCALE THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THE DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST DRAWING. THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST THIS INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST INFORMATION MUST MUST MUST NOT BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER BE COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER COPIED OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER OR REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER REPRODUCED NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER NOR TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TRANSFERRED TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER TO ANY OTHER ANY OTHER ANY OTHER OTHER OTHER DRAWING OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF OR PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PROJECT WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WITHOUT THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF EXPRESSED WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF WRITTEN PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF PERMISSION OF OF OF AN AUTHORIZED AGENT OF ARROW ENGINEERING INC.
AutoCAD SHX Text
CLIENT:
AutoCAD SHX Text
REVISIONS:
AutoCAD SHX Text
CONSULTANT TEAM:
AutoCAD SHX Text
1
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR REVIEW
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.05.15
AutoCAD SHX Text
2
AutoCAD SHX Text
ISSUED FOR TENDER
AutoCAD SHX Text
2015.06.09